PR E F A C E .

This b ook of examples is divided into the following five

parts
I .

I n P arts I
II an d I I I there i s a further gro u ping of
.
, . . the
examples in sections which correspond to divisions of the
s ub j ect matter .

examples are for the n from papers

'
which have bee n set in .
'

recen t {

years Thanks are due to En gineer Commander Roome R N

.
-

the R ev C H Salisb ury R N Messrs H H Holland R N

. . .
,
. .
,
. . .
, ,

and J White R N for the trou b le they have taken in selecting

.
,
. .
,

the examples an d in checking the answers Thanks a re .

also d u e to Messrs T Sl a tor R N R H V h a ph a m

V
. .
,
. .
,
. .
,

and J G G reen R N for checking several of the answers

. .
,
. .
,
.

The work has been carried out u nder the editorship of Mr .

A J Parish R N
. .
,
.

J A E W IN G . . .

F ebr ua r y , 1 91 1 .
 I NDEX .

PA R T I — MA . TH E MA TI C S .

Ma xim a Min im a

PA R T I I — A P PL I E D . ME C H A N I CS .

1 . Th e a c t on i of f or c es on a a t r es t
3 : C om p o s iti on of l
ve o c iti es , Pa th s of pr o j ec til es in v a cuo

ti ity
.

R el a ve v e oc l
on a d
b o y in

A Tra n s l a tion
.

B R o t a tio n
.

C Tra n s l a ti on
. an d R ot a ti on
D Ci . l
r c u a r or b it
5A . Th e ti
ac on o f f o r c es of i
va r a b e l m a gn it d
u e on a d
b o y in

5B . m o ti on

6 .

7 . Mec ha n i sm an d m ec h i
an ca l effi i c en c y

9 :
10 .

12 . Th eory of tor s i on

14 H eel , c h an
ge of t imr an d osc i ll ti
a on s of s h ip s

PA R T I I I .
—
N A V I G A TI O N A N D N A UTI C A L
A S TR O N O MY .

u Wt . 1 7 4 34 . 2 5 00 . E & S
. .
 I
S ECT O N .

4 . S m a ll errors

5 .

6 . Ti d e ques tion s

7 . C o ur s e an d di s ta n c e

8 .

9 . Scou ti n g pr ob l em s , 850 .

10 .

Po s iti on l in es by o b s erv a ti on s of s un ,

D a
y
’
s wor k an d ob s er va ti on s , f or us e w it h C h t
ar s A , B C
, , D .

IV .
—
H EA T A N D S TEA M

V .
—
E L E C TR I C I TY
 7 — Small Corrections
—
. .

8 Maxima and Minima

. .

9 Integral Calcul us
.
-

—Centre
of G ravity and
1 2 — Difieren tial E q uations
. .

G RA PHS .

1 . A niform be a m
u A l Cl Gl Dl is originall y in the positio n
[A 1 0 1 3foo t ]feet . O l Gl 1
0 is j oin ed b y a link C B 5 feet long to the fixed centre B
1
'

I , , ,

4 feet vertically above A The end A is constrained to move

.
l
on a cu rve A A E of s u ch a shape that G describes the horizont a l
'
i 1
 6

straight line GA Construct the shape of the c urve graphically

.
,

and check by calc ulating and plotting on yo ur d iagram the

, ,

values of A M and A N c ul a rs from A on A C and A B I

when the angle A G A l l

[ A M] 2 f t ; A N = 4 1 9 f t] : ee 1
'
or ee

2 When a certain instr u m ent is in exact ad j ustment two

.

observed qu antities u and v are eq ual The adj ustment is .

e ffected by varying a certain distance 9c The res ults of two .

experiments were
( i ) a: 1 64 u 96 5 v
(1 1) a: 1 71 u 1 01 v

Ded uce graphically the best val ue of a: to try next ; verify

, ,

y o ur 1 es ul t by working the q ues tion analytically .

ga s ]
3 . Find the real root of the equation
3
396 2 0 8 90
‘

ma ]
4 Find the val ue s of as bet ween 0 degrees and
. 3 60 degrees
w hich satis fy the e qu ation
( sin a: 5 ) 0 0 s a: sin a
‘
'
.

5 . Solve the equ ation

a: log a: '

e
10
[ 2

6 Sketch the c urve

. 33; 90
3
9az for va l ues of a: lying
b etween 3 and 3

m z —Z —1 ‘

and th e greatest val u e of y within the given limits .

[ 1 — 2 — 3 — 2 1 , , , ,

7 ship Q steams due East along

. A , ,
at 1 0 knots starting ,

fr om A cr u iser P originally 9 miles d ue N of 0 gives

0.
, ,
.
,

chase at 20 knots always heading straight for Q so that PQ I S

,

the tangent to the curve described by P .

A ss ume that the equ ation to th e c urve described by P is

w= 6
Draw the c urve described by P e ither by graphical ,

construction or from the e qu ation .

Find approximately by trial how long P will take to close

withi n 4 miles .

What is P s co urse at the moment when y 4

'

m i ut
° '
; S 2 2 37 E ] n es .
 TI
2 K NO T S

S L AC K W ATE R

2 a
Y

A la unch whose speed through the water is

,
5 k nots , is to
from A to B Find ‘

.
,

d the n traight for B Find by trial the least possible time

”

an s .
, ,.

m in . m in . m in .
]
— 2

9 . Plot the cu rve y lye

“I
from a: 0 to a: 4, taking
08 b 5
' '

a : '
.
,

10 . Solve the e qu ation

3
( 0 s n i fi) 49 .

[0 0 , t 2 6 56 ]
-

1 1 . close d steel cylinder sides and ends of the

A h ollow ,

s ame thickness is 1 foot long a d 3 inches radi u s (ou tsi d e

, 0
n

m eas u rements ) and weighs 3 1 4 po u nds Find the e qu ation °

w hi ch d ete1 m in es the thickness of th e m etal and find the

t hickness approximately .

[ A c u bic foot of steel weighs 5 00 pou nds ]

[ 13 01 ; t
°

12 . The e quation
I 1:

d etermines on certain ass um ptions the time t seconds which

, , , ,

a bomb let fall from a height 9 : feet will take to reach the
,
1 ,

g ro u nd Find graphically the val ue of t w hen a:

.
,
feet ,
.

V erify b y solvi n g the qu adratic in er “

.

d ] s eco n s .
 5 feet in th e centre .

where c is determined b y th e e quation

0 45

Find the val ues of the right and left hand sides of ( 2) when
c 1 1 5 and when (3
, 1 2 0 Ded u ce th e val u e of c wh ich satisfies
.

the equation and show that the correspon d ing val ue of l is

,

2 2 5 feet ro ughly .

1 64 1 4
i
1 61 29
1 60 1 65
'

i
14 The perimeter of a trian gle is 8 inches and its area
.

2 squ are inches the base is a m ean proportional b etween the

,

ot her two sides Prove that the base is th e small est positive
’

. ,

root of the equ ation £13 32 9: 65 0 and find its val u e

3
,
.

O r t i i d m i i b l b i g g tive :
n e oo s n a ss e, e n n e a

th th r r t 4 d 2 5
e rly b ut
o e oo s a re an
‘

.
n ea ,

g
a -
c

ie, < 8
. .

15 Find a val u e of
. 11: between 0 and 1 w hich satisfies the
equation
”
1 36 10 0 .

16 Find a val ue
. of at between 13 and 1 4 w hich satisfies the
equation
l og1 0 a: 1

17 . Find correct
, to the third deci m al p l ace a solution , of

33: 10 .
 from a table G ive an .

by which the time necessary may b e

fo und ro ughly

requ s i it e f or w el di n g a.

The following t able gives the world s record s for the

‘
’
9 .

ta ke n to walk certain distances

Te s t preferab l y
by a graph whether a form ula of the typ e
'

"
,

t as is satisfie d
by these valu es determini n g a and 11 Wha t
,
.

time ought to be abou t good enough to win an international

[a 378 n 42 2 m i ut
n es
]

20 The experimenta l qua ntities m and y are tho ught to

.

”
fol lowa law of the form y a r V erify that this is the cas e
e .

arid find the m ost probable values of a and b .

21 . On the circumference of a given circle a poin t C is

taken ,
and with C as centre another circle is drawn to b isect
 10
-

19 A C B,

s in 0 0 c os 0
an d fin d th e l
v a ue o f 0.

[19 05 r dia an s 1 09
°

PR O JE CTIONS &c ,
.

1 . Find the length of the line j oining the two points

( 7 , 4, 2 ) and ( 3 2,
A lso the a n gles it makes with the axes
,
.

[4 58 ; 29 4Q J
-

2 straight line length 1 0 i

. A ,

4 6 degrees and 50 degr ees with the ax

Find the lengths of its pro j ections on the
[7 19 9 46
- -

3 Find the angle subtended at the origin by the line

.

j oini n g the points (4 3 6) an d ( 5 4 , , , ,

( i ) the c .
g
. of a semicirc ular a rc

( ii)
5 Find the a n gle w hich the radi us vector at any poi n t on
.

the c urve T a cos 3 0 makes with the c urve

3 s
. .

[( 2 n + 1) 5 30 -
1

Trace the c urves

6 .

()i 7 2 ( 1 '
c os

( ) 2 ( 1 2 c o
°
11 7 2 s

iii
( ) r 2 c os 2 0 z : .

Prove that th e area of ( i ) is 67 .

7 Find the a n gle su btended at the pole by

. th e l i n e j oi n i n g
the points whose p olar coordinates are ( 3 ,
an d
'

[ 7
2
 11

8 The traces of a plane join the points ( 5 0

.
(O 4 , , , ,

and (0 0 ,
Find ,

i( ) the length of the perpendic ul ar from the origin to the

"

plane ,

( ii ) the a ngle between the plane and the axis of y ,

( iii) plane O zz y .

[ 2 1 64 ;
-
seg , 43

9 The traces of two planes c ut o ff lengths ( 5 3 3) and

.
!

, ,

( 3, 4 , 6 ) respectively from the axes Find .

i( ) the co—ordinates of the traces of the line of intersection

of the planes .

( ii ) the angle between the planes .

=
} }
6
'

i x
y .
o

3 x = 2 14 '

y = 2 18 °

10 be the angle between two straight line s whose

. If 0
direction cosines are (l m ) and (l m n resp ec tivel y prove that n
’ ’
,

' '
c os 0 ll
’
mm
‘

n n .

"
1 1 A p oin t, P, is 1 5 inches above the HP and 1 inch in
’

. .

front of the V P another point Q is 1 0 inch below the HP and

. .
, ,
.

2 5 inches behind the V P The distance between the pro .

j ec tors m easu red along X Y is 2 inches Find the traces , the .

true length , and the inclination of the line PQ .

12 Draw the projections of a c ube of 2 inch es e d ge when

.

the edge nearest the V P .is vertica l and 0 5 inch in front of the
V P the lower end of that edge being 0 5 inch above the
. .
,

HP and a face contai n ing it in clin ed at 25 degrees to the V P

.
z
.

1 3 A squ are of 2 inches s id e h a vi g on e side a b inclined at

‘

.
,
n

30 degrees to X Y is the plan of a s qu are prism resting on the

,

HP . the height of the prism is 1 inch S uppose it to be .

tilted abo u t the e d ge a b thro ugh an angle of 40 degrees draw ,

the plan and el e vation on X Y .

1 4 Draw the plan and eleva t ion of a li n e 3 inches lo n g

.
, ,

which is inclined at 40 degrees to the HP and at 30 degrees to .

the V P and show the plan a n d el ev a tion of a poin t in it which

.

is 1 inch above the H P .

1 5 Constr uct a t1 ia n gl e oa b ( u in ches oh 3% i nches o

4 inches ) 0 and b are the horizontal t 1 aces of the l ines 0 A

.
, ,

ah
1
.
, ,

0 B meeting at a point whose plan 1 s at o .

The height of 0 above the H P is 2 inches Find the tm e . .

angle contained by the lines 0 A and 0 B .

1 6 The horizontal trace of a plane makes an a gl e of

. n

4 5 degrees w ith th e gro u nd l ine and the vertical trace m akes an

a n gle of 7 0 degrees with the ground line ; the H T a n d V T
'

. . . .
 12

of another plane m ake angles of 50 degrees and 40 degrees

respectively with the gro u nd line The planes being inclined .

in opposite directions find the inclination of their line of inter ,

section .

1 7 Th e traces L M MN of a plane make angles 35 degrees

’
.

and 40 degrees respectively with X Y A point P 1 5 inches 1 n ,

front of the V P and 0 7 5 inches above the H P lies m a plane

. . . .
,

perpendic ular to X Y and pass i ng thr o ugh M .

Show the projections of two lines pass ing thr ough P and
parallel to the plane L MN on e being horizontal and the o ther ’
,

inclined at 35 degrees .

1 8 The H T of a plane makes 30 degrees and the V T

. . . . .

45 degrees with X Y The plan of a line lying in this plane makes

.

2 4 degrees with X Y and its V T is 2 5 inches above the HP

,
. . .

Draw a plane passing thro ugh this line at right angles to

the given plane .

1 9 A c ube , edge 2 inches standing on the H R with on e

.
, ,

face inclined at 30 degrees to the V P is cut by a vertical plane . .

,

whose horizontal trace passes through the middl e points of two

adj acent sides of the ba s e of the cube Show a sectional .

elevation of the c ube .

S ection 3 .

A L G EBR A .

i( ) + 11 1 : it = 6 3 h d if
'

1 If y am w m l
'

.
z
; y en z
,
an

1 33 when a: z
2, find a and b .

[ a 3 5 ; b = ag
-

( ii ) Prove that one of the real val u es of

( 1 2 5?

is 2, and find the other .

[ 1 4 1
2 In the Morse telegraphic alphabet each of our ordinary
.

letters is represented by a character composed of dots and

d ashes Show that 30 distinct characters are possible if the
.

characters are to contain not more than fou r dots and dashes ,

a si n gle d ot or d ash being an admissible character .

3 If .

i; e an d x

find 213 and y g

,
1 v en that p;
“

25, 0 3 .
 "

13

4 . R ed uce to the for m a 1Bthe expression 9 51

.

67 4 7 91 ]
- -

[5 07 2 96
- -

6 . In the qu adratic equ ation

?
a m bx c 0,

show that the s um of the roots and their prod uct a

What 1s the condi tio n that the roots may be e qu al 9 ‘

7 . Write down the q uadratic e qu ation the s um of whose

d u ct of whose roots is and find
to three places of decimals .

[ 1 ,
2
- °
6x = o ; 1 52 1 , -

8 . F or what val ues of 711 will the equation

2
w

9The roots of the q uadratic x

. 7
2
g; 11 0 are a and
B. W h a t a re th e val ues of
‘

B and B a . a

F ind the qu adratic whose roots are a

. 2 and B 2 .

[7 ,
11 ; 29

10 . F ind the val ue of a in order that 1 7 may be a root of

2
( 1 96 a: a 0
and give the value of the t o her root .

437 1
-

1 1 . If a , B are roots of
x
2 — 1 lx ——
l 22 z
0,

fin d the equation whose roots are a. Band a

3
[ 2 a . 2 3x

12 . Find m and n so that the roots of the equ ation

— 52
) az (m
z
(5m 0
may be the same as the roots of the e quation
(2 n 1 ) a3
2
.
5m : 20 0 .

[m 11 n
 11

Solve the equations

13 .

—4 Jc — l = 0 ( )
1 :
: c — ;r ,
1
2
,

and show that a root o f ( i ) is the c ube of a root of

[( )
i 4 2 3 6 2 36 ; ( )
ii 1 6 1 8
- -

, ,

The s um
14 . of two n umbers is and the s um of their
sq uares is 8 1 5 6 . Find the n umbers .

an d

The length of a room is 6 ft more than the breadth

15 . .
,

and the breadth 9 ft more than the height I f the area of the
. .

walls is sq ft find the dimensions of the room

. .
, .

[ 1 2 , 2 1 , 2 7 f t ]
From a cask containing 90 gallons of p ure alcohol a
16 .

qu antity is d ra w n c ff and replaced by water From the .

-

mixtu re a second quantity 2 1 gallons more than th e first is , ,

drawn off and replaced by water ; the cask now contains as

mu ch water as alcohol How many gallons w ere taken ou t the
.

firs t time ?
.

[15 ga ll on s ]
1 7 . Find the factors of £13
2
8 92a:
’

1 8 38 .

[( x 5 69 ) ( m 3
-

18 For what real val ues of ac will the expression

.

900 be ( 1) positive ( ii ) negative

2
m 91 31: ,

[ ( i) ll v l u 9 1 00 a a es or

( i i) l l l u b t w 9 d a va es e een an

v l u f b tw 3 d [ A ll a es o 56 e een an

2 0 What m u st be the val ue of L in order that the roots

. of

the e quation
§
2
L ac + R az + -

m ay be ( 1) real (1 1 ) eq u al and ( iii ) imaginary

, ,

2
£
2
2
R k 5
i
‘
2
k I 1]
< _ >
[( )
i L
4 ( 1 1) L
4 ( in
) L

21 . Express as partial fractions

393 + 5 1 2
{8
2
+ m — 12
-
4
[z m
‘

2
+ 4 96
‘

26
2
96 + :c 1
a: ( ac 2 ) ( 33 +
1 3 1
f4 1 — w — +
< > m n ¢n
2 fl
 15

2m + 1 3 3
[x _
+ 1 ( x
v

9 3 _ 2
7 m + 6x + 9

1 2 1
[5 +
E +
x —1 ( cc
IO 7x + 2

l 1
— x
[ ]
m 1 m m ’

1 5 4 1 0x —7
[ 2 x2 —zr '
+ 1

2 22 3
+
81

that in the expansion of ( 1 where a: 0 003 z

,

the third is greater than on e h u ndredth part of

-

By means of the expansion eval uate to fo ur decimal

[ 1

n is s o small that its cu be and higher powers may

a:

find th e val ue of

the b 1 n om ial theorem to find

-

25 . A pp ly

(0
to fou r places of decimals and verify by a logarithmic
, ca lcu

Fi n d the coeffi cient of az in the expansion of ( a r "

at) by

theorem What is the ratio of this term to the one

.

which precedes it 9 What is the ratio of the terms containing

‘

a: and 313 11 1 the e xpansion of

0 20

{ + m
} if a H
a and 93
30
T T ? 2
’ I

— — —
i l n r x .
1 010 .
 16

27 . Prove that the form ula

may be replaced bv

t 1
n (u 1)
a:
2
if a: is s ufficiently small ; and find approximately the error
involved .

28 . Establish the logarithmic series

2 3
m m

Show that the di fference of the Napierian logarithms of two

n umbers which differ by on e per cent of the smaller n umber 1 8 .
,

a pproximatel y 0 0 1 whatever the n umbers ,

.

Hence show that if a slide r ule with a ten inch scale can be -

s et and read to on e h u ndredth o f an inch the error arising i n

-

the m ultiplication of two n u mbers does not exceed on e half -

per cent .

2 9 Expand e and a in series of ascending powers of x

. .

From the expansion of 6 find the series for % ( e e and

calc ulate the val ue of this series to three places of d ecim l s
fi1 1 7 5 J
.

3 0 Prove that for any fixed val ue of cc however large the

.
, ,

terms in the series for e namely x

,
3
m
1 + w+ —
1 2
+

will ultimately begin to decrease 1 1 1 magnitude A t what term .

will the decrease begin if a: 1 00

3 1 A ss u ming the expansion of log ( 1

. w) find log 1 0 1 to e , ,

six places of decimals .

m n 1__
m n 5
Hence cal culate the val ue of 10
g,
1 0 to fo ur places [ 2 .

33 . G iven logen obtain a series

, for calc ulati n g loge(n
where h
”
1 .

1
[l o
ge( n I) l geo n l ge
o
( 1
71 )
1 1
— 1
g:
m

2 3
71 3 71
A be tt r ri i
e se es s
,

l ge( o n 1) l ge
o n 2

1
+5 2 n
( 1)
 18

F in d the coe fficient of a) in the ex pa n sion “

39 . of

( 29 6
2

[ 3 1 -
1
40 is so small that
. 1f a: its square m ay be neglected prove ,

that approximately

41 . Using lo garithm s calc ulate the val ues

, of

w hen 711 has the s uccessi ve val ues 1 , 5 , 1 0, 1 0

2
,
10
3
,
10
4
,
veri fying
that as m increases

Increases and get s nearer to th e val ue 2 7 1 82 8 .

4 2 A ss ume that if in the long ru n o n e shot in three is a hit

.
, ,

then the chances of hits m 2 0 shots are g ven 1

by the su ccessi ve terms in the binomial expansion of ( g 3

P lot a graph showing the rela tive c hances of 6 7 8 9 , , ,
.

—
[Hin d Take 1 0 inches to represent the chance of 6 hits .

Find the ratio of the chance of 7 hits to the chance of 6 hits ,

and so on ]
43 . If a: be positive prove that,
a: is less th an a .

6 8

n
Fi n d the val u e of e and
“

e of «
e

[ 2 co s x 21
°

s in an ]

Section 4 .

TRIGO N O METRY .

1 Find the val u e of a c

. sin ( m when ( 1 = 5 7; 50 ,
z
,

00 5 n 1 000 g 1 7 4 5 the angle b em g meas u red in

‘

t
'

, , ,

radians .

2 . If
L
“

— 50 2 96 9 0 90 2 ,
3 1
1 0 5 6 0 ge
5 1 9 x 10
'

<
7
-

2 73
~

find the val u e of ( )

I wh en t 32 6 7 .
 19

_
’ w
T1 T2 e ,
find T when 2 p .
’

5 4, a: 5, an d T, 350 .

1 —7
1 10 con stant and if , p 3500 when t 400 and
y l 41 ,
'
find p when t 350 .

5 The scale of a slide ru le is 50 cm long and the n u mbers

"
. .

on from 1 to 1 0 : ( i ) fin d the length in m m of that part

it r un .

of the scale which lies between 1 9 and 2 0

‘

11 1 ]
6 A fixed l en gth l cm is laid off on any portion of the
.
,
.
,

sca e the scale readings being N at o e end and M at the other

l , n .

tha t the ratio of M to N is the same wherever the fixed

off and t hat in the slide r ule in Q u estion 5 the
,

8 given by the eq u ation

I :
5 0 l og

—4
1 :
3 11 10 p log ,

ssuming the expressions f or the sines and cosines of the

8 . A
s um and d l fieren ce of two angles dedu ce the expressions for ,

sm A s n B ; sm A s 1 n B ; c os A
1 cos B ; cos A cos B ;
-

(cos 0 cos 30) ( s in 8 0 . sin 2 0)

( sin 5 0 sin 0) ( cos 4 0 cos
'

9 . Estab lish the following identities

sin 0 sin 30 sin 5 0 8111 70
tan 40 .

(sin 7 0 sin 5 0) ( c os 40 c os 60)

tan g
0

sec A + ta n A
s ec A ta n A

u 5777 .
 20

11 .A certain constr uction for dividing an angle 3 into a

three e q ual parts is correct whe n

tan sin 3
a
a.

2 cos 3 a

R ed uce this equ ation to its simplest form and show that it
is satisfied when 0 b u t by no other val ue of
a less
,
a

[ 2 s in a s in 2a .
]
ss as sum s or diffe rences of s n i es or cosines the
i( ) s in m a: sin n x .

( ii ) c os m ic c os m a .

sin m ac cos m e .

[( )
i s ( m ) n w cos ( m n ) :c
( ii) ( 771 n
) x co s (m
( i)
ii ( m — n
)
'

a: s in
( m n

13 . Express c os (0 4) in
1 te rm s of sin a. and cos a if
2 c os 0 c os 1
( 1 c os a .

2 s in 0 s in s in 01 .

Put the e qu ations into a form su i ta ble for finding

-
0 and ( 13

when a is given and give n um erical results if

,
27 a
°

[ c os (0 §( cos a
°
s in a
) an d c os (0 '
( 1
1)
%
°

( s in
) 62 14 54 7J
'
c os a a ;

14 . S how , withou
t using tables that ,

i
° ° °
10 5 0 sin 7 0
°
s n s in 30 s in

15 Plot the c urve y

. sin a: from as 77 130 a:

Construct also the line 4 31 m 2 with reference‘

to the same

From these graphs fi n d the val u es of a: which satisfy the

equation 4 sin a: a: 2
—2
.

-
9117 ; ’
763 ; 1

16 . G raph the equatio n s

2
1 2 5 213 0 4 5,
y sin m 1 ,

to the same axes and to th e same scale .

Use yo ur graphs to obtain approximate valu es of the roots

o f the equ ation

20 s in 7m: 2 1 0 a: 9 .

o
12 1,

17 The following qu antities meas u red in a laboratory are

.
, ,
x
tho ught to follow the law y b c Try if this is so and if so find .
, , ,
 21

the most probable val ues of the co n s tants b and c . There are

[ 0 39 8 1 ;'
c

B log m e

19 . Find a valu e of 0 between O an d

g which satisfies the

ta n 0 = l + 2 s in 0
[ 1

'
20 . Find valu es of 0 between 0 and 77 which satisfy the
8 8 1n 0 — 3 si n 20 z 5 .

”
21 . Draw carefull y the graph of y sin a: from a: z
0 to
1
taking as scale for be 1 inch 1 radian for y 1 inch :
'

5
2
, , , .

By taking measurements on ly from this q uadrant complete ,

Since all sine cu rves are alike make the graph j ust dr awn ,

re present s 6 sin ( 5 b 85 ) by merely altering the scales

‘

and grad uating the reference lines for s and t

"
.

[ S l f l ca e3 frt 1
or s , 2 th z f t i o ,
'
e ero or s
to t h ri gh t f th z f e Th o e ero or x . e

g r d u ti f tah p i t w h r th g p h ut
a on s o e o n s e e e ra c s
th fr li t
e re e en ce 17 4 5 8 3 l 0 866 ]
n e a re
'

,
'

,
'
.

2 2 Draw a complete wa ve le ngth of each o f the c urves

.
-

y 2 5 sin l 4 661 t)
°

y sin ( 1 0 1 +
4

Establish the relations

1 _1 1
( 1) tan tan
1 .

+
“

( 30 13
§ 3
 22

that in any spheri cal triangl e A BC

2 4 .Show
.

‘
’

cos a cos b cos c + s in b s in c cos A .

The straight lines 0 A 0 B 0 0 make with on e another , ,

angles A O B BO G 0 0A Find the angle

between the planes A O B A GO , .

1 4 0 2]
°

[ 70
25 sphere containing lines of latitu de and longitu de
. A ,

marked upon it is enclosed in a cubical box whose edge is

,

equ al to the diameter of the sphere on eof the points of contact

is on the meridian of G reenwich at a place whose latitude is k ,

and a second point of contact is on the equator Find the .

positions of the o ther points of contact .

[( )
i ( ii) A, ( iii) 90 ( iv)
90
°

( ii) dan
( iii) a re in t he o pp os te i
h m i ph r t th t h i h th fir t f th
e s e e o a in w c e s o e giv en

p i t f t ct o n s o c on a

2 6 Thr ee planes meet at a point and taken t w o by tw o

.
, , ,

th ey make angles with on e another of 7 6 85 20 and 38

° ° ' °

Find the smallest of the thr ee angles that the lines of inter
section of the planes make with on e another Prove the formul a .

y ou u se .

[ 34
27 The funnel of a steamer m akes an angle of 80 d egrees
.

with the deck The steamer rolls ( withou t pitching ) thr ough
.

9 degrees on either side of the upright Sketch a diagram corre .

s p on din g to the position of greatest roll representing a sphere ,

centre 0 with on e radiu s 0 A vertical on e radi us GB at righ t ,

angles to th e deck and on e radi us 0 0 parallel to the f unnel

,
.

Calcul ate the extr eme inclination of the funnel to the

vertical .

[ 13

2 8 .A rectangle GA O B lies on a horizontal floor It is . .

rotated abou t the side 0 A thr ough an angle 0 and then about
t he side 0 B thro u gh an angle 2 0 I f 0A a and 0 B 6 fin d .
,

the final height of 0 above the floor .

[ b s in 0 a c os 0 s in

29 . A ssume
the b ow of a boat to b e a straight line at 0 to
the horizontal and that the sides meet at the bow at an angle a
to on e ano ther .

Find the angle between the water lines on the two sides a t -

the b ow .

(
“
s in 0 ta n

30 . lines of a coal bed are observed to dip below the

Tw o
horizontal at angles of 1 5 degrees and 4 degrees and thei r
bearings are North and East respectively Show that the 3 1 1 n .
 23

of the line of greatest slope is abo ut 1 5; degrees and ,

[N
°
l4 6 E ]
'
'
.

31 . G iven
the S A . . T 19.
h
38in lat 30 5 0 N and the
°
.
° ’
.

s un s declination 7 8 N , find the altit ude and bearing of the

p
’ ° ’
.

° ° '
]
’

[ 7
2 7 s . 81 46 E .

32 . G iven th e su n s declination
’
14
°
N .
,
find his

[w
° '
. 19 56 N .
]
33 Find the initial co urse a n d the latitu de of the vertex of
a place in lat 4 5 4 7 S long 1 7 0 45 E .
° ’
. .
° ’
.

S long 7 7 1 4 W
° ° ’
12 .
,
. .

[
° ' °
s ]
'
s 6 5 41
. E .
, 50 31 .

c ot co t 0 c os ec 0 c o s ec 551 0 .

which satisfy the equ ation 3 sin 30 5 cos 30 2 ,

u sing an
a uxiliary angle for the sol ution .

[ 26
° °
1 46 266

l — m MA — B

[ ta n ta n
2 ]

36The figure shows thr ee bars A B BC CD hinged to one

.
, , , ,

another at B and C and to fixed centres at A and D .

CD 4 inches ,

AD 14
find th e angle thr o ugh which AB oscill ates as CD makes

[ 1 1 4
°

bil liard b all d iam eter 2 inches moves on a hori z ontal

A ,
'

table alon g a hn e m aking 2 0 d egrees with a cushion The

‘

.
 24

c u shion overhan gs so that the point a t which the b all Str ikes i t
is 1 4 inches above the ta ble .

Find the distance along the cushion between the point of ,

conta ct a n d the p oint a p parently aimed a t .

[2 5 1 8 i h ]
'

n c es .

3 8 A ss ume that ro u ghly speaking the earth des cri b es

.
, ,

a n n u ally a circle radi us 90 x 1 0 miles a bo u t the s u n and the

,
6
, ,

moo n describes in of a year a circle abo u t the earth of

‘

radi u s 24 x 1 0 miles both circles bei n g 1 n the same plane

4
, .

Fin d a t wh a t angle the moon s path relative to the s un cuts

'
’

the earth s path relative to the s u n

’
.

[ 1

39 A . vertical po st height It stands on a , ,

inclination to the horizontal is a What is the l .

shadow of the post when the sun s altitude is ( I) and its bearing 0 ’

from the direction of the horizontals on the plane Show how

to check yo ur res ult sim ply .

um i g th u t b i f t f a ss n es n o e n r on o

40 A coal bed is fo u nd to lie

. at a depth of 350 fee t at a
station A of 585 feet at B which
, is 600 yards due N of A .
,

and of 2 80 feet at C which is 400 yards due E of A Taking . .

the bed to be an inclined plane find its dep th at D which is ,

1 50 yard s E and 350 yards N of A

. . .

[ 46 0 8 f t ] ee .

4 1 The motion of a galvanometer needle is given b y the

.

equation
0 1 06 a “

12
where 0 is th e an gle in radia n s m ade by the nee d le from the
zero position at time t seconds Draw a curve show ing the . .

val ue of 0 at an y time d uri n g the first four complete oscill ations .

4 2 If 0 is the circular meas u re of a small a n gle sho w that

.

sin 0
the limiting val u e of is u nity when 0 is indefinitely ,
0
diminish e d .

4 3 Find witho u t u sing tables th e range of a distant ob j ect

.
, ,

O in front of a base A B whose length is 5 0 yards ; the angles

at A and B being measu red as 4 5 and 1 2 respectively less ’ ’

than a right a n gle .

y d ] ar s

44 . 1f l —l
1 + 1

fin d an approximat e valu e of 0 ( s upposed to be very small )

 26

N A L YTI CA L G E O METRY
A .

1 A point P in a piece of m echanism is re q u ired to move so

.

that the s u m of the distances O P f om a fixed point 0 and PM r ,

from a fixed straight line thro ugh 0 may a l ways be 1 2 inches ,

.

Find th e equ ation of the locu s of P .

Find also the direction in which P is moving at the instant

when 0 211 4 inches .

[ 2 4y = 1 4 42
x0 b i g th i gi d GM th , e n e or n an e

i f ; t gl f 1 8 2 6 w ith M 0 ]
'

ax s o x a an e o
° '
.

2 triangular set squ ar e A PB with the right angle at P

. A -

, ,

is placed flat on the paper ; and A is made to describe the fixed

straight line 0 x while the opposite edge PB always passes
,

thr o ugh the origin 0 .

If A P a and th e angle O A P 0 express the coordinates ,

213 y o f P in terms of a a n d
, ,

Hence ded u ce the equ ation of the loc u s of P .

s in
2
0 —7
T I T
]
2
x \/ a 31 .

Find the distance of the point P ( coordina tes 90 y ) from

3 .
,

the point A 3 and from the point B (0

,
Find the loc us ,

of P if BP 2A P Describe the locus and dr aw a diagram to

.

scale [unit inch] .

[ x 31 8 43/
2
0 Th l u i i2l p i
x g e oc s s a c rc e a ss n

th ugh th rigi —it

.

t i t th p i t
ro e o n s c en re s a e o n

(4 2) d r d iu , an a s

The vertices of a triangle are at the points ( 2

4 .
(4 , ,

43, find the e qu ations of the sides and the angle ,

between the si d es which m eet at the vertex ( 2 ,

Find also the length of the perpendic ul ar from the vertex

( 2 3) to the opposite side and the area of the triangle
, ,
.

[y — 4 + 1 1 5y = 9 x — 3 ; 7 y = x
'

8 2 ;-

Show that the equ atio n of a circle can always be written

5 .

in the form
Find the coordinates of the centre and the radiu s of the
ci rcle y
2
1 0y 0 and the e qu ation of the tangent
at the point which is fu rthes t from the origin .

5y = 4x + 82
 27

6Draw a triangle 0 A B right a ngled at 0 and let 0 A

.
a
‘

n d th e e qu ation of A B ta k ing 0 A and 0 B as axes of ,

M
.

a: and If P is a point ( coordinates m y ) o n A B and is the

y .

foot of the perpen dic ul ar from P on 0 A express the area of the ,

triangle GPM in terms of a b and a: and find for what value of

'

, ,

x the area is a maxim u m .

7 . ellipse which has its centre at the origi n and its

An
axes along the axes of a: and y respectively
pas ses through the points ( 3 and ( 4 Find its , ,

area also the length of the chord through the

,

origin parallel to the line Jom m g the two given points .

2 ’
x y
[25 H

16
l ; 62 8 ; a
]

8 . length 5 inches is moved so that one end moves

A red , ,

a long each of two straight lines at right angles to on e another .

Show that the path tra ced out by any point in the rod other than
'

the middle point is an ellipse Find the semi axes of the ellipse .
-

traced ou t by a point in the rod 2 inches from on e end .

[ 3 i h d 2 i h ] n c es a n n c es .

9 Find the p oints of intersection of the straigh t line

.

3 with the parabola y Write down the 2

4 13 2 3;
e qu ations to the tangents to the parabola at the s e points and
find the angles which the tange n ts make with the given line
9 l 3
3

1
(
°
4
1 y
3
a

2
.
2x

297 53

10 . so that the square of its distance from a

A p oin t m ov es
fixed p om t van es as its perpendic ul ar distan ce from a fixed
s tra ght l ine
i Find its locus. .
,

[A C l i C lG J
‘

11 . The focu s of the ellip s e

2 ?
(1 b
is 2 from the directrix and the eccen tricity is Find
an ( i
h eS '

5
a
.

1 2 . Constru ct with instruments a parabola to touch the

,
.

axes OK and O Y a t A and B where 0 A 2 0B

‘

1 on a sca le
, , ,

o f 5 1 n c h es
-

u n 1 ty ; also find the equ ation to the c ur ve

,

—
.

f 4 y + y4 — 4 — 8y 1 4 = O ]
‘

x
z
x 2
x -
.
 28

Theline 3az
13 . 2g 5 cu ts th e axe s of a: and y in A and
B Find the length A B, and show tha t the li n e through the
.

point ( 2 , 6) perpendicul ar to A B p asse s thr ou gh the po int of

intersection of 93 + y + 2 0 and 1 7 90 7 g 54 0 and
bisec ts one of the angles between them .

5
6 ¢ 13 , T he li n e is 3g 2 23 + 1 4 3

14BCD is a rectangle A B
. A '
inches B0 4 inches , ,

E is the middle po int of BC ; F is the middle point of A D -

.

Construct with drawing instruments a parabola to p a ss throu gh

A and D having its vertex at E and axis in the directio n EF .

1 5 Find the equ atio n to the parabo la h avi n g its fo cu s a t

.

( 5 3)
, and the straight line y l 2 93 8 as its d irectrix .

Show that 2 3) 4
; 1 5 0 is a tangent to this parabol a

and find the coordinate s of the vertex .

[
2 °
23 4 xy 40 1 8x 4 6y + 1 0 6

Find the coordinates

16 . of the vertex and focu s of th e
parabola whose equ ation is
y 2 3m 496
2
.

”
T3 3 ( 5 %) J
,

17If the n ermal PG at each point P of a parabola b e

.

prod u ced ou tward s to a point 0 so that P0 PG fin d the , ,

loc u s of 0 .

[ y 1 6 (
2
w h r y 4 m
a i th x
giv e e e
?
a s e n

p ra b l ] a o a

1 8 Prove that the circle whose centre is at the point

.
1
1 3

and p asses through the point ( 2 5 ) tou ches the line a: y 3 0 ,

and find the coordinates of th e point of contact .

2) -
l
Find the e qu ation to that diameter of the c ircl e
.

19 .

?
as
y 7 } 2 90 4
2
g 0 which m akes eq ual intercepts o n

th e axes and find the equ ation s to the ta n gents at the e n ds of

this diameter .

[ c
c x .

y 3 i

The centre of a circle lies on the straight line 2 3) a: 4

20 .

it also passes through the poin t ( 0 4) and tou ches the axis of at , ,
.

Find th e r adi us and the coordinates of the centre .

[ n tr t ( 4 r d
ceiu =e4 a tr t ( O, a s or, c en e a ,

r diu 2 a s .

2 1 P rove that the cur ves

.

2x y
= 1 and
2
.
3 m
2
.
?

tou ch ea ch other at two points and fin d the coordinates of th ese ,

p om ts .

2 1
[ fa 7 7 7 )
— ” 1
 29

3 + 0 5 w

e
2
+y
° — 5e + 3y
find the point of intersection of these tangents .

[ 9
6 J
23 . The equation of a cur ve 1s

[ m 4y = 9 a ; 4x

24 . Find th e e ua t q ion of the ta ngent to the curve

3
213

2a —a:
at the point where a:

1
f x ) 5
' '
3 ( 2 fi °
a x

25 Plot 9 gf a ph of the equati on y 90 w ranging from

. .
‘ ’
'

3
,

0 to 1 What is the inclination of the tangent

.

ordina tes 1 and where does the ta n gent at A c u t 0 90

,

Find a point on the c urve the tangent at which is parallel to

GA an d the equ ation of the normal at this poi n t
, .

o r 2 1 1
[ 7 1 34 ; x
3 y + x 77 ]

26 . Grap h the c urves

( )
2
11 27y 4 ( a:
Ifthese curves be intersected at points P and 0 respectively
by the line y 2 show that th e normal at P to the first cu rve
,

inters ects the tangent at 0 to the second c urve at a point on the

[ as y 4 an d x y 4 i tr t
n e s ec at the p oin t (4 ,
( 01

y
2
5 at their point of intersection .

[ 7
3

28 The line a: 2 cu ts the cu rve y m 1 at the po int

t

3
.

P ; the axis of a: is c u t at A T and G by the curve the tangent , ,

at P and the normal at P respectively Find the lengths PT and .

PG ; find also the area bo u nded by the arc A P the tangent at ,

P and the axis of cc .

[ 9 0 3 1 1 08 4 ;
-
 30

P and Q pro ve that

,
OP OQ a .

Taking the case of a

of this property .

S how that the length of the r let fall from N the ,

foot of the ordinate PN ,

‘

at P c also if the ,

PG

12 at their point of

intersection .
[ 5 a]

DIF FERENTI A L CA L C ULU S .

= 2 sm
g

Find and the a ngl e w hich the tangent at the orl gl n

makes wi th 0 x .

s in
’

— 3
i

(i l ) gi
‘

Ka 06
3

f ( I ii ) y w tan w
’

.
[ ta n a: a:

to a:

c v
()
i it: S in i" c os
[ em
-

a 2?

( )
11
1 + m
‘

—
( iii) J 1 os a 2
"

2x c . m .

[( x co s a
) (l 21 : c os a C]
‘
 31
.

t
r ]
a
(1 t

y
= e cos 5 96 +

+ 5 s in 5x + I

c o s ec A ] ,

y log ( tan [ 11
2
[ 3 log ( ta n x ) 2x c o s ec foul ]

a
t

£15
2
fizz y 0 . [ ( i
i 3 J? ”

)
x ( l my ? ”
 32

(2 feet
t)
3
.

thevelocity and accele ration of the poin t when t 1 .

[0

y e
3’
sin 2x,

2
a! da
——
dié 6
5
1 3y 0 .

y 6
”
sin ( bx c ) ,

s how that for

( i ) n ; 1 (1 1 ) ,
n 2, ( iii ) 71 any whole n u mber ,

"
d y
” We ”
sin ( baz c
fi)
n t
d zc ,

w here

an d a, b and c are constant s

, .

8 If
.

( i ) as a sin pt b cos pt
f or any valu e of t where a b and p are constants : show that
, , ,

same as ac A sin (pt q) if A and q are properly

( )
11 V = RC + L

C 1 00 sin 600t ,

being 2
R_ and L being O ‘

O O 5, find V in the form

.

V A s in ( 600 t q) .

[( )
i A = ¢m 9 = ta n

( )
ii V : 86 0 6 s in ( soot

9 sphere of material weighing w grams per e c is

. A . .

d issolved at a u niform rate of 1 grams per second remaining : ,

s pherical If W is its weight and r its radi us at any t me t

’

.
,
i ,

d
_
'
7

dt
’

13 ; 4 1 5 3
20 ;
 34

(p) and vol ume ( )

v of a ga s are conn ec ted

Q
p t) 10 .

Prove that as the vol ume increases the pres sur e diminishes and ,

R 1 an d R 2 de n ote the rates of decrease when the volume , is

1 and 2 respective l y , prove that
R1 ne arly .

16 .hemispherical bowl of rad 1 us 5 inches is filled with

A
water at a unif orm rate in 1 5 seconds Find a formula con .

n ectin g the depth ( at) of the water with the time ( t) and fin d ,

the rate at which the depth increases V eri fy your resu lt by .

s howing that when the depth is inches the rate of increas e

is 3 7 of an in ch per second
8
.

[ 50t 45 1 2 3x 3
1

dy
y
— Ma + 2 2
m ,
wha t ls
A

dm
?.

18 . A ssu me
that the time t a t which a proj ectile p 1 erces a

s creen distant s fr om the fir in g point is given by the eq u ation

-

2
t a be 03 ,

where a b c are constants

, ,
.

Find the velocity at the screens 8

, and s
,
an d the average
velocity between them .

19 The hypothen use height and bas e

.
, of a right angled -

trian gle ar e as y and a Find

, .

If a: and a are given under what circumstances will a small

,

error 1 n s ett1 n g off a: cause a large error i n y l e a n um erical

ill u s tra tl on .

h rl y lt
s
i

w en x is n ea equa o a
}
w
.

20 1f
—3 t
.

m = 7 s e0 0 an 0,
 35

in 0 have
'

s in 0 3) s ec
2 .
6 ;

21 The eq uation of the c urve

. which is k no wn as the
catenary of equal strength is ”

Find and the angle which the tangent at ,

the poin t
1

3 ra di an s

L OF N a.
L O QN 1
5 0 + 11 0

pas s es Q is heard at the same instant as the so u n d '

made ~ by the
s hell as it p a sses P .

A rod of len gt h 2 0 slides with its ends A a n d B on two

.

A GB at righ t angles A t a given instant

.

and If 0 ht, w here n is constant find ,

u 57 77 .
 36

24 . cran k CP revolves uniformly n times per minu te

A ,
an d
the other end A of a rod PA moves to and fro in th e
li n e A C s o tha t with the notation of th e figure
,

s in 9;
9 2a d
’

a cos cos ) .

to t, the

l
f
E and the veloci ty
)
Ded uce the valu e of , of A ,
wh en n 40 ,

a 1, 0 39 degrees
1 72
'
un it s
per s ec . t ow a rd s C .
]

25 . A rangetabl efora
-
6 inch gun giv e
-
s the following
R ange in yards . A ngle of elevation .

A ssu me that the angle of descent ? is given by the equation

a
,

AR
where a is the angle of elevation in radians and R the range
, .

Find approximately the angle of descent for a ran ge of

yards .

A qua n tity E
i

26 . is d etermined by the equ ation

M
”

(Itbeing a known constant) from measurements of r the radi us ,

and l the length of a cylindrical rod and y the deflection u nder ,

a given load .
 37

is abou t 2 mm and is measured to wit hin 02 m 1

If y .
‘

n .
,

how nearly sho uld I (abo ut 1 00 cm ) and r ( abo u t 5 mm ) be .

.

meas ured so that the errors of y l and r may be abo u t eq ual ly , ,

important
400 i f ur tim th p r e t g rr r i . e
.
, o es e e c n a e e o n r

d f pp ite tur ; w it h i 3 3
an o o os n a e n

0 1 25 m m ]
‘

27 rectangular pie ce of gro und is to be completely shu t

. A
in both at the sides and above by netting ; 560 feet length
, ,

of netting 4 feet w ide is available and the n etting is to b e

, ,

4 feet high at the sides Find the grea test area which can be .

protected .

s q. ft .
]
28 tin capacity 1 00 c ubic inches made of very thin
. A , ,

metal has a square base and a pull off lid which overlaps on e
, ,
-

inch all ro u nd Find the dimensions of the tin if the qu antity

.

of metal u sed is a minim u m and show that the side of the base ,

sho uld be on e inch less than the height of the tin .

[Neglect the difference between the breadth of the lid and

of the tin ] .

i h d i h ] n c es a n n c es

2 9 A hollow cylinder open at both ends is to be made ou t

.
, ,

of a given vol ume of metal and the ratio of the o u tside and ,

inside diameters is to have a given value n Determine the .

p roportions of the cylinder for a minim um total s urface .

h
[ gi h t ( 1 ) i i d d i m t r ] e n n s e a e e .

3 0 A conical rod length h weight W tapering fr om

.
, , ,

diameter 2 a at the top to diame ter a at the bottom hangs ,

ver tically and carries a weight suspended at its lower end g .

G ive a formu la for the cross sec tional area at a height as above -

the lower end ; and for the total weight below this section .

Ded u ce that the average tension per unit area of cross section -

is a minimu m when as is abou t 7 of h '

( I )
2

1 42
+ I
E” — d
i)
x
51 ] f
t
m i i m um t
3
1
3
or n
5
21 1

i n ten s ity of s tr es s , 1
i i/EJ
31 . D ifferentiate the equ ation
2
my
2
+ my
?
fizz y 0
as it stands with respect to x .

d
as:
If y is a maximum or mini m um what is Ded u ce alge ,

b ra i ca lly that the valu es of m which m ake y a maxim u m o a r

m inimu m are 2 and 3 a n d distin gu ish between them

.
.

[y i m i m um f s a ax or x

n 2
 38

32 . long thin piece of s he et ir on brea dth a is b ent up

A , ,

into a gu tter forming a portion A PB of a cyli n der of radi us r

, .

I f C is the centre of the c ircul a r s ection of th e cyli n der a n d

A CB 0 express the area A PB in terms of a and 9
,

Find the valu e of 0 which mak es the ar ea A PB a maximum ,

33 . tank standing on the gro und is kept full of water to

A
a depth a Water is sue s horizontally fron i a small apertu re at
.

a depth h below the s urfa ce with velocity J 2gh, .

F ind h in order that the water may stri k e th e gro und at the
greatest possible distance from the tan k .

(1

34 . chart is drawn on a rec ta n gxflar s heet of p aper which

A
in time contracts uniforml y by m per cent in a direction .

parallel to the l ong sides of the paper ( represent ing N and S ) . .

and by n per cent in a direction parallel to the short sides

. :

If the tr ue bearing of the point P from the centre of the

cha rt is 0 and the b earing meas ured f rom the chart is a
,

express tan ( 9 a
) in t er
.
m s of m n and , ,
a .

(n m ) ta n
’

35 . F or what val u e of a: 18 ?
a m a m m um 9
1 km
.

Ded uce that the } maximum error of the be a ring a in the

previo us question is about 1 7 minutes if m 1 and n 0

36 A conical tent is to be
a given circ ular
forn ied ou t of
‘

piece o f canvas by c u tting

ou t a sector and sewing together ,

the two straight radial edges of the remaining piece What .

wo uld y ou make the a n gle of the sector cu t ou t so that the ,

c ubic content of the tent may be a m axim um ?

If y f ) is the equation
( a c ur ve what wo uld be
'

37 . x to ,

indicated by thefact th at at a certain point on the c urve

3
5
1s negative an d 2
is positive
 39

does differ m uch fro m fin d an approximation correct to

’

n ot

[1
are four points of the earth s su rface ’
,

a cal : Their latit u d es and l on git udes are

respectively
P
X
0

7
a prin ciple that the coordinates of t he point P

a 0 cos A (1 cos X) y z a tan 5

of the points Q: B S on the map representing Q ’ ’

,
R an d S 9

figure P Q
.

V erify that are as on the earth are r epresente d in their

‘

correct proportionate sizes though n ot shapes on the m ap , ,

.

[ A r P Q R S XA HA X w
ea h r = rt h T
2
co s ,
e e r ea
’
s

r diu a s.

C rd i t X (1 + A) A O '
f Q + oo n a es o 33 a cos co s

d y an
x — 6 ( i A i 2 X) A X d
.

C rd i t
'
f R oo n a es o a s n s n an

g 3
2
y 86 0 AA .

C oo rd i t n a es of S
’
x a co s A (1 c os A) A O
2
2
2
(1 6 ( s in A s in 2 x) A ) . an d y s ec
X
an ]

40 Differentiate the e quation

.

b f c —2bc c os A
2 2 J 2
a z - -

with respect to A , treating a and c as constants . .

Draw a triangle BA C the angle A being abou t and

‘

to D Let A D represen t the plan of a doo

~

. n ged
into a position along BA
‘

IS

the fixed point B b y a

If the angular velocity of the door is m find the velocity ,

Wi th whl ch the end 0 is sliding on the door a t a n y instan t .

[ bw ta n C ]
"

Draw a rectangle A BCD,With A B horizontal and above

‘

41 .
 40

A BCD is a block , slidi n g in vertical guides ; A C is a groove

'

cut in the fac e d the block E C is part of a rocking lever clear ,

of the block .

The lever t urns abou t E and c arries a stu d 0 fitting into

the groove If E C is rotated roun d E the st ud slides in the
.

groove and allows the block to fall .

Find the vel ocity of the block when E U has turned thr ou
gh
an angle 0 the angular velocity of EC being 0
,
.

Take B0 b CD a ,
.

[( a s in 0 6 c os 0)

42 .The diagram shows part of a proposed attachm ent for

taking an indicator diagram from a fixed cylinder gas engine .

A rod A Q is fixed at right angles to the piston Q is a pin .

fixed on A Q Q slides in a slit bar O P which turn s about 0 a

'

-
.
, ,

fixed point ve rtica ll y over M the centre of the travel of Q

,
.

P is a point fixed on the sli t bar The hori z ontal motio n of -

.

P is taken as representing the motion of the piston Is thi s .

correct ?
If MO 4 a O P a travel of Q 4a find the horizontal
, , ,

travel of P and its horizontal velocity

,
a if the ,

velocity of Q at that insta n t is u

-

'
228 w ]

43 .If the rectan gle in the di a gram is roll ed up into a

cylinder of radi us r and length 2n r the diagon al O A becomes a
screw thread of uniform pitch m akin g on e turn in n calibres, ,

and the cu r e O PA becomes a scre w thr ead of increasing

v

t wist
.

If the equation of the curve is

2
93 ry
2 ’
4n 21 r
and if a s hell is fired with m u zzle velocity 17 from a gun rifled
Wi th the 1 n creas in g twist what is the rate of t wi s t at the
,
as constant .

Deduce the val ues of

De duc e the first two terms in the expansion of 9 in a seri es

of ascending powers of cc .

—t
i

[ a . 0, an a ; 6 = at

4 7. Th e z
enith distance z of a s tar of declination 8 and ho ur
angle h to an observer in latitu de ) is given b y t

8 Xc os 8
”

Cos z sin )t s1 n , cos c os h .

8 as con stant .

dz
’

db
c os sin ( stars azimu th) .

When is the z en l th distance

‘

ch a n gm g mo st rapidly ?

48 . The equ ation

sin a. s in 8 s in 1 cos 8 c os 1 c os h
terms of the hour angl e h the s un s
a. i n ,
’

the observers N latit ude l ’

. .

Differentiate this e qu ation with r espect to h treating 8 a s ,

constant b ut and b as variables

‘

,
a .

the latit ude increases 20 hou rly then the sun s ’

,
’
m aximum
altitude will occur abou t ’

minutes before noon .

 43

Section 7 .

SMA LL C O RR EC TI O N S .

cylindrical t ub e le n gth 1 o utside rad ius 7 inside

'

1 A
‘ '

.
, , ,

radi us a O pen a t both end s W eighs w po un ds per cubic inch

, , .

What 1 s its weight W all dim ensions being in inches ? Fin d

,

d
and express it 1 n terms of W r and a
71;
.
,

If r 5 i n ches a 3 inches what fraction ( ap proximately )

,

of the we ight will be rem oved if the out side 1 s t urned down to
a radi us of 4 95 inches ?

2 In a triangle two sides are 1 40 feet and 80 feet 1 n l ength

.
,
.

The true angle b etween them is 7 7 b ut this is by mistake

°

mea sur ed as Find the resulting error in the calc ulated

length of the thirdside of the triangle .

[ C l ul t d l e gt h 1 4 6 09 fe t ; 37 1 f et t
a c a e l rg ] n , e e oo a e

3 I n s olvi ng a plane triangle A BC the base c is me as ur ed

.

an d the base angles A and B obse rved I f e is correctly

'

meas u red b ut A an d B are Sub j ect to small errors A A radians

'

, ,

a n d A B ra dian s, p r ove t h at the res ul ti n g errors in 0 ( L a n d b ,

will be
AA A B, b c os ec 0 AA a. c ot G A B,
an d a c os ec G A B 7 14 b -

c ot C AA .

4 . Th e b ase of
a triangle is 1 00 y ards and the base angles
are observed to b e 35 1 5 and 1 06 Find the remaining
° ’ °
'

parts and the re su ltin g e rrors in these parts if the base angles
are subject to errors of 5 minu te s each 0
'

[ y d
"
6 a y r d C
"
38 ar s. a s .
:
°

Aa i 7 or i 19 Ab 24 or j ;
A o

5 In a horizont al sun dial for l atitu de )t when the sh adow

.

on the dial makes an angle 0 with th e N an d S line th e local . .

,

ta n ( 159 0
0
: ta n 0 c os ec

Pr ove this
,
an d find th e valu e of 0 co rresponding to 2 p ih f .
-

local apparent tim e in lati tude ‘

an d the error i n time if the

angle i s made 1 °
too large .

]
°
[26 65 s ec s
 44

6 The side 0 of a spherical triangle has to be calcul ated

.

fr om the known val ues of a b and the incl u ded angle C If a , .

and b are correctly meas u red b ut C is su bj ect to an error A C , , ,

prove that the res ul ting error A Z: in the val ue of c will be

sin b sin A A C .

If a b 7 0 and C find the error in c d ue to °

an error of 5 in C ’
.

'
[4
Investigate an ex pression for the change in a zim ut h of a
7 .

heaven ly body d ue to a small change in the altit ude and find ,

the change of azimuth d ue to a change of 1 0 in the altitu de ’ ’

when lat 42 N alt az . S 60 W °

. . .
°
.

'
[ 1 1

8Prove that in a given latitude a ll s ta rs when rising or

.
,
'

s etting change their azim u th at the same rate

, .

9 In l atit u de 5 0 S find the shortest inte rval of sidereal

°
. .

time in which the altitud e of Siri us ( dec 1 6 35 S ) changes .

° ’
.

What are the altitudes at the beginning and end of this

in terval ? ° °

[
n m
16
l 2 20 ; 8
26

In lat 4 2 30 N when the Su n s ( ic e is 1 2 4 5 N

10 . .
° ’
.
,
’
.
° ’
.
,

find the shortest time in whi ch the Sun rises throu gh 1 in °

altitude Find also the Sun s motion in azimu th d ur i n g this

.
’

interval .

[ 5 m
27

If h and h A h p and p A p are the westerly hour

1 1 .
,

angles and polar distances respectively of the Sun at sunr ise

,

on two consec u tive days show that ,

Ah 1
2
? cot h c os ec 2 p A p,
approximately When is A h positive and when negative .

A t a certain place the S u n rises a t 8 0 48 a m apparent

1 .
1 m 5
.

time when his decli n ation is 2 2 53 S Find by the above

,
° ’
.

formu la the apparent time of sunrise on the follo wing day when
his declination is 2 2 4 7 30 S
” °
.

[ 8 h
0 m
12 5
a . m .
]
. 12 . N fin d the error in hour angle due to an
In la t 4 2.
°
.

error of 1 in latitu de when the azimu th is N 7 0 W also when

’
.
°
.
,

the azimu th is N 1 25 E The assumed latitu de be i ng too .

°
.

great state clearly whether the erroneous ho ur angle 1 s greater

,

or less than the tr u e hour angle .

[( )
i 2 d t g t ; ( ) 4 d t gr t ] s ec o n s oo rea 11 s ec o n s oo ea

1 3 S u pposi n g that azim uth angles were m eas ur ed fr om the

’

north end of a m eridian to the eastward fr om ’

and
A h A a and A l represent increments in the hour angle a ltit u de
, , ,

and latitu de respectively show th at ,

A h r: d la t Al la t
'
' '

A cos ec a z . s ec . cot a z . s ec .
 If in lat 4 5 N observations are taken to determine the
.

°
. .

longit ude when A a A l are 1 0 respectively find the

’
, , ,

e ffects upon the lon gitud e

'

( i ) When the S u n bears S 45 E

°
. .

(1 1 ) S 30 W .
°
.

[( )
i 20 .
( 1 1)
14 ship is steaming S 20 E at 1 8 kn ots in lat 50
. A .
°
. .
°
N .
,

the declination of the S un is 5 decreasing 5 8 hou rly

” °
.

Find the S A T when the altitu d e is greatest

. . . .

[ ]
m
s 4 6 5

15 Find the time occupied by the Sun in s ettin g at a place

.

in lat 40 N on the day when evening twil ight 1 s shortest

,
°
.
,

given the Sun s semi diameter ’

-

[ d l i ti 5 S 2 4 9 J ec n a on
°
.
m 8
.

S ection 8 .

MA XIMA A N D MINIMA .

Show from graphical considerations that if y is a function

of so then the criterion that y shall have a maximu m or
,

minimum val ue is that

is
d a:
and prove that it is possible to discriminate between these cases
by finding the val ue of
1)
i1 i
m n
Find the m aximum and minimum values of and
-

disti n g ui sh between th em A re these the absolutely greatest .

and least val ues of the expression Graph the expression from
a: 1 0 to 10 .

[ T h pr i h m i im um e v lu f ex es s on as a n a e o
wh d m xim um v lu l 7 1
en a: an a a a e
°

wh 4 1 4 ; th gr t t v lu i
en a:
°
e ea es a e s co

d th l t i ( l g b r i lly )
an zr e ea s s cc a e a ca or e o

( n um erica ll y ) J .

—m 1
-
1
7
33 l r

where y
(x be i n
g
°
5 2 66) J
3 . The equation of a cur ve is
 46

G i ve a simple re ason why y is always numerically less

Sketch the c urve and find the maximum val ue
, of y »
.

4 . tot a l cost C of a ship per ho ur ( incl uding interest

Th e ,
’

d epreciatio n wages coal &c ) is in pounds

, , ,
.

3
8
’
2400
where s is the speed of the ship in knots .

Exp ress the t eta l cos t of a p as sage of m ile s l n terms

of s, an d fin d wh a t V alue of 3 will m ake this tot a l cost a
m inim um .

J
2
3 ; kn ots .

5 The cost C of a ship per h o ur ( incl uding interest and

.
°
‘

depreciation on capital wages coal & c ) 1 s in pou n ds

, , ,
.

3
S
1 "
’
1 00 0
wher e S its spee d in knots relatively to the water Going
is .

up a river whose c u rre n t r u ns at 5 knots what i s the speed

“

which causes least total cost of a passage

k t J n o s

6 A piece o f wire 1 2 inches lon is b ent u p into the

.

g
peri meter of a rectangle A BCD th e w re p assing tw i ce along
, ,

—
i
— —
,
—
the side A B so that its co urse is A B BC CD DA A B -
t

Fin d t he length ac of BC if the area of the rec tangle is a

[ 3 in ch es .
J

squ are side an [inside measurements in feet] 1 s to have an inside ,

c ap acity a c ubic feet It is m ade of two pieces of metal

3
.
,

riveted at the four sides of th e base an d along on e of the

vertical si des I f the cost of riveting is £ b per foot length of
.
°

riveted Se am me as ured inside find the p roport ions of the tank

,

for which the cost of the rivetin g w ill b e a min i mum G ive a .

common sense reason as to Why thi s cos t is a minimum an d not

a maxim um .

E at 7 9 37 a l 5 8 7 4a J
‘ ‘
:
y .

8 The stiffn ess of a beam of rectangular section is propor

.

tion al to the prod u ct of the breadth and the c ube of the depth .

Find the dimensions of the s tifles t b ea m of rectangular section

if the perimeter of the section is limited to 2 0 inches .

[ 7 5 i h x i h J
°
n c es n c es .
 47

E
and P —CR
2
.

05 + R
'

Find what val ue the external resistance R must have so that

ofgiving a
the voltage being V and the
is fo u nd to be
A = a +

0 18 1 0 27 .

b, m and n . If C is 20 ,

total cost ?
[ 900 , V = 3 5 8 36
°

I N TE G RA L CA L C ULU S .

1 an:
 50

s in °
°

3
g t dt tT ,

( iii) sin gt sin ( qt 0 ) dt i T cos c,

where q and c are constants .

5 . Find the val ues of the following integrals

sec 2
in die,

, 1 ; ( 2)
6 . Show fr om graphical co n siderations that
( i) f(

f( ) n
n g div f ( m) doc .

A l l the parall els of latit u de on the earth ( which is assum e d

to be a sphere of rad ius a ) are rep res ented on a Mercator s )
’

chart as of the same length If the s cale a t the equator is

5
.

wha t is the scale for the parallel in latit ude to

The scale for th e meridian at any point is the same as that .

for the parallel of latitu de through that po i n t A ss uming thi s .

,

fin d the l ength on the Mercator s chart meas ured along a

’

the eq ator to a point in latit de

,

m e ri di an fro m u u ac .

1 3 4 38 x
l e
(
tr
[ x
s ec 3:
g t
4 n co s n
o an

8 . Find
a: (4
2
m ) dx . sin 2
m a: dx .

x s in 2
[(
7m ,
°
1 a:
c l o°0 e c
2 4m l

9 . Find

c ; w} : §¢ x3 c .
J
 51

10 . F ind

,
sin 2
0 ( 1 0, s n i flcos O ( 10
’
.

[1 525 ;
-

2
cos 2
a: dis .

1
[
°
4 1 4a ; ° r
a ll ,
4
-
J
12 . Find the val ue of

2 s in 0
2
x ,

new variable .

y is approximately b ut not exactly e qual to 1 2

'

13 .
, ,
m
,

wo uld
expect to obtain approx imately corre ct values of

[ ( i) n o t c o rrec t; ( ) 11 c o rrec t if the erro r of a

ppro x i
m a tio nn is v i bl
ar a e .
_
T h e re ve s er
,
if the e ror r is
pra ct ca i lly co n s ta n t .
J

2
( 1 0 l m

Ill u strate the second integration by a diagram and explain , ,

b riefly b ut clearly , the effect on the . actual area of the diagram

1
2
are re p resen ted
1 $

What is the area in the first q uadrant

15 . of the c ur ve
whose e quation is
8 1
- — 332

u 5 77 7
.
 52

16Show that a c urve whose equation is

.

y a te bx c 2

can be made to pass th ro ugh any three given points by properly

Find the val ues of a b c if the give n points are 2 1 3 1

, , ,
.

, ,

4 3 ; and the area incl uded between the c urve the e xtreme
, ,

verticals and the horizontal axis

,
.

[ = 1 ; b = — 5 ; = 7 ; 0 c

1 7 What is the area in squ are centimetres of a sine c urve

.

in which l cm horiz on ta l rep res en ts 1 0 and 1 0 cm vertical

-

.
s
0
.

represents sin The c urve ran ges from 0 to °

A t what angle does the c urve cut the horizontal axis

3
@ — i
r
( )
f
[ 1 1 5 m ly ; t
71
°
c n ea an
9

18 . Sketch the c urves

and
”
f 2 l '

y r y x 2
(i ) A t wh a t a ngl e do thes e c urves intersect e a ch ot her ?
' '

( )
1 1 Find the area o f the closed fig ure bo unded by these
curves and the ordinate a: 2 z
.

iii
( ) F i n d the coo rdina tes of the ce n troid of this area
°

[( )
i 4 ( )
11
( )
iii l l J
'
.

19 . Find the average val ue of sin 2 6 cos 3 b while t changes

from O to
[0 1 -

20 . Find the R . MS of sin

. . t +
°

75 for a complete

g
Fi n d ( l ) the mean al ue ( MS sin f over
i

21 . v , 11 ) R . . . of a
T
t

half a period .

2
[( )
i
g ( 1 1) 7 0 7a J
‘

; .

22 , The equation of a c urve is

1
y = b em
a

Find the mean height of the portion for which a: lies

between 0 and a .

23 Plot the shape of the curve whose equ at i on 1 8

.

y m m for val ues of a: ranging from O to 1 Find the

3 5
.

maxim um val ue of y the mean val ue of y and the square root

, ,
”
of the mean val u e of y .

fig ;
 53

s emicircle of radi us a
( 1 ) Whe Pnis one of a series of e qu idistant p om ts on the
( 2) 1V hen M is one of a series of equ idistant points in the
b ase

J
2 3
[( )
i 40 1 a 1 4a
‘ °
°

;
~
.

26 . The inner curved su rface of an air con taine r is formed -

2 an d 8 inches ,
'

and the length is

cu . ft .
J
27 . F ind the position of the centre of gravity of a solid
From a solid sphere 5 n ches in radi us a segment 2 inches
1

is c u t 0 11 Find its vol ume and the position of its

.

[ I n di tm iddl
f m t e ra r di u
diu s, a t s a n ce ro c en re a s

i i hf m t fb J n .
3
n c ro c en re o ase .

28 . Find the area and the centroid of the area cu t off from
r 2 J [ A ea .

2 9 The he a d of a shell is formed by the revol u ti on of a

‘
-

c irc ular arc A B centre C abo u t the perpendicu lar BO

’

, ,
.

If
 54

Hence show by integration that the vol ume of the h ead

, is
2 a nearly
,
s
3 .

[ 2 7ra
3
( 2 cos 0
30 The fig ure shows the plan and an isometric sketch of a
.
,
, .

p i ece of steel formed of two equ al cylinders of radi us r and

,

length 1 whose axes a re horizontal a n d in ters ect a t r ight angles

,
.

The dotted lines in the plan indicate a horizontal section a t a

height an above the axes .

What is the breadth of this section of either cylinder ? “

What is the area ef the squ are sectio n common to both

'

cylinders
What is the vol ume co m mon to b oth cy lin d ers comprised
between parallel sections at heights 7 : and a: A x 1

Hence find by inte gration t h e total vol ume com m on ito lb oth ‘

cylinders and show that if r l and l 1 0 inches and s t e

, el
weighs 2 9 pou nds per cub ic inch the weight of the piece is
.
,
'

abou t 1 6 3 po unds .

v l um o e eem m on to bo th cy li d r
n e s ]
3 1 Malloc h s fo rm ula for k th e re
’
.

accelera tion d ue to a 1 r res i

 55

d epending the form and weight of the shell Express the

on .

g
c
s tatement by a n equ ation con n ec tin g
gand v Integrate the .

e q uation obtaining a formu la for the remaining velocity after

,

a n y time .

[ 8 50 ( 8 5 0 )
11 0w h v i iti l v l ity ] c“ , ere v0 n a e oc .

3 2 F or a 1 2 inch gun the n umerical val ue of k in previo u s

.
-

q uestion is 0 7 48 Find the re m aining velocity after 3 seconds

'

.
,

with a mu zzl e velocity of feet per second .

33 . thin uniform rod O A 6 feet long swings in a ve rtical

A , ,

lane abo t a horizontal axis th o gh e end 0 Express the

'

p u r u on .

velocity of a point in the rod distant r from O at the instant

, ,

w hen the rod makes an angle 0 with the vertical in terms

.

Hence write down a n approximate expression for the kinetic

e nergy of a small portion length A r of th e ro d and find by
’

, , , ,

integration the total kinetic ene rgy of the rod at this instant
,
.

If the rod falls from a horizontal position sho w that when 0 A ,

is vert ical the velocity of A is 24 feet per second nearly .

[ r
d ? 6
w hr e e v v l ity of A
e oc .
J
34 .The diagram shows the blades hin ged at 0 of a pa ir , ,

o f shea rs designed to have a constant c utting a n gle 2 a .

What an gle does the tangent to either blade at P make

with O P
By considering an adjacent point Q on either edge express ,

this angle approximately in terms of

OQ r A “
?

.
A OP A CQ 0 A0 .

Integrate the equation which is obtained by s u p p os mg Q

ul timately to coincide with P .

ta u a ; r

35 The blade of a fan con sists of a un ifon

. n circular
‘

c en tre 0 fro m which a sma ll portion has be n c u t away

“

, e
c hord A B equ al to the radi u s r .
 CO Q 9 A 9 ,

what is a p p ox a tel th e are a

‘ ’
'

r n n

of the ’

parallel to A B
Calc ulate the distance of
the centre of gravity of the
blade from A B
(

s in
2
0 A9; 895 r J
i
'

3 6 2 A ss ume a recoil b u ffer 8 6 ad j u sted

1
that w hen the g urr
has reco d ed a ( h s ta n ce «13 inches the force
r esisti g reco il is
. .
-

n “

(
IV 1
3
tons where TV and a are con stants Find th e
“
:
.
, .

work done in recoiling a tota l distance b inches .

2
6
[ (
b l
) ” i h —t 7 n c on s
“ ‘

Q .

37 weighing 2 00 p ou nds con ta ini n g 4 00 po u nds o f

. A c a rt
-

sa
,

nd asce n ds a straight hill r isi n g 40 feet vertic a lly a l togetl eiz

,
»
‘ ’

The sand is ass u med to be tln own ou t u n ifo rmly so tha t

the ca rt reaches the top empty .

Write down an expression for the work d one against gravity ,

a fter th c cart h a s risen a vertical height of h feet in risi n g a

‘

'

small ad d itional d istance A h .

“
Fi nd by integration the whole work done aga inst gravity in
th e ascent :
z 1 0 h) A h f t lb ] oo -
s

3 8 Why is it ob v
. io us from a graph of a sine or cosine cu rve
that .

A
c os O d 0 = c os 2 0 d 9 —

tor qu e acts on a shaft

sin 2 0 d9 0 ?
the shaft ha s t urne d .
r

I
When
O
2

thro u gh an angle 0 the terqu e is

G sin 0 s in ( a ) a .

What i s app rox1 m a telv the work done in t urning thi ou gh a

smal l additional angle A 0 9 Find by 1 n teg a t 0 n the work do e . 1 1 n

per revol u tion .

[ W G co s J
’
a .

39 niform disc radi us R thickness is mou nted on a

. A u , ,
a ,

cylindrical spindle o f radi u s r len gth over all I Find th e ,

.

moment of inertia of the combination of disc and spindle abou t ,

the axis of the spindle if their combined mass is 11 ,

1 .

A in formth e .
of
(1 ,
2 b with a
,

brea dth 2b, c ut a ll rou nd the rim .

 58

pivot 0

when B t urns A turns also b ut when the carriage moves B

,

slides u nder A without turning A A cord rou n d the rim

‘

o f B goes off a lwa y s a t r ight a n gl es to the r a ils

,
to a pencil P ,
.

The cord tries to fly back urged by a spring ( not shown )

, .

Show that if P is taken rou nd the bou ndary of the rectangle ,

s 1 d es y and A na the total angle t urn ed thro u gh by A v aries as

,

Ded uce that if P is taken round the bou ndary of a c urve

, , A
t ur ns throu gh an angle proportional to the area of the curve .

44 The rod A B of length a is the axis on which a roller of

"
.
, ,

radi us 7 can turn freely .

The roller rests on the paper an t on the lin e ,

while A is taken right rou nd the

PQ MN height,y base A w st arting
,
and finis h ing
,
at th e same

T hrough what angle does theroller t urn as it rolls on the

paper ( 1 ) as A moves from P to Q ; (2 ) as A moves ro und
'

PQMN back to P
 59

Ded uce that by taking A ro und the perimeter N PQ RS TUV N

the total area included may be inferred from the total angle
thro ugh whic h the roller t urns .

( iii) r ll t ur t h
o er n s ro u
g h
2 ( y A x) =f £ 3

Prove that the work done in compressing a gas from a

45 .

vol ume to a vol ume 11 is equal to 2

Pvl

J d
pd v,

where p denotes the press ure .

4 6 One c ubic foot of dry air at atmospheric press ure is

.

rapidly compressed to half its original vol ume : find the work
d one in foot po unds
-
We s uppose the com pression so rapid
.

that no heat is lost in which cas e pv remains constant “

.
,

[A tmospheric press ure is p o u nds per s q u are foot ] .

6 f t p u d ] oo -
o n s

4 7 Explain how the wo rk done by a variable force may be

.

represented by an area .

A spiral spr ing is p u lled ou t slowly The total extension is

'

inches and the final val ue of the p u ll is 22 pou nds

,
.

A ss uming that at each moment the p ull exerted is proportional

to the extension find by integration the total work done
,
.

[3 2 ] f t p u d ] oo -
o n s

cork 2 1 inches long is draw n slowly from the neck

, ,

o f a bo ttle .Find the work done s upposing that at e ach instant

the force exerted is proportional to the area of the s u rface of
the cork in contact with the neck of the bottle Initially the .

u pper end of th e Cork is fl u sh with the top o f the bottle and ,

the p ull at st art is 42 pounds .

[3 9 4 f t p u d ] oo -
o n s.
 A R EA S A N D V O LU MES .

l . The c urve
passes throu gh the three points
y a be
” '

a: z
0 y it
,
1 31 2 2 y find ,
: a: ,

b and c What is the area of the curve from the ordinate '

a, , .

at a: 0 to the ordi n ate at a: 2

r a ea :

2 Find the vol um e for m ed by the revol u tion abo u t 0 91: of

.

that portion of the c u r e whose e q uati on 1 s v

i 1
x y 1,
which is the first qu adrant .

3 . Sketch the c urve wh ose equ ation is

(
2
a: a:
y
Find for theportion for which 0 a: 1
Q

.
,

( i ) the area ,

( 1 1 ) the coordinates of th e centre of gravity of the area ,

( iii ) the vol ume of the solid formed by the revol u tion of
the c urve abo ut the axis of ac ,

( iv ) the coordi n ates of the centre of gravity of this

8 3 11 2
[ ( i) B ; ( )
11
( ii)
i
12
; ( )
iv

4 . In the c urve
”
3; am

if y w h en a: z .
‘

2
and y 2 when a: 5
fin d a an d 71 .

Let the c urve rotate abo u t the axis of; ac formi n g a surface ,

o f revol u tion Find the vol ume of the sl ice between the sections
.

at a: and a: d zu What is the vol ume between the tw o sections

.

a t oc =2 an d m= 5?
[ 45 1 1 ;
'
a

5 . The equation of a c urve is

i
6g m ,

0 to 1 0 d fin d
’
,
an

iii
( ) Find the vol u me generated b
plotted cu rve round 0 x .

j
3
( )
iii in
1 4 0 5 5 s q ia ( )
11
-

;
. .
. .
 61

The a re of t he p a rabola y 4um c u t off by the double

'

2
6 .
,

ordinate at a: a is rotated abou t the tangent at the vertex

,
.

Find the vol ume encl os ed by the s urface of revol u tion so

generated and by the two planes where y 2 a and y 2a .

7 . Trace ro ughly the c urve

4 3] m J 16
showing that it has the form of a figure of eight .

Find its whole area and the volu me obtained by revolvin g

it abo u t the axis of at .

[2 1 g 53
"
8 a prism wh ose e dges are vertical stands o
A frus tum of
"
. . . n

a horizontal triang ular b ase A BC the edges A A BB CC are ,

’
,
’
,

7 1 1 and 3 feet respectively and the sides of the base are each
, .

3 feet long .

Find the v ol ume of the fru stu m and the tota l s u rface a rea
. .

ub i f t 7 8 qu r f t ] c c ee s a e ee

8 A A circ ular reser voir hr the form o f a fru st u m of a cone

. ( , ,

has a diameter of 4 5 a t the bottom a n d 61 feet at the tep , and

.

the length of the sloping edge is 1 7 feet Find the volume of

-
'

.
“

wa ter in it if it is filled to a depth of 1 3 % feet .

ub i f t) c c ee .

9 What fraction of the s u rface of a globe 1 0 feet in

.
. .

diameter is visi ble to an eye at a distance of 5 feet from the

nearest point of the s urface
J
1 0 A ta ngent c ene to a sphere of radi u s 7 has its vertex at
.
’

a distance 4r fr om the centre compa re the area of the conical

s u rface between the su rface of contact with the area of th e
incl uded spherical ca p .

[ 5

Two circles diameters 1 0 inches and 5 inches hav e

1 1 .
, ,

their centres 1 0 inches apar t Find the area contained by the

external common tangents and the ou ter p ortions of the arcs of
the circ les .

[ 1 2 6 i4
q u i h ] s a re n c es .

1 2 A pyramid stands on a plane base which is a triangl e

.

whose sides a l e 7 9 and 1 3 feet respectively Find the area of

, .

the section parallel to thebase and drawn 1 ) thr ou gh the c entre

( )
2 at a distance f 1 om th e vertex
r fet ] ; 1 6 85 ; ( 2) 3 s
q ua e e

1 3 A do uble co nvex lens 3 % in ches diam e ter an d

. inch ,

i n thickness is formed of two S pherical s u rfac es of e q u al radi u s

,
.

Find its v oiu m e and weight given that it is made of fh n t ,

glas s of s pecific gravity 3 and that a c ub ic inch of wate r

weighs 036 pou nd '

ub i i h 3 36 p u d ) c c n c es
°
o n .
 62

The coordinates of p oin ts on a c urve are give n by the

'

14 .

Plot c urve choosing as the scale for cc 1

the ,
1 for . .

5 and find b y Simpson s r ule the area of the c u rve

” ’

y 1
‘

b etween the c u rve the axis of m and the ordinates a: ,

1 , ,

15 The half areas of e qu idistant transverse sections of a

.

s hip u p to th e l oa d w a te line m a in squ are feet 7 3 59 1

°

r -

, ,

1 58 2 2 6 1 2 1 92 7 8 5 6 and 9 3 incl u ding

° ° °

,
0 , , , , ,

the end sect ions I f the sections are 2 3 feet apart calc ulate by
.
,

S impson s ru le the dis pl acement of the ship in c ubi c feet

’

, .

ub i f t] c c ee .

1 6 The cross section of a tree ( A squ are inches ) at a

.
-

d istance a: inches from o n e end is as follows

What is the vol ume of the tree in c ub ic feet its total length ,

being 1 60 inches ? [ Us e Simpson s rule and check result b y ’

u sing m id—ordinate metho d ]

ub i f t
[ 1 2 3 c c ee .

1 7 Plot that portion of the a re of a c u rve given by the

.

following val u es of w and y on a scale of 1 inch ,

18 Find the e quation to the parabola of the fo rm

.

y a bx cm which passes t hr o?
u gh
,
the thr ee points on the
a bove c u rve whose absciss ae are 1 2 and 3 , , .

On the same axes a n d w ith the same scale as the give n .

c u rve dra w as a cc u i a tely as possible this parabola calc u lating

, , ,

the val u es of y for the same val u es of a: as given in above table .

Do y ou consi d er that th e area of the given c urve between .

th e c urve the axis of a: and the ordinates 9c

,
1 an d m 3 ’

m a y be taken to be the same as that of the parabola between

'

th e same ordinates
5
[ E qu t i ]
2
y a on 15 x x
é
.
 Pro ve that the a rea of the se gment of a parabola cu t
19 .
“
'

off by any chord is two thirds of the area of the triangle fo rme d
.
-

by the chord and the tangents at its extremities .

[ I f b l i qu m y o t b u d tk 4 e a x es a n o e se , a e a r . as

a
b l /
a
qu t t p e mm dy ma 1 on o a ra o a 1 an :
m n

a 2a 0: 2a
as ta n gen ts
m g
m
d an
n n
as th e

po i t n s o f co n t t;
ac th i p i t
e r o n of i n ters ec t i on

)
a a a

711 7? m ii
’
'
1 he eq ua t1 0 n to th e c h o rd

2(m n x + a
)

of p a ra b o a l a rea of ti
r an
gl e

(1
2
l l 3
- —
2 n . flz

20 A ssumin g
. previo u s property of parabola ded uc e ,

Si mpso n s rule f or
’
finding an area .

[ D raw p b l w it h i p l l l t i f 3/ t k
a ra o a ax s a ra e o ax s o a e

th ord i t t di t S p t ; ree n a es a s a n ce a ar a rea

f p r b l b tw
o i f x d t m di
a a o a e een ax s o an e x re e or

tn a es i t f t p z i um y g S
con s s s o ra e
[ a rea l s .

]
an d p a ra bo li c se
gm en
+ 9 3)
t
[ a rea 2K S, w h ere

K T ;
72
$ iffl l a re“

21 . Test the acc uracy of Simpson s r ule by comparing ’

,
the
val u e of

4)
1 m
1

fo und by the r ule ,

w ith the val ue got by integration .

'

[ C o rrec t v a l ue

22 A pply the theorem of Gul d in u s to calc ulate the weight

.

o f a steel anch or ring where the o u tside diameter is 3 feet and th e

,

diameter of the circular transverse section of the steel is 8 inches .

The weight of a cubic inch of s teel is 0 2 8 po u nd .

p o un d s
]
2 3 A cast.iron wheel weighs
-
poun ds The rin gr ha s .

rectangular —
section and is é inches thick and 1 1 inches
2 ,

deep Determine the external diameter of the wheel taki n g

.
,

a cubic inch of cast iron to weigh 2 6 pou nd .

[71 15 i h ) n c es .

2 4 Find th e pos m on of the centre of gra v ty of a q ua drant

. 1
 64

A quadrant a circle radi us 1 0 in ches re vol ves completely

of
'

, ,

ro und a tangent at on e extremity Find the vol ume and the .

a rea of the whole s urface generated .

[ A l g th m i ddl r d i
onu t d i t f m e t e
‘

a s a s a n ce ro c en re

4
31 r
i f tV l
o um e c ub c ee .

r 9 0 4 qu f t]
A ea
‘
s a re ee .

2 5 A ss uming the formul ae for the ar ea o f the s urface an d

.
,

the vol u me of a sphere apply Guldin us theorem to find the

,
’

centre of gra vity of ( i ) a semicircular arc ( ii ) a semicircle ,

.

A n anchor ring formed by the revol u tion of a circle abo u t

,

an axis is c ut into two portions by the cylinder whose generators

,

are parallel to the axis and pass thro ugh the centre o f the
revolving circle .

Find ( i ) the s u rfaces ( 1 ) the vol umes of the two portions

,
1

o f the ring and check each res ult by comparing the s u m o f the
'

two portions with the total s urface and total vol u me fo und
directly .

[ A l g m r d i u t
ond i t f m t (
ea n 1) a s a s a n ce ro c en re

2a
S urf a ces : 2 1r ?
a
( r i V a l a n ces

w h ere

r d iu
a s of r v lvi
e o n
gc i l rc e,

r diu
a s o f p th f
a o 'c
en trc of r v lvi
e o n
g c ir l c e ]

Section 11 .

C EN TR E G R A V I T Y A ND MO MEN T OF
’

OF
I N ER TI A .

IFind the cen tre of gravity of m s circ ular a re ( 1 1 ) a

. ,

segment of a circle s ubtending an angle 2 01 at the centre

h

[ A l g th m i ddl r d i u t d
on i t fr m tr f
e e a s a s a n ce o cen e o

2 Find the centre of gra vity of the area contained between

.

the c ur ve 2 7 31 4
'
96 3 the axis of m and the line a:
2
, ,
i
f
" ,

3 Find the momen t of inertia of a t hin rod wei

.

and 4 feet lon g, abou t axes perpendic ular to its

( )
1 one end , ( ii ) a point 1 foo t from one end ‘

”
[( ) l
’ ‘fl
i ?
z s
 66

In a cantilever carrying a
2 . u niforml y distribu ted load 10

per unit length

2
dy w
2
l my:
d a: Z EI
the origin being at the fixed end find the deflection g] at any ,

distance ac .

'

3particle mass 1 5 po unds starting with a velocity of

. A , ,

5 moves in a straight line u nder a force F pou nds su ch

that any time t F 5 t t 2 Find the space described in
,
2
.

the first ten seconds of its motion .

y r d ] a s .

4 A particle moves m a straight line

.
.

as the inverse square of the distance from

start from rest at a distance a from the origin find i ,

at any instant .

5 . F ind the eq uation to all c urves whose s ubtangents have

a constant length
“

a .

Find the equation to all curves whose normals pas s

6 .

through a fixed p om t .

[ m T ki g th fi d p i t rigi n ]
2
(1
2
. a n e xe o n as o .

7 Obtain the first i n tegral o f

.

where and b are both positive

a .

A b u llet is shot vertically with velocity u : the retardation

d u e to air resistance being k ( velocity ) ? Find the greatest
height attained and the velocity of return to the point of
proj ection .

l
t
fl l ge o

de
do
find the relation b etween p and taking the constant of
1 n te ra t on to be zero
g 1
"
.

E
v
P C -
J
 67

9 . Sol ve the equation

2 .

[y
1
ta n ~
log6 01 3 + 4 ) Cl ]
2

10 point moves in a straight line and its velocity at any

. A
time t after passing a fixed point 0 is x/ l 2 t Find a n .

expression for the distance of the point from 0

—1 }
.

11 pa ticl e is attracted to the origin by a force varying

. A r

as the distance from that point ; when the particle is at a

distance 5 feet fr om the origin its acceleration is 1 0 ft /s ec . .
2

a d its velocity 3 ft /s ec
n A t what distance is the velocity zero
. .

f t] ee .

12 chain su spended betwee n two points is continuou sly

. A
loaded the load being per u nit length m eas ured horizontally
, , .

Find the e qu ation to the c ur ve representing the shape of the

chain taking the origin at the lowest point
, .

f
wh

l w tp i t]
H h iz t l t il f
w
t th x
g
,

o n
ere or on a en s e o rce a e

o es .

13 Find the equ ati on to all c urves in which the s ubnormal

.

is co n stant and a z .

[y _ 2m :
]
2
c.

14 c urve passes thr ou gh the point ( 1 2 ) and i s s uch that

. A ,

the slope at any point + Find its equ ation

5; .

7
l ge ” l
o 5 ’ '

1
4 ]

15 . Solve the eq uation

E BC L

given E R and L , , .

A co n stant voltage is applied to a circ u it of 1 ohm res i st

ance whose self indu ction in henrys is 0 1 Find at what
-
’

e — 1
time the cur rent will attain to of its final val ue .

16 flywheel is grad u ally brou ght to rest by a torqu e

. A
p roportional to ts velocity Find the equ ation giving the
i .

velocity at any time .

a;
'

. u 5777 .
 68

1 7 . A flywheel is bro ught to rest by a constant frictional

torque T . Find the velocity at a n y instant .

[w
In an electric condenser of capacity
18 . K dischar ging
through a large resistance R w e have
7) do
7? i
ct

Integrate this equation to find the potential difference of the

condenser coatings at any instant a d thence prove the formula
"

,
n

for the leak age rem s ta n ce of a condenser .

R ( t; t ) + K log 2 , ,

19 vertical iron rod s upports a weight TV at its lower

. A
end Find the cross section y at any height a: from the lower
.
-

end if the tensile strength Jf is everywhere the same

if

Z f wh r w w i gh t p u it v l um
f
] e
e e e er n o e

20 . Solve the equation

(I
i a,
d oc
where and b are positive
a .

A ship mass tons is steaming at 1 0 knots against a

, ,

constant wind resistance of 1 ton weight and water resistances

- -

of 25 to n s weight If the latter va ry as the sq uare of the speed

.
,

how far will the ship move after the e n gines are stopped and ,

for what time

2 \/ a b x C ; m il es . 24 m i ut
n es ]
\/ a d b .

21 . If g
(ly
y A 6
“
Be
‘
n

( 1213
2 k y
i
0 .

A 6
“
B “
e
dv
(h h) ly
f
hhy
y d oc?
d oc

Bar) ” — 2k 2
y (A .
6
d in
g
dm
+ky 0 .

2
d y
y cos n t +B sin n t ? 77
2
3] 0
al t
.

22 . Solve
“ a: 0 .

m iles prove that a body would fall in vacu o down a straight

,

tun nel to the A n tipodes in abo u t 4 3 m in u tes .

 69

MECHA NI CS
'

—
PA RT I L A PPL I ED .

1.
— The action of forces on a body at rest .

2 —Motion with uniform and with varia ble acceleration .

3 —
.

. Composition of velocities Paths of proj ectiles in .

vacu o R elative velocity

. .

4 — The action of forces of constant magnitu de on a body

.

in motion
A.
— Translation .

B. R otation
-
.

O.
—_Translation
and R otation .

D — Circ ular orbit

. .

—The action of forces of v a l a b l e magnitu de on a r

body in motion .

5B .
—
Tl1 e partic ular case of harmonic motion .

6 —. Friction .

7 — Mechanism and mechanical e fficiency

, .

8 — The steam and gas engines

9 — Stresses in jointed stru ct ur es
. .

1 0 — A pplicat ions of Hook e s Law

, .

1 1 — Theory of be n ding
. .

12 — Theory of torsion .

1 3 —Fl u id press u re
. .

14 .Heel change of trim and oscillations of ships

-

, ,
.

15 — .Resistance of ships .

THE A CTI ON or FO R C ES on A BOD Y A T REST .

I The acco mpanying sketch ill u strates a method of er ecting

.

a tall flagstaff Th e pole D E 60 feet long 1 s first of all placed

.
, ,

in posi ti on and stron gly stayed The pole c a i ries a p ulley at E

.
,

a n d over this passes a rope attached to the flagsta ff at 0 By

h au l ing on this rope the mast is raised its lower en d b u tting ,

fin d th e p ull
’

on the rope when the,

 70

Taking se vera l val ues of 0 plot a c urve showing how the

,

te n sion of the rope varies as the flagstaff is ra ised a

horizontal to a vertical position .

h4 6 4 1

W ] .

2 . wheel whose weight is 4 5 pou nds carries an additional

A , ,

weight of 5 pou nds on its rim The wheel rests in e qu ilibrium

.

o n a ro u gh horizontal plane The plane is then tilted very

.

gi a d u a ll y u ntil its inclination 0 to the horizon is given by

s n 0
i ro Show that the w he el will then be in equ ilibri um
l1
.

in a posi tion in which the 5 pou nd load is at the same level a s

,
-
.

3 circul ar disc of weight 2 0 pou nds stands on a rough

. A
in clined plane whose inclination 1 s 1 5 degrees the plane of th ecD ,

disc being 1 n the plane of greatest slope Th e disc 1 8 support ed

.

a l force applied by means of a string at its highest

the tension in the string and the magnitu de of

‘

the fricti onal force at th e p oint of contact .

p u d p u d ] o n s o n s
 71

fee t long of negligible weight is balanced

, ,

a fixed cylindrical log 1 foot in diameter ,

being horizontal and at right angles to the

plank Weights of 1 20 po u nds are carried at the ends of the
.

plan k If the balance is upset by adding 2 pou nds to on e of

.

these loads find the inclination of the pl ank to the horizontal

,

in the new position of equ ilibri um .

[ 9

5 The accompanying sketch 1 strates a device common ly

.

em loyed for h ftm g heavy of stone Calc late the

p . u
hori zontal thru sts exerted by the curved bars against the sides
of the recess .

t ]on s
 72

. are two of the le gs of a

6 : A BC, DEE .

These legs are hinged together at B and hi ,

top at A and D The table top weighs 1 00 po unds and the

.
,

table stands on a smooth horizontal sur face .

Calc ulate the reaction at the hinges A D and B , ,

.

an d 62 5 p o un ds ]

The accompanying sketch shows diagrammatically a

7 .

R amsbottom D u plex Safety V alve The effective diameter of

.

each valve is 3 inches and the spring is adj u sted so tha t s tea m
,
.

begins to blow off at valve B when the pressure reaches 1 80

pou nds per squ are inch Find the p ull in the spring Find
. .

also what vertical force m u s t be applied at the point C in the

lever so that with a press ure of 1 5 0 po unds per square inch
, ,

the steam may j u st blow off

( 1 ) at valve A ,

( 2 ) at valve B .

poun d s 7 1 p oun d d
s o wn ; po un d s up .
'

]
 74

lever A BC is

If the total weight taken by the thr ee wheels is

wheel .

[ F r om th e l fte an d ton s ]
1 1 . The mechanism of a platform weighing machine is
shown in the accompanying diagram .
 75

is a l ever pivoted at E BCD is a lever pivoted at C

A EF ,
.

The platform bears directly on the ends A and B of the tw o

levers by mean s of the short stru ts shown in the diagram and ,

the end D o f the lever BCD presses u pwards against the lever
A EF at the midd l e point of EF .

The load W i s balanced by a weight P carried at F Show .

that if B0 on and EF Q EA then P a r all positions

g
of TV on the platform .

The accompanying sketch gives the dimensions of a

12 .

crank shaft having disc—shaped webs Calculate h ow far the

.

0g of the crank shaft is distant from the axis of the shaft

. .

6 i h ] n c es

1 3 To det erm ine the height of the c g of a locomotive

. . .

above the rail l evel o e rail is slightly elevated above the other
,
n ,

and the load c arried by each rail is separately measured by

weigh ing machines In a partic ular case the di fference of rail
.

level is 6 inch es the loa d s on th e u pper and lower rails are

,

1 8 and 32 tons respectively Taking th e distance between the

.

centre lines of the rails as 5 feet show th at the height of th e

,

c g of the locomotive above rail level is 7 feet approximately

. . .

The se ction of a pipe is as show n in Fig ure below the

14 .
,

centres of the i nside and o u tside bores being eccentric to the

extent of 01 inch Cal culate how far the

. 0g . of the section is
distant from the centre of the o u tside bor e .

i n c h] .
 76

15 .The Fig ure

belo w shows thr ee concentric s teel t ubes ,

fitted with a s olid

steel pl ug Find to the nearest 1 n ch the
.
, ,

position of the centre of gravity of this arrangement .

2 0

'
'2
b dv

T lf i 1 el<n ¢s s o f ea c h tu be 1

l t d $it
n
”

Pus l
fr m l g d ]
[ 6 f t 5 in
. . o ar e en .

"
1 6 Show how to determ ine the shift of the centre of gravity
.

of a figu re d u e to a shift of a portion of the figure A vessel of .

tons displacement has 1 5 0 to n s of coal sh ifted so that the

centre of gravity is m oved 2 1 feet transv ersely and 6 feet verti
cally Find the shift of the centre of gravity of the v essel
.
.

[ 5
6 i h ] n c es

1 7 A BCDEF is a reg ular hexagon ( s ee the Fig attached )

. .
. .

G and H are the middle points o f EF and CB .

 l !

18 .The Fig attached shows the magnit u de and lines of action

.

of forces acting 0 a linear foot of a retaining wall arising fro m

11

water pressur e Determine by means of a force polygon and a

. .

fu nic ular polygon the m agnit u de and line of action of the res ult
,

ant water pressure -

[ 1 0 3 t on s
]

19 . locomotive weighing 30 tons is carrie d on 3 axles

,
A .

with i n dependent spri n gs the distance between axles 1 and 2

,

be ing 5 feet b etw een 2 and 3 4 feet while th e resultant weight

,
'

, , ,
'

falls between a xles l and 2 at a distance of 4 feet from a xle 1 .

G ive a gr aphica l c onstr uctio n for determi n in g the loads o n

-
.

2 and 3 for any ass umed lo a d on 1 a d calcu late the li m it s ,

n

w hich the load on 1 m ust be if neither of the other

axles is to be entir ely relieved of load .

an d 16 ton s ]
 78

S ection 2 .

MOTION WITH UNIFO R M A N D WITH V A RI A BLE

CC EL ERA TION
A .

1 A train passes another on a parallel track : the for mer

.

is running at a u niform speed of 5 0 miles an hou r the latter ,

has a speed of 35 miles an hour and a u niform acceleration of

,

5 foot per second per second

3 How soon will the latter train
.

overtake the former and how far will the trains have moved in
,

the meantime
[ 88 d y rd ] s econ s a s

2 A n engine driver p u ts on his brakes and shu ts o ff steam

.

when he is r unning at fu ll speed in the first second afterwards

the train travels 8 6 feet and in the next 8 2 feet Find the .

origin al speed of the train the time that elapses before it comes
,

to rest and the distance it travels in this interval ass uming the
, ,

brakes to cau se u niform retardation .

[ 6 0 m i l h u r ; 22 d 3 2 3
es a ny r d ]o s ec o n s a s

3 A n express train timed to ru n at a f ull speed of 5 5 miles

.
,

per ho u r over a certain section of its j ourney is checked by signal ,

to 1 5 miles per hou r over a mile of road u nder repair The .

train takes on e mile from rest to get up full speed and a ,

q uarter of a m ile to p u ll u p Find how mu ch in time the

.

train will l ose by this check ass umi n g u niform acceleration

,

and retardation .

[3
m

4 From a vessel at rest another is observed w h o 7 miles

.

d istant and steaming 2 1 knots directly away from the first .

I f the first vessel starts at once in p u rs u it what time will ,

elapse before the second comes within a ran ge of 5 miles

.
,

s upposing the first ca n attain a fu ll speed of 2 3 knots in

1 0 min u tes u niformly from rest ? W hat is the greatest
distance between the two vessels ?
[ 1 1 7 — m i ut 8 —33 m i l ]
1
2
n es es

5 A proj ectile l ea v es th e m u zzle of a l 2 inch g un with

’

-
. .

v elocity the travel of the proj ectile being x

30 calibres and the twist of r iflin g on e t u rn in 35 calibres .

Find the angul ar velocity of d ischarge .

r v l uti p d ] e o on s er s econ

6 The connection between velocity and time for a partic u lar

.

motion is known to be of the form 1) a sin pt The m a xim un . t

velocity occ u rs 1 0 seconds after the start and its magnitu de is

4 0 feet per second Construct the velocity time c urve for the
.
-

first 2 0 seconds and ded u ce thence the distance traversed d uring

th is period .

[ 509 f t ] ee .
 79

7 . train starts from a station A with an acceleration

A
8 feet per second per second a n d this acceleration decreases
u niformly for 2 min u tes at the end o f which time the trai n
,

has acqu ired its full velocity which is maintained for a f urther ,

period of 2 minu tes The brakes are then applied and pro
.

d u ce a const ant retardation of 3 5 feet per second per second ,

b ringing the train to rest at s tatio n B .

Draw the acceleration time c urve and the n ce ded uce the
-

velocity time c urve and the distance time cu r ve Find the

- -
.

maximu m velocity attained and the distance between the

stations A and B .

[ 4 8 f t /s ec
. . y ar ds ]
8 . and B are two points 1 0 feet apart P is a point which
A ,

starts fr o m A and moves to B in 1 0 seconds its acceleratio n ,

being a maximu m at A and decreasing u niform ly with the

time to nil at B find its velocity when halfway to B I f P s .
’

acceleration were proportional to its distance from B what ,

wo uld be its velocity when half way to B

ft .
[
s ec .

9 . A ship increases h er speed while steaming 10 cables

Draw the speed—distance c urve and ded uce the acceleration

distance c urve Draw also the speed time c ur ve and state the
.
-

time taken over the r u n .

10 The Figure below is the velocity—time graph for a give n

.

motion Draw to scale the corresponding acceleration time

.
-

graph and calculate the total distance traversed in the sixty

,

Seconds .

20 5 0 40 50 60

Tim e m S ec s

The length of the given diagram is to be taken as 6 inches

and the height as 1 4 inches .

f t]
ee .
 80

11 The graph of the s peed of a train d uring a 1 0 min u tes

.
’

r u n is given below Tab ulate the val u e of the average accelera

'

tion or retardation d uring each min ute and plo t the accele ra tion '

time c u r ve paying p artic ular attention to the abr upt change at

,

the highest point of the speed c urve .

[ A c c el era t

Ti m e in m i n utes .

12 The Fig ure below is the velocity time graph for a given
. -

motion Ded uce the distance time graph and plot it acc urately
. -

to the scales 40 feet to 1 inch and 4 secs to 1 inch The given

, . .

graph is sym metrical above and below the horizontal line .

 82

In a S H M the complete travel is 1 0 inches the velocity at

. . .
,

the mid point o f the motion is 8 feet per second

-
Calc ulate .

ho w many co m plete oscillations are made per min u te .

In a S H M the velocity at the mid point is 8 feet per

. . .
-

second the velocity at a point 1 foot away from this position is

,

4 feet per second Calc ulate the travel of the motion and the
.

n umber of complete oscillations made per min u te .

[ 1 83 rly f t ; 66 ly ] n ea ee n ea r .

1 8 A point exec u tes harmonic motion in a straight line

.
,

the whole length of the motion being 6 inch es and the n umber
o f complete oscill ations per min u te being What is the
acceleration of the point when it is moving away fro m the
centre and is distant 1 i nch from the centre and what period ,

will elapse before it returns to the point travelling in the ,

reverse direction
[9
°

1 3 f t /s ec .
°
2 35 s ec .
]
19 ship is rolling with ang ular motion which is a p proxi
. A
mately simple harmonic The ship makes 1 0 complete rolls .

per min u te and o n e partic ular roll amo u nts to 1 5 degrees on

eith er side of the upright position Find the angular velocity .

with which the ship passes thro u gh the u pright position

d gr p d ] e e es er s ec o n

2 0 In a simple ha rmonic motion the period is on e second

.

a n d the travel o e foot Dra w the velocity time c urve

n .
-
.

S ection 3 .

COMPOSITION OF V ELO CITI ES P A THS OF . .

P R O J E CTIL ES IN V A C UO R ELA TIV E V ELO CIT Y . .

1 Find the maxim u m velocity of an ice y acht sailing at

.
-

right angles to a wind of 20 miles an ho ur if the angle between ,

the sail a n d the keel is 1 5 degrees ( neglecting all resistances

to motion along the keel ) .

m il p h ur ] es er o .

2 A ship A is steering S at 8 knots and a ship B is

. .
,

steering E at 1 0 knots V iewed from A B is in a direction

. .
,

S 30 E and it is noticed that this bearing alters 2 degrees in

.
°
.

1 7 seconds Calc ulate the average dista nce between the ships
.

d uring this period .

y d ] ar s

3 The finish o f a race between two boats A and B over a

.

1 0—cable co urse is a line between the mainmasts of two ships

C and D 2 cables apart at right angles to the co u rse A
,

,
.
,

l knot tide r u ns from C to D

-
at the start A is 1 0 cables from
C and B 1 0 cables from D What time handicap sho uld be
,
.
-

allotted if the average time for a mile is 1 0 mi n u tes ?

[8 d ] s ec o n s
 83

4 shell having a velocity of 2 500 feet per second b ursts

. A , , ,

20 feet before reaching a target It is noticed that the frag .

ments s trike the t a rget over an a rea which is circular in form

and 5 feet in diameter Ded uce from this that the added .

velocity given to the fragments of the shell cannot have

exceeded 3 1 0 feet per second .

5 Fr om a 6 inch gu n in a cr u iser steaming North 2 0 knots

.
-

, ,

a destroyer bears S E distant y a rds steaming West 30 . .

, ,

knots A shot is fired from this gun with horizontal vel ocity
.

ft /s ec at the midship section of the destroyer with

. .
,

elevation and training correct b ut deflection not allowed for ,

.

How far aft of the midship sectl on will the destroyer be hit ?
[ 2 60 f t ] ee .

6 A wheel 6 feet in diameter is rolling along a horizontal

.
, ,

straight line at a speed of 4 5 miles per hou r S k etch the curve .

traced out by a point on the rim of the wheel and calcul ate the ,

vertical and horizontal velocities of the point when it is at a

height of 4 feet above the lowest point of the wheel .

an d 88

7 Find the vertical height of a proj e ctile after

. 3 seconds if
the whole time of flight is 20 seconds .

f t] [ 82 1 ee .

8 From a fightin g top 1 00 feet above the water line a shot

.
-

,
-

is to be fired with mu zzle velocity feet p er second at

a target s water line dista n t 300 yards A t what angle to the
’
-

, .

horizontal sho ul d the gun be fired if the re s istance of the air be

n eglected ?

If the gun is lowered to the deck 20 feet above the water ,

line by how much will its maximum range be decreased ?

,

[ 6 8 0 f t ]
°
ee .

T HE ACTION OF FO R C ES OF CONSTA N T M A GNIT UD E

ON A BOD Y IN MOTION .

T R A NSL A TION .
,

1 The i n l et val veof a petrol engin e is k ept on its seating

'

' ‘

by a spring of strength 20 o s The valve opens downwards z .

a n d its full lift is 7 g inch

i If the weight of the valve is .

2 3 o s find h ow long the spring will take to close the valve

z .
, .

01 18 d ] s econ s

2 A 1 2 00 0 ton shi s steaming 1 2 knots and 1 s bro ught to

p 1
-
.
,

rest d uring a collision 1 n 5 seconds Estimate the forc e which .

c omes into play tending to shear one of her 47 ton g uns off its
.
-

mo unting .

u 5 77 7 .
 84

pl umb line is s uspended from the roof of a railway

'

-
3 . A -

carriage If the railway train has an acceleration a show that

.
,

th e pl umb line will deviate from the tru e vertical

-
In par .

ticul a r if the acceleration is 7 feet per second per second

°

, ,

calc ulate this angle of deviation .

°
[1
Wa ter is supplied to the cylinder of an hydraulic engine
4 .

along a straight horizontal pipe 3 inches bore and 80 feet long , .

The bore of the cylinder is 6 inches and th e piston starts

.

forward with an a cceleration of 8 feet per second per second .

If the water press ure at the far end of the pipe is 60 pounds
-

per sq uare inch calc ulate the water pressure at the cylinder end
,
-

ass um ing the frictional losses in the pipe are zero .

Water is flowing through a pipe 20 feet long with a

5 .

velocity of 1 0 feet per second If the flow be stopped in on e .

tenth of a second and the retardation d uring stoppage is

,

assumed constant show that the intensity of pressur e prod uced

,

is equivalent to a head of abo u t 62 feet of water .

6 mass of 2 0 po u nds is resting on a S pring balance

.
( ) a A .

The spring balance is placed in a lift and as the lift starts ,

u pwards it is observed that the reading of the spring balance is

2 5 po unds Calc ulate thence the u pward acceleration of the lift
. .

( b) A ship is coming steadil y to rest in smooth wa ter It is

.
.

noted that a weight at the end of a 2 0 feet pl umb line deflects .

-

6 inches towards the how of the ship Ded uce thence the .

retardation of the ship in ft sec u nits . . .

[ [ f t [s ec ]
P
8 f t. s ec .

Below is the plan view of a sailing boat A B is the

“

7 . .

trace of the plane of the sail Calc ulate the relative vel ocity .

of the wind and the sail for the direction normal to the sail .

The sail area of the boat is 2 5 0 squ are feet The weight .

of a c ubic foot of air is 0 7 6 po und Calculate the prop ul sive

°

b
’
ev

force on the boat . Indicate the ass um ption made ln the

calc ul a tion .

ft /s ec
. .
p o un d s
]
 85

8 It has been fou nd from observations taken at the Skerry

.
,

vore Lightho u se that the force o f the waves d uring a stor m

,

may reach the val ue of 3 000 po unds per square foot A ss um ing
,
.

that this pres sure is due to the destr uction of the momentu m
of a stream of water calc ul a te the velocity with which the
,

water m ust have h urled itself against the o bstacle .

9 . op e coiled on the deck is be i ng wound on to a dr um

A r

at a speed of 8 feet per second If the rope weighs % po und .

,

per foot r m cal c ulate the horse—power requ ired to set the rope
i ,

in motion .

10 The front o f a racing motor offers 1 5 squ are feet of

.

area to wind pressu re Establish a formula for calc ulating

-
.

approximately the resistance offered by wind pressure for a -

given speed .

If the density of the air is 07 8 p o un d per cubic foot calc ul ate ,

the HP absorbed in overcoming this wind resistance when the

.
-

car is travelling at a speed of 80 miles per hour .

1 1 .particle of mass 3 pou nds is moving in a straight line

A
with a velocity of 8 feet per second A fter a period of 1 0 seconds .

it is movi n g with this same velocity in a direction perpendic ular

to its former direction Calc ul ate the magnit u de and direction
.

of a steadily applied force which w i ll bring abo u t this change in

this time Plot the cur ve traced out by the particle d uring
.

this period .

1 05 p u d o n

12 . boat is sailing 6 knots with a l O knot following

A -

breeze Her single sail of 500 s quare feet area is spread so that
.

its plane is approximately vertical and athwartships Estimate .

the steady pressur e of the wind on the sail and the corre
s p on d in g horse power Take 1 3 cu bic feet of air to w e igh
-
. .

1 pou nd .

p u d 1 h p ] o n s . .

13 Some cubical blocks of stone are resting on a break

.

water when it is swept by a heavy sea The velocity of the .

wave is estimated at 30 feet per second If the bloc ks weigh .

1 2 0 po u nds per c ubic foot show that the imp a ct of the water w ill,

be sufficient to overt ur n a block weighing as mu ch as 1 80 tons .

14 . block is s uspended by four vertical parallel strings of

A
e qual length so that the block is perfectly free to move hori
z o n ta ll y in any direction A b u llet weighing half o unce is .

fired horizontally into the block with a velocity of feet

per second The b ull et p as ses throu gh the block and emerges
.
,

with a velocity of feet per second Find the magnitu de .

G 2
 "

86

and directio n o f the velocity of the bl ock j ust af ter the b ullet
h as emerged ( a ) when the direction of the b ullet s m otioir is
u nchanged and ( b) when its direction is still horizontal b ut it
,

is deviated by 30 degrees from the line of fire A ssume the '

bloc k to weigh 1 00 lbs .

ft [ 2 36 ft [ t 5 2 § d gr ] . s ec
°
. s ec . a e ees

15 The mass of a ship is

. tons Its speed with . .

e ngin es stopped drops from to 5 knots in a distance of 7

3

90 feet What is the average force resisting the passage of

.

the ship d uring this motion ? What effective H P mu st be . .

developed by the engine s to increase the speed from 5% to

6 4 knots in a distance of 1 40 feet ?
t ; 6 32 ] on s

16 . cyclist on s h owing his m a chine to run freely down a

A
u niform gradient of 1 in 2 0 finds that his speed event u ally
becomes constant He knows moreover that his machine will
.
, ,

j u st move forward on a on e per cent gradient Calculate

”

. .

the n ce the opposing force due to wind pressure when r unning -

a t full spee d on the s teep gra d ient taking the weight of ,

m a chine and man together as 2 00 pou nds .

[8 p u d ] o n s

17 .When t u rning steel in a lathe the resistance measured ,

in pou nds weight encountered by the tool is given approximately

,

by the expression bd where b is the breadth and d the

.
,

depth of the shaving m easured in inches , .

Taking a c ubic foot of steel to weigh 4 80 pounds find what ,

wei ght of steel can be removed in an hou r when the expen

d itur e of energ at the tool is at th e rate of 50 HP
y
.

t ] on s

18 . motor c a r is maintaining a steady speed of 30 miles

A -

per hour along a level road On rea hi n g a 1 m 1 8 descent

c
.

the car is allowed to free w heel It is noticed that the

“ ”

spe ed still remains 30 miles per hou r The total weight of the .

car is 37 cwt Calc ulate the effective hors e power exerted by

.
-

the engine when running at 30 miles per hour on the level .

[ 1
1 8 -
1

19 . railway tr uck of mass 1 0 ton s moving at a speed of

A
4 feet per second collides with a similar stationary tru ck The .

coll ision cau ses the b uffers to compress The buffer springs .

are su ch that the full range of movement of on e tru ck relatively

to the other is 9 inches and the reaction between the tru cks ,

when the b uffers are ful ly com p ressed is 5 tons Calc ulate .

wh ether the b uffers will be full y compre ssed in thi s case and , ,

if n ot find the m aximum amount of the compression prod uced

,
.

[ E h b uff r i m pr d
ac 3 6 8 6 i n h 4
e 0 9 t s co es s e
°
c es : on s .
 87

20 . A tr uck
mass 1 0 tons moving at 4 feet per second
of

co l lides with a
t ruck of mass 1 2 tons moving at 3 feet per
second 1 11 the same direction The b uffer springs of the tru c k s
.

are compressed 1 inch by and 1 tons respectively Fi n d th e 1

.

maximum reaction during col lision and the time of collision ,

.

[ 1 6 7 t 32 s ees
]
°

o n s ;

21 A 4 5 ton gun
-
fires a 900 po und pro j ectile with vel oc ity-

feet per second the travel of the proj ectile in the bore of
,

the gun being 50 feet Find the time of discharge and the
.

recoil dis tance d uring this time assu ming no braketo a c t ,

:

i h ] s ec . n c es

2 2 The work done on a proj ectile as it travels up the b ore

.

of a 4 5 to n-

gu n is foot tons and 3 per cent of this is-

,
.

expended on friction and rotating the proj ectile The mass of .

the projectile is 800 pounds and its travel l n the bore of the ,

u n is 36 feet A t th e instant the proj ectile leaves the m u z zle

g .

a brake comes into action which exerts a constant force of

1 60 tons Find the mu zzle velocity of the projectile the force
.
,

which ca uses the gun to recoil the maximu m velocity of recoil ,

and th e Whole distance of recoil .

ft 1 7 38 t 2 1 4 ft I
. 2 ft 3 4 i ] on s ,
°
. s ec .
, .
°
n .

2 3 Tw o
. locomotives each weighing 80 tons are att ached to
, ,

a train of 400 tons and draw it up an incli ne of 1 in 200 at a

s teady rate of 40 miles per hour If the frictional resistance is .

2 1 po u nds per ton find the p ull s in the co upli n gs between ( 1 ) the
,

locomotives 2) the locomotive and train when the two engines

, ,

are working at the same rate Find what this H P actually . . .

amounts to .

p u d p u d o n s o n s

2 4 A n engine c a n exert a un iform p ull of 4 tons

. Th e . .

resista nce of the train it p ul ls is es timated at 20 pou nds to the

ton and the brake power when applied to its full amo u nt is a n
, ,

additional 400 po unds per ton The train ha s to be p ul led from.

on e st a tion to the n ext di s tant 1 mile in 3 min u tes

,
What is ,
.

the weight of the heaviest train which ca n be taken in this

time
[ 3t
2 0 ] on s

2 5 The block in a simple ballistic pend ul u m is s upported b y

.

fou r parallel cords each 1 6 feet long The weight of the block
,
.

is pou nds and the weight of the shot 9 pou nds The hori ,
.

z on ta l displacement of the bloc k is 6 feet and the penetration is

fou nd to be 20 inches .

Find
( 1 ) The initial velocity of the shot ,

( 2 ) The velocity of the shot at the moment of impact ,

( 3) The average resistance to penetration .

( )
2 8 65 ft I ( )
3 1 0 1 2 t ]
°
. s ec . on s

2 6 The penetration of a 4 ou nce b ullet at velocity 50 0 feet

.
-

per se cond m a fixed block of wood 1 8 5 inches .

 88

If the b ullet strikes a block of the same wood 3 inches thick

'

a n d l of mass 1 po u nd at the same velocity show that if the

, ,

block be free to move it will be perforated and find the velocity

.
, ,

with which the b ul let will issu e

«
, .

[ 3 0 0 f t Is ec
. .
]
27 smooth hemisphere rests on a horizontal plane A
. A .

p article starting from rest on the top of the hemisphere slides

down the su rface Show that the particle will leave the s u rface
.

when it has descended a vertical distance wh ere 7 is the

.
°

rad iu s of the hemisphere Calculate the position of the point

.

where the p a rticle will strike the horizontal plane

‘

[g f m b f h m i ph rl y ] ro a se o e s ere n ea .

Section 4B .

TION R OTA .

1 A method of co upling an engine shaft to a dynamo shaft

.

is shown in the Figure below The shafts terminate in flanges .

,

$10 0 6?

Hoe s l m b s’
Q 5 . 5 9

a re w o t s lo ew w
'

V ie w \o o l<m 3 0 v1 B
A and B Two pins .
,
P and Q project from A and two pins R
, , ,

and 8 proj ect from B

, . Four straps of equ al l en gth connect the
 90

7 A . ni form horizontal semicirc ular trap door of diameter

u -

4 fee t is hinged abo u t the diameter and its centre of gravity is

, ,

8 5 feet from the centre Find the velocity w ith w hich its
.
~

lowest point will reach the vertical plane thro ugh the hinges
when the door is dropped .

ft p ] . er s ec .

8 .ship is he eled 1 5 degrees fro m the vertical and a door

A
of a transvers e b ulkhead which is wide open against the b ulk
,

head swings to Neglect friction and find its angular velocity

, .

on closing The door is 5 feet high and 4 feet broad

. .

[ 3 5 ra d ia n s s ec / .
]
9 The door of a railway carn age is open and perpendic ular
.

to the carriage The train starts with acceleration 2 ft /s ec

. . .
2

Consider the door as u niform its width being 30 inches neglect , ,

friction and find the velocity of the ou tside e dge on closing .

[ 3 8 7

Section 40 .

T RA NSLA TION A N D R OTA TION :

1 Tw o masses M and m s uspe n ded from a wheel a nd axl e
“
'

. .
,

of radi us a b do n ot balance Show that the acceleratio n of

, , .

Ma 2
mb
' 2
1
’

where I is the momen t of inertia of the machine abou t its a xis .

2 A flywheel consists o f a solid disc , 8 inches l n diameter

.

and 2 inches thick , and weighs 2 5 pounds per cu b ic inch The

"
'

wheel is mou nted ou a short horizontal axle , 2 inches in diameter ,

whi ch t urn s withou t appreciable friction A thin cord , wrapped .

rou nd the axle , carries a mass of 1 po und , which is allo wed to

descend un der the action of gravity Calculate the velocity of .

the whee l when the m ass has descended 5 feet from rest .

[ 1 45 revs
/ m in .
]
3 flywheel is mou nted on a horizontal axle
. A inches
in diameter A thin cord w ra pped round th e axle is attached
.
, ,

to a pin on the axle and the other end is attached to a mass

of 4 po u nds The mass falls from rest thro ugh a distance of
.

66 inches and then rises a distance of 5 9 7 inches when it ,

again comes to rest I t is also foun d that the mass fall s a

.

distance of 60 inches from rest in 1 4 8 seconds Find the .

moment of inertia of the flywheel taking friction int o accou nt ,

.

[ 7 2 l b
-
.
 91

4 .The Figure atta ched ill ustrates a trolley driven by an ,

electric motor through a belt drive The weight of the whole

'

machine is p o und s The mass o f each pair of wheels and .

axles is 2 00 po u nds the mass of the rotating part of t he motor

,

is po unds The radi u s of the wheels is 1 foot and the

.

radi u s of gyration of a pair of wheels and axle is 9 inches .

The speed of the motor is three times the speed of the wheels .

T e radi u s of gyration of th e moving parts of the motor is

1 h
oot .

The trolley is placed upon an incline of 1 in 1 00 It runs .

d ow n this incline u nder the infl uence of gravity the wheels ,

driving the motor Calc ul ate the velocity acqu ired after
.

r unni n g a distance of 200 feet Wind resistanc e and frictio n .

-

are t o be ignored .

77

5 Fo ur h undred feet of thin flexible rope weighing 1 o unce

.
,

per foot is coiled up to a ci rc umference of 1 0 feet one end is

,

held firml y in position and the coil fall s with its plane vertical ,

u nwindi n g as it drops Estimate the loss of potential energy

.

after a fall of 1 00 feet and us e the principles of Energy to

,
”

get the velocity of the coil then .

ft lb f tp d] . s ee er s econ .

6 tru ck is run m n g ou the level with a velo ci ty of 20 fe et

A
'

per second when the brakes are applied and the wheel s luck ed .

If the c oefficient of slidi n g friction between the wheels and

'

f -

rails be 2117 find how far the tru ck travels after the b rakes are
1
,
-

applied The weight of the whole truck incl u d ing the wh eels
.
,
-

and axles is ,
pou nds and the weight of each pair of ,

wheels and axle is 500 po u nds The ra d i u s of gyration of a .

pair of wheels and axle is a foot and the diameter of each

wheel is 3 feet Find how far the tru ck travels if the wheels
.

are n ot locked when the brakes are applied havi n g given that ,

the ta n gential force b etween the brake block and w heel is

1 00 po u nds per whe el .

[ 1 2 5 fe t 1 6 4 f t ] e ee .

7 .tripod consists of three u niform straight rods each

A ,
-

weighin g 1 0 po unds and each 1 0 feet long one extremity of ,

each being freely hinged together A weight of 5 0 po unds is .

concentrated at the apex The tripod stands upon a smooth .

 92

ho rizontal plane and it is supported with each of the legs

,

inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal If the tripod is then .

allowed to coll apse u s e the principle of energy to find the

,

velocity with which the apex strikes the plane .

f tp d] ee er s eco n .

8 A pla n k A B 2 0 feet long and weight 5 0 po u nds rests

.
, ,

u pon two solid cyl indrical rollers P and Q e a ch 1 foot in ,

diameter and each weighing 40 pou nds Initially the plank .

rests with P u nder A and Q u nder C and th e system is placed ,

°

on a n incline of 1 vertical to 1 0 horizontal Us e the principle .

o f ener gy to comp u te the velocity acquired by the plank when

B comes over the roller Q

'

2 0
“

[ 10
°
7 ft . s ec .
]
9 flywheel having an axle 3 inches in diameter is placed
. A
between tw o horizontal rails with the axle resting on the rails , .

A ro pe 1 inch in diameter is coiled ro u nd the axle on e end

, , ,

being fastened to the axle and on the free end a mass of ,

5 00 pou nds is h u ng U nder the action of the weight of the

.

5 00 po un d s the system rolls 1 6 feet in 1 0 seconds al ong the

rails starting from rest Find the moment of ine rtia of the
,
.

flywheel if its mass is

,
pounds A ssume that the rope .

remains vertical .
0

10 niform baulk of timber 1 2 feet long and of mass

. A u ,

7 00 pou nds is u sed as a bal listic pend ul u m by being s uspended

,

from an axis 2 feet from its u pper end A b u llet of mass .

,

8 o unces strik es it at the centre of p erc ussion and deflects the

,

lower end throu gh 1 8 inches Find the ve l ocity of the b ullet . .

Neglect the cross sectional area of the baulk

~
.

ft ] . s ec .

S ection 4D .

CIR C ULA R O R BIT .

1 A n elastic stri n g w hose u nstretche d le n gth is 1 8 inches

.
, ,

h a s a mass of 4 po unds attached and makes 60 revol u tions per ,

minu te as a con ical pend ul um The string is then 2 0 inches .

l ong . Find the tension in the string and the kinetic and
p otential en ergy of the system .

5 2 ft 1h ; 3 1
i

-
. .
 93

2 In a tra vellin g crane the lifting ro pes run at speed o f ’ '

'

feet per minu te Calc ulate the tension set u p in the ropes
.

d u e to centrifugal action given that the rope weighs 2 p ou nds

'

per foot run .

[ 1 5 6 } p un d ] o s

3, A n electric tramcar t u rns a sharp corner of mean radi u s

30 feet at a speed of 1 0 miles an ho ur the road being horizontal ,

find the least height of the centre of gravity in order that the
inner wheels may not leave the rails The gauge is 4 ft 6 ins . . .

[ 10 f t ] ee .

4 . motor bicycle ascends a slope of 1 in 1 9 at a speed of

A
4 5 miles per ho u r When the top of the hill is reached the
.

road descends at a S lope of 1 in 1 9 Show that if the bicycle is .

to keep on the gro u nd the crest of the hill mu st be ro u nded off

to a circle of abo u t 1 35 feet radi u s the ro u nded o ff portion ,
-

ex tending over a length of about 1 4 feet of the ro ad .

5 . motor c a r is ro unding a c urve of radi u s 60 yards on a

A -

le vel road What is the m a x 1 m um speed at which this is

.

possible if the wheel gau ge is 4 ft 6 in s a n d the centre of . .

”

gravity is in the middle line of the motor and 2 feet fro m the
ground ?
What is the least coefficient of friction between road an d
tyres which will prevent side S lip at the ma xi m um speed ? -
“

If the car crosses a bridge on which the road way is in the

form of an arc of 1 8 feet radi us at wh a t s p eed would the wheels ,

leave the gro un d at the crown of the arc

'

m iles hr / . 1 °
1 25 1 7} m iles / ]
hm

6 Calculate the super elevation of the ou ter rail of a line

.
-

4 ft 8 4 in gau ge the radi u s of the c u rve being 900 feet and

‘

. .
,

th e speed 40 miles per ho

If a 40 ton coach runs at 60 miles an ho ur rou nd this curve
-

what is the s id e p ress ur e on the o u ter rail ?

-
'

i h t ]
,

n c es on s

7 The crank arms and crank pin of a crank shaft are

'

equ ivalent to a mass of 650 pou nds at 1 foot radiu s The shaft .

is supported in two bearings 5 feet centre to centre and the , ,

central plane of the crank is 2 feet from the centre of one of the
beari n gs Find the d y namical load on each hea rin g at 2 40
.

revolu tions per mi n u te .

an d t on s ]
8 The radi u s of c u rvature of a tra j ectory at a point in the
.

rising branch is 6 nau tical miles and is inclined at 30 degrees

to the vertical Find the velocity of the projectile at this point
. .

How m u ch higher w ill the projectile rise if there is no air

resistance
ft [ f t] . s ec . ee .
 94

9 . arm A B is capable of rotation in a horizontal plane

An
abou t a vertical axis thro ugh A A mass of 20 po unds is capable
.

of sliding fr eely alo n g this a rm AB The arm is caused tci ,

.

rotate and the mass is checked in its tendency to fly o u t by a ‘

spri n g which connects the mass to the point A The nat ural .

length of the spring is 2 feet and it re quires a p ull of 1 0 po unds

to prod uce an elongation of 3 i n ches .

By m eans of a c urve trace the variations in the ex tension of

the spring as the speed of rotation increases up to 80 revol u tions
per minu te Show that there is on e partic ular speed at which
.

the extension of the spring t ends to become excessively large .

[ C riti l p d Im i ] ca s ee rev . n .

Section 5 11 .

THE A CTION O F FO R C ES O F V A R IA BL E MA GNITUD E

O N A BOD Y I N MOTION .

variable force P po un d s is the only u nbalance d fO I C e

1 A
.

acting on a mass of 30 po un ds Its val ue after t seconds is .

given in thi s table :

Draw a graph showing the relation between P and t d uring '

these 1 6 seconds and state what the area between the c urve
,

and the axes measures

Find the velocity of the mass after these1 6 s econds a ssu m
.

ing it was i n itially at rest .

[ 6 1 2 f t Isec . .

2 . A weighing 4 000 po un ds is wo und up a shaft The

c a ge, , ,
.

relation between the ten sion T pou nds i n the rope and the
, , ,

dista n ce a: feet which the cage has risen is given in the

, ,

follo w i n g table :

Plot a c urve fo r tension and distance and find the work done ,

durin gthe80 feet given and th e kinetic energy of the cage at

the end of that dista nce .

A t what point is the kinetic energy greatest and what is

'

then its v a l u e
d ft lb 45 ft an ft l h ] . . .
,
. .
 A weight of 500 pounds is lifted by a vertical force which
continuall y as the wei ght is raised ; the velocity corre
n
g to vario u s elevations is given in the following table
’

D ed uce from this table the average lifting force d uring each
inter al and ske tch a curve S howing approxima tely the variation
v
,

of this forCe d u ring the complete operation .

4 .The following table gives the total powder pressure ,

P tons , on the base ofa proj ectile whe n it has travelled a: feet
,

alon g the bore the whole travel in the bore being 5 feet
,

Draw the force space cu rve and hence find the total work
-

done on the projectile .

A ssuming that 5 per cent of this work is expended in over

.

coming the friction of the driving band and in rotating the

-

find the mu zzle velocity The mass of the pro j ectile is 1 2 5

-

ft
.
I
s ec .
]
5 . and B are two points on a railway line
A yards ,

apart The line between A and B first rises and then falls again
.

to the Same level the act ual form of the bank being given i
,
n

the following table which states the heights in feet above A B

,

meas ured every 1 00 yards along the tract

A train arrives at A at a speed of 30 miles an hour and ,

d u ring the jou rn ey from A to B the engine exerts a constant

 96
draw b a r p ull of
-
pounds while the weight of the train not , ,

incl udi n g the engine amounts to 300 tons A ssuming that the ,
.

energy expe n ded by the engine is all acco unted for in k inetic
and potential energies draw to scale a graph showing the ,

variation of train velocity d uring the j ourney -

.

The pul l exerted upon a train together with the resistance

6 .
,

to motion experienced by the train are given in the following ,

table at intervals of 5 seconds from rest

,

R es i s tan ce in t on s

Tim e in s econ d s

Draw a velocity time curve for the motion and state the -

train s velocity at the end of 30 seconds The mass of the train

’
.

is 200 tons .

7 . A l ength
steel hawser is su bj ected to a te n sile test
of .

The extensions w ere measured over a 30 inch length and the -

connection bet ween the loads and exten s 1 on s 1 s given l n the

On increasing the load very slightly th e hawser snapped

withou t appreciable fu rth er extension .

Plot the load strain diagram and com p u te thence the work
-

which can be sto red per foot run in su ch a cable .

A battleship of tons is bei n g checked by s uch a steel

h awser ; when the hawser is ta u t the tension in it is
pounds a n d the vessel still has a speed of 1 foot per sec Cal
,
.

culate the least length of hawser which will be capable of

bri n gi n g the ship to rest .

f t 1h ; . .

8The I H P of a ship of
. . to n s when steaming at full
. .

speed 20 knots is ,
If 50 per cent of this is effective in
,
.

propell ing the ship and the resistance varies as the square of
the speed fin d the acceleration when the ship is moving at half
,

speed and the engine is exerting its f ull torqu e A dd 1 0 per .

cent to the m ass of the vessel to allow for the mass of the moving
.

water .

101
 98

If the s uction of th e p ump is a simple har monic s uction with ‘

a_t ravel of 2 feet calc ulate how many double strokes can be
,

made per min u te the water re m aining in contact with the

,
[

. ,

p iston througho u t the stroke .

[ I
2
2 5 f t s ec ; . .

4 ship i s making 1 0 complete rolls per minu te One of

. A .

these rolls amo unts to 20 degrees on either side of the u pright

position A man is at the mast head 1 2 0 feet above the axis of
.
-

rotation of the ship If the man weighs 1 2 stone what force .

,

will he have to exert to prevent being thrown off the mast ?

[ 60 p u d o n s .

5 A pe n d ul um which beats seconds at a pl a ce where the

.
,

acceleration d ue to gravity is 32 2 ft /sec is tran sferred withou t .

2
.
, ,

change of l ength to a place where the a ccel e1 a tion i s 32 1 9 ft /sec

,
°

. .
2

How many seconds are gained or lost per day ?

l t os .

6 The cent re of gra vity of a connecting rod 6 feet lo n g

.
,

centre to centre is 4 2 feet fr om the small end The rod

,
°

.
,

suspended s o that it is free to swing abo ut an axis thr ough the

small end centre s wings in u nison with a pl umb 1ine 5 4 feet
,
-
°

lon g Find the radi us of gyration abo ut a parallel axis t hro ugh
.

the centre of gravity .

If the rod is s uspended so that it is free to swing about an

axi s thro ugh the big end centre find the length of the pl umb ,

line which will swi n g in u nison .

f t f t] ee ee .

7 The Figure attached represents a

.

connecting rod When set oscillating .

abou t a horizontal knife edge bearing -

on A th e time of a comple te oscillation

,

is 2 6 seconds When inverted and s up

.

ported wit h B on the knife edge th e time -

o f an oscillation is 2 4 seconds The .

distance between A and B being 6 feet ,

determine the position of the 0 g of .

the rod and the radi us of gyration with

reference to an axis through the 0 g .

parallel to the knife edge -

f t]
’

[ L 8 } in
I f t . s . f rom B 2 24-
ee .
 “

99

bal an ced upon a kn ife edge parallel to the

. is -

axis of the wheel and inside the rim at a dis ta n ce o f 30 inches

fro m the axis of the wheel If the wheel oscilla tes with a .

period of2 5 8 seconds find its radi us of

°

[ 32 4 i h n c es .

9 . certain well balanced wheel t urns freely abo u t a

A -

horizontal axis It is loade d by attaching a very small mass

.

of 1 0 o unces at _
a distance of 1 2 inches from the axis and 1 s ,

then observed to m a k e2 0 c omple te oscillations per m inu te

~

Find the mo m ent of inertia of the wheel .

[ 3 9 3 1 h f t ]
-
. .
2
.

10 .plank 5 feet long rests with its m d dle point on a

A ,
'

,
1

fixed horizontal cylinder of diameter 3 feet If the plank .

be slightly displaced and there be no slip find the time of ,

;

oscillatio n .

[1 3 d ] s ec o n s .

1 1 .niform rod of length 2 feet is su spended horizontally

A u
b y two e qu al parallel strings each of length 6 feet from two , ,

points in the same horizontal plane The rod 1 s t urned throu gh

a small angle abo u t the v ertical li n e thro u gh its middle po i nt
and then let go Find the time of oscillation . .

12 . small vertical engi ne 6—ineli stroke and 1 ton weight

A , ,
,

is su pported on a plat form on girders which it deflects inch .

The mass of the reciprocating parts of the engine is 1 00 pounds

‘

and they may be assu med to move in a simple harmonic manner .

Find the amplitu de of the forced vertical vibrations set up at

’

( a ) 2 00 ( b) 4 00 revol u tions p er min u te

,
-

_
.

d 24 i h ]
‘

an n c es

F RICTION .

1 A and B are tw o vertical u prights driven firmly into

.

the grou nd ; C is a horizontal cross piece which fits freely -

betwee n them 0 1 s held 1 n p osi tion by met al straps which

.

hinge freely abo u t bolts passing thro ugh this timb er Th e .

forces su pporting C are s upplied by the friction called int o

play between the outer bolts and the o u tside faces of the
u prights .

The bolts are a ll l inch in diame ter '

The distance between the centres P and Q is i n ches .

11 5777 . H
 1 00

the coefficien t of friction between the uprights outside

EL E V A T IO N

2 The Figure ill ustrates a clamp for holding a specimen

.

between two centres The left centre is attached to a pi ece

.

wh ich can slide freely along th e horizontal bar Show that if

.

the coefficient of friction is greater than 3; this sliding piece

automatically locks itself by the friction set up at A and B ,

so that it is impossible to move it by means of a force applied

along the line of centres .
 f 1 02

b lock is} the grab will be abl e to lift th e

’
”

also the least coeffi cient of friction f or which

cyl inder of a vertical steam en gine is 2 feet in

diameter the cra n k is 9 inches and the connecting rod is
, ,
.

2 ft 3 ins l ong
. The crosshead of the engine works in
. . es ,

and the c oefficient of fric tion between the crosshead

c
.

b a r is 08 Take the position when the crank and the con

'

g rod are at right angles o n the down stroke A ss ume a

,

n ec ti n .

d fference in press u re between the top and u nderside of th e

i
p1 s to n amo u nting to 8 0 po u nds per sq u are inch and s u pp os,
e
‘

that a f orce of 300 po unds is a bsorbed in forcing the piston

th r ust on the c on

po un d s 2 7 , 60 0 Jb f t
'

.
-
.
]
 1 03

. 7 , A B CD is
ectangular d oor working in two vertical
- a r . .

g rooves A B D C The weight

,
o f the door is
. 72 to n s and °

its depth A B is 6 feet The sliding door is b ein gr a is ed by

, ,
.

a vertical force of 8 ton in the plane of the d oor acting at a

.

distance of 9 inches from the centre of the door and in con ,

se quence the door is slightly tilted ih its grooves so that contact

only occ urs at C and A Show tha t the reactions at these . .

po ints are each 1 ton and calc ulate the coefficient of friction
°

between the door and groove .

8 The to tal weight of a fo ur wheeled railway truck is

.
-

5 to ns and its centre of gra vity is sit uate d mid way bet ween
,

the front and back axles which are 1 0 feet apart The draw ,
.

bar is at a height of 3 feet above rail level The axles are .

s u pposed frictionless b ut the brakes c a n be applied so as to

,

lock either the front or rear axle or both .

Calculate the draw bar p ul l requ ired to move the truck in -

the following three cases

( 1 ) Both a xles locked
Front axle only locked ;
( 3) R ear axle only locked .

The coeffi cient of friction beween the wheel and rail may be
taken as 0 4 .

2 t ( 2) t ; ( 3) 8 93 t ] on s on s
°
on s

9 The Fig ure attached represents the fo rm of steering gear

.

known as a R a p s on s Slide A ss umi n g that the coefficient of

’
.

friction bet ween the slide and the tiller is 08 calculate the p ull ‘

m ust be the wire rope to mo ve th e tiller

to the left in the position shown the co uple ,

amou nting to 40 tons feet -

[ 5 2 3 t on s
]
 1 04

10 . A lea ther faced cone cl utch is repre sented in the

-

accom panying sk etch The m ean diameter of the area in

.

c ontact is 1 8 in ches and th e angle of the cone is 1 0 degrees .

Th e cl u tc h is required to transmit 20 H P at . revs p er .

If the tw o parts of the cl utch are forced together

by the thr ust of a spri n g acti n g along th e axis of th e shaft ,

cul ate the least possible val u e of this thru st ‘

c oefiim en
'

. Th e t
of fri ction may be taken as 25 .

[ p
9 7 o un d s ]

11 . footstep bearing is as shown 1 n th e Figure atta ched

A .

Th e load on the block 1 8 3 tons a n d th e tape1 of the we d ge

,

is 1 in 1 0, the coefficient of friction being 0 2 . Find the

 1 06

pin ( 1 ) wh en P 1 s j ust o verc omin g Q and ( 2) when Q is j ust

'

overcomin g P F ind also the val ues of P req uired to overcome

M .

Q whe n the directio n of P is ( l ) 45 degrees above and 2) 45

,

d egrees below the g iven direction .

d 7 p u d 19 d 26 p u d ]
an o n s, an o n s

Aflywheel is mou nted upon a horizontal shaft which

c a n t u rn in V shaped bearings as shown 1 n the Figure below
-
.

The angle of the V 1 s 90 degrees .

The mass of the flywheel and axle is 1 00 pounds .

The radi us of the wheel is 1 0 inches

The radi us of the axle 18 1 i n ch .

The coeflicien t of friction is 0 1

‘
°

Calc ulate the magnit ude of the least wei ght w s uspended
fro m the edge of th e flywheel which will prod uce rotation .

p u d ] o n s

1 5. A wheel of radi us R exerting a normal pressu re W on

,

a horizo n tal mu ddy road forms a rut The horizontal distance

,
.

o f foremost point of the tyre in contact with the road from the
vertical thro ugh the wheel centre is K .

Prove that if K is small compared with R the tractive force

, ,

at the axle n ecessary to overcome the resistance thu s set up is

WK
a p p rom m a tel y
T
'

Find the horse power absorbed in this way in the case of a

-

2 to n motor with 24 inch wheels r unning at 2 0 m iles an ho ur

- -

on roads over which K 0 1 inch .

16 . A is coiled rou nd two fixed bollards l n the manner

1 op e

shown and on e end is held with a force of 40 lbs Calcul ate .

the grea test force which ca n be applied at the other en d W i th

 1 07

o ut causing the rope to sli p The c oefficient of friction betwee n

.

[ 6 32 po un d s
]

Taking i between a rope and bollard to be 0 3 find

17 . t
°

how many turns mu st be taken ro und the bollard that a p ull of

1 ton may be resi sted by 5 0 po unds .

Further how many t urns should suffice if the rope fits in

,
-

grooves on the bollard the angle of the grooves being 45

,

degrees ?
[ 2 d 77 tur ] n s
'
an

18 Find the necessary width of belt a quarter of an inch

.
,

thick to transmit one H P the belt embracing 4 5 per cent of

,
. .
,
.

the circ umference of the smaller p ulley and r unning at 300 feet ,

per minu te The coefficient of fr iction 1 s 2 5 and the stress in

.
,

the belt is to be li m ited to 300 pounds per s qu are inch .

[ 2 89 i h ] n c es

19 fly wheel of mass 20 tons 1 s rotating 1 20 times per

. A
minu te The radi us of gyration of the wheel abou t the axis of
.

rotation is 1 0 feet .

A belt hangs ov er the flywheel on e end being attached to a,

fixed point and the other end carrying a load of 2 00 pounds .

The a re of contact is 1 80 degrees the coeffici ent of friction is

,
'
 1 08

0 25 and the diameter of the wheel is 2 5 feet Find how long

'

this brake will take to bring the wheel to rest

( )
1 when the 2 0 0 po u nd weight p u lls in the direction of
rotation ,

( 2) when the 2 00 po u nd weight opposes the d irection of

rotation .

d m i ut ] an n es

2 0 A band brake is fitted to the winding drum of a steam

'

.
,

uch in the manne r shown by the accompanyin g sketch .

The ends of the ste el band are attached to the points B and
C of a continuou s lever PBA C which can t urn abou t the pivot
,

point A The engine m a n applies the brake by pressi n g down

.
-

w ith his foo t at the point P .

If the pressure applied is 1 20 poun ds calculate the tension ,

in the rope which ca n be resisted by the brake .

The coe fficient of friction between the band and brake dr um -

may be taken as 0 1 .

[ 3 33 p u d ] o n s

2 1 A belt is to transmit 2 HP between two shafts runn i n g

. .

a t 1 00 revo lu tions per min u te the belt ru nning o ver tw o e q u al

,

p ulleys each 2 feet in diameter If the coefficient of friction be

.

1 6 find the initial tension in the belt necessary to prevent

°

slipping neglecting the mass of the belt

,
.

[ 2 1 4 p u d ] o n s

2 2 An 8 111 0 1. leather belt g in ch

.
-

0 8 po un d per linear foot conn ects tw o

,
 1 10

2 . The Fig below shows the mechan ism

. of a pne umatic
r iveter .

A ir nder pressure acts u pon the pis ton C The movement

u .

o f the pisto i s comm unicate d to the p unch D thro u gh the

n
cra n k A B and two connecting rods .

Consid er the p osition in which A B make an angle of

1 5 degrees with the vertical neglect the obliqu ity of the
.

connecting rods and find the velocity ratio of D to C If the

,
-
.

thr ust on the piston is pou nds find the thrust exerted by ,

The e fficiency of the machine is 75 per cent .

t ] on s

3 In the case of a lifting crab in which the velocity ratio is

.
-

1 5 to 1 it is fo und that a fo rce of 30 po u nds wi l l lift a load of

,

1 2 8 po unds and a force of 40 po u nds will lift a load of 2 1 0

po unds .

Calc ulate the probable load lifted by a force of 1 00 pounds ,

a n d estimate the effi ciency in th is case

'

[ 7 00 p u d 4 7 p t ] o n s er cen .

4 In a screw j a ck on e t urn of the screw raises the load 4 of

.
-

an inch When the screw is t urned by a lever 4 feet long it is

.

fo u nd that a force of 35 po unds will j u st raise a load of 1 ten

and a force of 5 7 3; po unds will j ust raise a load of 2 tons
1
.

Calc ulate what load y ou might expect to raise by a force of

80 po unds acting at the end o f a lever 6 feet long
,
.

Determine the efficiency of the machine in each of these

three cases .

[ 4% t ; d on s an

5 Show that a machine whose forward

.
-
efficien cy is less than
5 0 p er cent is irreversible
°

. .
 111

I n a tes t of a crane with a v el oc ity ra tioof 300 the fo llowing ~

val ues of load and effort were observed

Show by me ans of a c u rve the relation between load and

, ,

effort and ded uce an analytical expression for this conne ction
,
.

P lot a c u rve showing the connection between load and

effi ciency .

W +j 1 3 p u d ] o n s

In a “ eston s p u rchase the n umber of sprockets in the

l ’

two sheaves of the c ompound wheel is 7 and 8 Find the

.
.

velocity ratio for ra is in g and for lowering

-
. .

In an experiment with the p urchase the following results

were obtained

F indthe law of the machi n e and plot the friction load line -

and efficien cy load c u rve -

.

[ 16 d 14 ; P 14 W + 1 5 p u d ] an :
° °
o n s

7 .In a hyper acme p u rchase the n u mber o f sprockets in the

-

e ff ort wheel is 1 2 and 39 links of the e ffort chain measu re

,

31 i n ches This wheel is mounted 0 1 a shaft c a rry m g a d oub le;

'

. 1

threaded worm which gears with a wheel havin g 23 teeth ;

,

con centric and co mpo u n d wi th this wheel is the lo ad wheel,

‘

h aving 6 sprockets ; and 2 5 li n ks of the load chain meas u r e

22 inches Find the velocity ratio of the p urchase
.
-
.

In an experiment with the p u rchase the foll ow in g res ul t s

were ob tained
H

Find law of the m achine an d plot the friction load lin e

th e -

and effic ien cy load c u rve -

.

P = 0 85 W + 2 2 p u d ] °

o n s

8 The following is th e d escription of the windin g gear of a

.
'

lifting crab A handle with a leverage of 2 feet t urns a shaft

-
.
,
 1 12

which is fitted with a bevel wheel of 1 2 teeth e n gaging in

a nother of 2 5 teeth This latter wheel is keyed to a shaft
.

which carries a w orm engaging in a worm wheel of 50 teeth -

.

The worm wheel shaft carries also a pinion of 1 5 teeth which

-

e ngages in a large sp ur wheel o f 1 1 0 teeth The winding .

d r um which is 3 feet in diameter is carried on the shaft of this

, ,

last wheel .

Find how many re vol u tions of the first shaft correspond

to on e of the last wheel and assuming an efficiency of , ,

5 5 per cen t find the force in pou nds which m ust be exerted at
,

the handle to lift a load of 5 tons .

[ 7 64 rl y 2 0 p u d ] n ea o n s

9The gearing of a lifting crab is shown in ou tline in the

.
-

Figure attached The cra nk F is 20 inches long and the drum

.
’

E is 6 inches in diameter Th e crab may be u s ed in single

.

gear A gearing directly wi th B or in double gear A gearing

, , ,

with C and D with E The wheel teeth are on A 8 on B 63

.
, , ,

on C
2 7 , and o n D 8 It is fo und that in single gear a force at
.

F of 2 5 po unds weight lifts a load of 4 cwt , and in do uble .

gear the same force lifts 1 0 cwt Find the efficiency in each .

c ase .

an d p er cen t] .

10The Figure attached represents an obliqu e acting

.

p ulley The p ulley wheel A is g uided by frictionles s restraints

.

so that its centre mo ves in a vertical line The centre of the

_ .

p ulley wheel B is fixed The cords un d er the movable p ulley

. .
 1 14
lifte d E is a grooved p u turni n g freely u pon A
'

ll e wh l
'

y e
’

1s .
e
a b out w h1 ch the rop e for h a uli n g is led F and G are tw o
.

, , .

toothed wheels keyed t ot he s pi n dl e H H revol ves fr eely in a: ‘

b ea f in g fitted thro u gh E
'

'

B has 30 teeth .

C has 31 teeth .

F and G have the same n u mbe r

of teeth .

T he diameter of E is 1 2 inches .

The di amete rof D is 7 l uches .

Find how m any times E mu st be rotated to give D

"

on e
complete revol u tion .

F ind the velocity ratio of h a d] to lift

'

G iven th at a weight of 7 0 lbs will j u st raise a load of 1 ton

'

.
,

fin d th e e ffi cien cy of the m achine for this arrangement

'

[31 ; 53 1
-

15 Figure below iep res en ts the mechanism of a ship s

Th e
’
’

s teerin gear A ro tat ion of the sh aft A s c1 ew s the piece B to

. . ,

the rig t and C an eq u al d is ta n ce to th e left Th ese motion s ,

.
"

com muni cate fetati on to th e tille r through thec onnecting rod s

BD , CE .

I f the efficien cy of this mechanism is 5 0 per cent calculate .

,

th e to rqu e wh ich m u st be applie d to th e shaft A to overcome

,

a moment of resistance of R foot tons -

in the shaft F for the
One tur n of the shaf t A d isp laces B and C eachthro ugh a
d 1 s ta n ce of
°
-
inch .
 115

16 In the mechanism shown in the Fi g ure below A and B

.

are xed centres G is a b lock slidin g on the arm BD E is a

fi . .

block sliding on the straight line A E which is perpendicular ,

to A B .

The lengths a re

AG 8 inches ,

AB 25
BD 36
A Crotates uniformly making 30 revol u tions am inute
, .

Find the time occ upied by E in the ou tstroke and ret urn
Neglect t he o b li quity of the link DE and find the greatest ,

forward and backward velocities of E .

[ 1 2 08 d 7 92 d
°
dan
°
s ec o n s an

17 The Figure attached i ll u strates an oscillating cylinder

. .

The stroke is 4 feet the distance A B is 8 feet The crank

, .

makes 1 2 0 revol u tions per minu te Calc u late the a ngular .

velocity of the cylinder in revolutions per m inu te

(1)
( 2)
( 3) when 9

re u ired cylinder in its bearings

1 red to rotate the crank

rev .
[
m in . 6% an d 4 lb f t . .
]
11 5777 .
I
 11 6

th e n i stan taneo u s centre of the l nk i

You mu st show that your m ethod of ded uc tion is correct .

19 . AB is a link
 118

S uppose the resistance to

mo tion of the A B system is
0

1 0 po u nds and the coefficient

of friction between the b a r
B and the eccentric is
calcu late the tor qu e which is
requ ired to rotate the eccentric .

Exami n
e whether the slider
can drive the eccentric in this
position of the eccentric .

ft [s ec
. . . h ft ]
ft [s ec . 1 . .

2 2 Describe with the aid of a sketch

.
,
the gear for ,

changing the speed of the leading screw of a lathe .

If the leading screw is right handed and has two thr eads
-

to the inch choose s u itab l e change wheels for c u tting a right

,
-

handed screw with 1 2 threads to the inch the num bers of ,

teeth in the available change wheels being 2 0 2 5 30

-
1 00
, , ,
.

2 3 The Figure below ill ustrates a friction drive

. The .

shaft A drives the shaft B by means of a cylindrical wheel 0 .

 119

pressing upon the disc wheel D There is no slipping betwee

‘

. n

the wheels at the rad i u s and the pressu re b etween them is .

uniforml y distrib u t ed If a torque o f 40 foot/l b s is applied to

.
-
.

the shaft A calc ulate what tor que is communicated to the

,

shaft B and determ ine the efficiency of the transmission

,
.

Dimensions 3 inches ; 5 inches ; diameter of C

r
0
is 2 inches .

[ 1 6 0 l b ft 8 0 p t] . . er cen .

24 The diameters of a p ulley and its rop e are 5 inches and

.

1 inch respectively The diameter of the pin on which the

.

p ulley is mo unted is 1 inch and the coefficient of frictio n “

betwe en the pin and p ulley is 2 6 Find t he efficiency of the

f .

p ulley .

Find also over how many su ch p ulleys the rope should pass
to make a s elf holding tackle
-
.

[ 92 p t er c en .

25 In a VV es ton s p ur chase the large p ulley is 6 inches in

.
’

diameter and the small p ulley 5 inches meas ured in each case ,

to the chain centre The coefficient of friction be tween the

'

compo u nd p ulley and its pin is 2 What sho ul d be the least .

diameter of the pin in order that the p urchase may be self

holding
i h ] n c es

In the epicyclic gear shown in the Figure below the

F and E are mounted independently on the
,

sp l n dl e P ,
.

which is carried by the link 0P . . The wheel B has . 12 . teeth ,

.
 1 20

C has 30 teeth and D has 1 4 teeth A ll teeth have the same

, .

pitch How many teeth are there 0 1 E and on F ?

. 1

I f the wheel E 1 s fixed what is the ratio of the velocity of

,

the wh eel F to that of the wheel B

If the wheel B 1 s fixed what are the ratios of the velocities
,

of E and of F to the velocity of the link O P

[ 72 ; 56 33
2
; ll .
]

27 rever ted epicyclic train is as shown in the Fi gure

. A
below A is a fi xed ann ular wheel of 60 teeth BC is
. .

double intermediate wheel mou nted on an eccentric E

,
is

keyed to the and C has 59 teeth B gears .

with A and G with an a n nular wheel L of 64 teeth which 1 s

,

loose on the shaft H .

Find the number of revol utions made by H for 1 revolu

tion of the wheel L .

1 7a ]

28 In the H umpage epicyclic gear ske tched the n umbers

—
.
, ,

of teeth in the vario u s wheels are B

— —
1 4 C 48 D 2 4 F 44 -

, ,
, ,

E— 5 8 I f E is fixed c ompare the s peeds of B and F ; if B is

.
,

fixed comp a re those of E a n d F ; an d if the spindl e S is pre

,
 1 22

grad u ally varied The propeller shaft A carries the bevel

.

pinion B which gears with two crown whee ls G and D ru nning

,

loose on the sleeve L C carries the small satell ite pinions E

.

and F of an epicyclic gear of which the o uter internally toothed

, , ,

wheel G is fixed to the b ox of the differential gear H and so

drives the b ack axle The centre pinion K of the epicyclic
.

gear is fixed to the loose sleeve L which carries the friction

s ur fa ce M while the other friction s urface N is carried by the
,

crown wheel D P and Q are friction rollers connecting the

.

sur faces M and N the spindles of the rollers being carried by

,

the gear b ox in su ch a manner that they can be inclined at any

-

the back axle .

If the numbers of teeth on the wheels are B —1 6 C an d

D—4 6 E and F — 1 5 G— 5 0 K — 20 calcul ate th e gear ratio
,

, , , ,

when the roll ers touch N and M at radii in the ratio 4 1 and ,

al s o when they touch at rad ii in the ratio un ity .

[ 1 d i pp it d ir ti ]
1 ° 3
5
an - -

8
n o os e ec on s

31 .Sketch and des cribe Hook e s j oint for conn ec ting two ’

sha fts whose axes intersect .

Obt a in an expression for the velocity ra tio of two inclined

shafts connected by su ch a joint and say how y ou co ul d arrange
,

with on e or more Hook e s j oints to transmit a co n s tant velocity

’

ratio between two inclined shafts .

 1 23

attached illu strates the arrangement of a rope

an engine Calcu late
.

7 50 revol u tions per minute .

25 pounds .

pou nd per foot .

 24

long connecting rod 3 feet long Find by means of

,
.
,

a cal construction or o therwise the t urning moment on

,

the crank when it makes an angle of 60 degrees with the l ine of

stroke having given that the total effective pressu re on the
,

piston in that position is pou nds .

[ 1 104 l b ft
. .
]
3 In a steam engine t he crank is 1 foot long ; the conn e ct
.
-

ing rod 5 feet long ; the crank pin diameter 3 inches ; the
, ,

crosshead pin diameter inches and the speed 1 20 revolu

, ,

tions per min ute Find the rubbing velocity at the sur face of
.

each pin at the i n stants when the crank makes 4 5 degrees with
an d i h
n c es
per s ec o n d]
.

4 . The Fi gure below is the indicator diagram of a

engine .

The length of the connecting rod A B is 48 inches .

The length of the crank GB is 1 0 5 inches .

The internal diameter of the cylinder is 1 2 inches .

 1 26

7 Find the forces necessary to accelerate the reciprocating

.

parts of a dire ct a cting steam engine at the beginnings of tw o

- -

successive strokes from the followi n g data

Length of crank 1 foot ; length of connecti n g rod 5 fee
, ,

weight of r eciprocating parts 280 po un ds ; and speed , ,

30 0 revol u tions per min u te .

[4 63 d 3 0 8 to n ]
° '
an s

8 . engine has a stroke of 1 8 inches and runs at

A n

400 revol u tio n s per min u te A ss u ming that the motion of .

the piston is a simple harmonic motion find the maximum ,

acceleration of the piston .

Draw to scale the c urve of acceleration for on e comple te “

(1 ) On a piston base scale 4 f ull s 1 ze ,

.

2) On a crank angle base scale 1 00 degrees to inch ,

.

Scale for acceleration : 500 feet per second per second to

1 inch .

A t the beginning of th e for ward stroke the steam press ure -

is 80 pou nds and the pressure remains constant u ntil cut off at
,

hal f stroke .

Draw the crank effort diagram for this portion of the

stroke
( 1 ) Neglecting the inertia of the mo ving parts ,

2 ) Taking into acco u nt the inertia of piston .

[Diam of cylinder 1 2 inch Mass of piston 1 00 po u n d s ]

,
.
,

9 The Fig atta ched 1 s the indicator dia gram for a do uble
. .

acting steam— engine whose stroke is 2 feet and length of

conn ecting rod 4 feet The area of the piston is 2 50 squ are
.

inche s Consider the case when the crank has turned thro ugh
.

ri g ” 50 Sp n

45 degrees from the left d ead centre A and determine the ,

tur nin g couple on the crank sh a ft .

If the reciprocating m ass is 5 00 p ounds and

m aking 2 40 revol u tions per min u te find ,

the s ame position correcte d for inertia ,

.

[ 12 , 200 1b ft . . 6 , 3 8 0 1b f t . .
]
 1 27
I

IO . Explain
what are the functions of a governor and of a
flywheel in regul ating the speed of an engine The revol u tions .

of an engine of 2 00 h p are n o t to be greater than 400 5 n or

.
,

less than 399 5 per minu te and the greatest fl u ct u ation of

,

energy is 32 per cent of the energy exerted in a revol u tion

. .

Determine the mass of the flywheel assuming that it has a ,

mean diameter of 6 feet .

p u d ] o n s

The cran k effort diagram for a double acting steam

1 1 .
-

engine is shown in the Fig attached The two peaks correspond

. .

to crank efforts of and lb feet . .

Calculate the mean val ue of the crank e ffort .

If the engine is making against a steady resistance equ al to

the crank effort calculate the revol utions per min u te for the
,

cran k positions defined by the letters A BCD .

The revolu tions are 500 per min u te when 0 0 .

The mas s of the flywheel I S 400 po unds .

The m as s of the flywheel may be taken a s situ ated 2 feet

fr om the axis of rotat i on .

E Pco vf
'

C ra n k A w \e$
5
[ 8 2 5 lb . ft 5 02 3 , 5 00 , 5 0 1
-

12 What would be the flu ctu ation of speed at full load of a

.

4—s troke cycle single cylinder 1 5 h p engine at 2 7 5 revol u tions . .

per min u te mean speed the weight of the flywheel su pposed

, ,

concentrated at the rim whose d iameter is 6 feet being 3 tons ,

and the resistance to motion constant The flu ctu ation of

energy per cycle is 80 per cent .

The stroke of an engine is 3 feet the connecting rod is

1 3 . ,

4 feet long and the piston is 2 feet in di a meter The mass of .

the reciprocating p a rts is 600 pounds and the indicator diagram

shown below .

Draw the crank effort diagram corrected for inertia ,

.
 1 28
'

Th e mass o f the flywheel is and it m a y be regar ded as a ton

con centrated in a ring of 6 % feet diame ter Find the flu ctuation .

of speed at 2 00 revol u tions per min u te .

[4
1 4 The diameter of the high press ure cylinder of a cruiser
.
-

is 4 3 inches ; stroke 3 feet 6 inches ; connecting rod 7 feet long ,

, ,

and revol u tion s at full power 1 35 When the piston has , .

completed 4 of the down stroke , the forwa rd steam pressu re is -

1 80 po u nds and the back press ur e 1 1 0 po u nds per squ are inch .

The weight of the reciprocating parts is 2 5 tons and of the

connecting rod , 2 5 tons The c g of the latter is 33 the length
. . .

from the crank pin .

Find by K lein s construction the acceleration of the piston

,
’

, ,

and find also the effective twisting moment in foot tons on th e -

crank shaft in this position .

[ 1 75 ton f t
.
]
15 . A shaft
nning in bearings 1 3 feet apart carries
,
ru ,

3 masses of 40 50 and 60 po u nds at distances o f 3 8 and

, ,

1 2 feet from on e bearing and at equ al radii The second mass .

is 1 30 degrees and the third mass 24 5 degrees ahead of the

firs t ma ss Find m agnitu des and an gular positions of the two
.

necessary balancing masses each to b e placed outside the ,

b earings and 1 foot from the nearest on e .

[ 4 2 d 1 9 p u d 3
an8 d g d
o 2 1 5 d
n
gr h ds e rees an e ees a ea
f th fir t m o
] e s ass

1 6 A locomotive with tw o dri ving wheels has tw o cra n k s

.

of 1 2 inch radi u s at right angles and 3 0 inches apart

-
The .

rotating masses of the cranks are 450 pou nds e a ch and the ,

reciprocating masses of each cylind er are 5 00 o un ds Find the

position and magnitu de of balance masses to fie attached to the
.

driving wheels in planes 58 inches apart at a radi u s of 2 feet to

balance the rotating and of the reciprocating masses .

[ 3 12
p u d t 1 6 2 % d gr t r ok ] n s a e ees o n ea cra n .
 1 30
‘

[22 1 an d 33 5 r en
/
m i n . Yes ]

Section 9 .

at the middle point of AB

 1 31

5 tons at A and 5 tons at B Find by graphical construction

.

the stresses in the vario us members of the framework and

indicate the members which are acting as str uts .

2 The frame A BCDEF

. cons isting of light ro d s fr eely
,

jointed together is h u ng from smooth pins B and C and s upports

, ,

weights as show n .

20 T on s 5 Ton s . 15 T on s . 10 Ton s .

Find which of the two dotted bars sho uld be inserted so as

to be in tension and when this has been p u t in determine the
, ,

stresses in all the bars of the frame

[
.

BE

The Fi gure below ill ustrates a floating crane Drawthe

3 . .

reciprocal diagram for the framework and determine thence or ,

otherwise the stresses in the three lowest members of the frame

,

work Indicate which of these members is acting as a stru t

. .

[ 153 ,
36 an d 22 0 ton s il
57 77 .
K
 .
1 32

in the manner indicated The depth o f the f ra m ework is

.

1 0 feet and the vertical members are s paced at distances of

10 the reactions at the s upports by help of
,

draw the stress diagram Write down the

.

A B and fin d it independently by moments

an d t on s t on s
]

5 The framework sho wn in

. fixe d at B
and carried on rollers at A so
,
reaction at A 1 8 ,

vertical The f ramework carries a vertical load of

. pou nds ,

and two forces of 400 pou nds d ue to wind press u re also act
,
-

u pon the frame. Det ermine the reaction at B and construct to

.

lb s ]
 1 34

being p ushed towards the shore s o that the framework is ,

sub j ec ted at A and B to horizontal thr usts amo unting to five

tons.
Determine the vertical reaction at these points Draw .

the reciproca l figure for the framework and determine the ,

greatest tension a n d compression stress existing in the framework .

f
'
-
|a -
9< l
te -
se 12 4 K re -
s!

d ow n , at B, 4 t on s u
p ; 32 an d ton s ]
8 In the framework illus tra ted in the Figure below the
'

bars passing thro ugh P and Q are independe n t at the crossing

—A<
\ to

points Show th a t if pin j oints were in trod uced at P and Q the

.

stresses 1 n the framework woul d be u naltered .

Determ m e the stresses l n the vario u s members of th l s

.

framework .

[ S tre i v rti l m m b r i 1 t ] ss n e ca e e s on .
 1 35

10 Determine the reactions at the bearing A and footstep B

.

in the crane whe n loaded as shown in the Fig atta ched Draw
. .

stress
 1 36

t on s 48 , 8 0 , 9 2 , 49 , 2 2 t on s ]

"

11 .The bracing of the crane shown in the accompanying

Fi g ure consists of isosceles triangles having equ al bases u pon
,

The radi u s of the inner arc is 2 .

and the bars A and C

.

the crane is su pporting a 5 -

ton ad in the
 1 38

13 The Fig below is a sketch of a small locomotive crane

. . .

crane is hinged at its lower end a n d is ,

b y a tie ro d in the manner shown

-
By drawing
.

dete rmine graphi

tens1 on in the tie rod and the reaction at the hinge
-
.

t ] [ 8 an d 13 on s

1 4 In the travelling crane shown below A B is the j ib

.
, ,

which can swing abou t A as centre by the circ ular rack and

beam GE the end G being secured

,

to the t e 1 -
ro d CD whose end is sec u red to the fixed point D .
 1 39

Thedesign is s uc d
h that at all ra 1 1 GE is horizontal A load .

o f 2 00 0 po unds is s uspend ed fro m E .Find the longit udinal forces

in A B a n d GD and the m aximum bending moment in A B
'
.

an dd p o un lb f t ]
s . .

1 5 Determine by th emethod of sections the s tresses in the

.

bars b which are c u t by the plane PQ as shown in the Fig

a , ,
c, .

below A y length req u ired may be obtained graphically

. n .

Th e central load is pou nds and each of the others

0 d ]
an d po un s

1 6 Explain the principl e of the method of sections for

.

determining the stresses in a framed str uctu re A ship s gang

.
’

way 1 8 loaded in the manner shown in the Fig attached The . .

lower en d is carried on roll ers and the u pper end is hinged

’

,
 1 40

to the side of the ship Determine the stresses in the

.
m em b e1s

of the second panel c u t by the plane A B .

ds ] 1 1 31 an d p o un

1 7 A sym m etrical pin j ointed frame is loaded as show

’

- n
.

in th e Fig below .
Determine the stresses in the members
.

A , B and C of the fr ame using the method of sec tions ,

.

an d lb s ]
18 In the
.
roof tr u ss shown in the Fig below the tie A B is .
,

j ointed at C b u t is continuo u s throu gh D and E Determine .

the forces in all the bars in the Figure and sketch the c ur ves
of bending moment and shearing force on A C and

so ft

a x i m um
d i g m m t in A C d CB 8 % d 4 % t ft ]
M
[ b en n o en s an ,
an on .

1 9 In the roof pri n cipal A BCDE the dead loads are as

. ,

shown and the wind press ures are equ ivale n t to a positive
-
 1 42

20 The legs of a
. tripod are 6 7 and 8 feet long and the , ,

points where the legs to uch the gro u nd form an equ ilateral
”

triangle of 8 feet side If the load s uspended from the apex is

-
.

1 0 tons find the thru st

,
in each leg .

5 d t ] an on s

2 1 A pin jointed str u ctu re in a vertical plane similar

.
-

to the G reat Wheel ( Earl s Co u rt or Blackpool ) consists of a

’

regular polygon with an even n u mber of sides each point of ,

j unction carrying a load W and being connected to the centre

by a radial tie rod If each tie rod when in the upper vertical
-
.
-

position is s ubjected to a ten sion T find the tension in a tie rod

,
,
-

in the lower vertical position .

[ T 4

22 chain which with its load weighs ton per foot of

. A ,

horizontal run is suspended between two p oin ts A and B 4 0 feet

, ,

apart horizontally B being 1 0 feet below A Find the greatest

,
.

tension in the chain when its l owes t p oin t is 4 feet below B ~

.

[ 9t
8 ] on s

Section 1 0 .

OF HO O K E S L A W
A PPL I CA Tl O N S
’
.

1 Describe the b ehavio u r of a specimen of m ild steel when

.

subjected to p ull in a testing machine u ntil fracture takes place .

A steel specimen inches in diameter w a s s ubj ected to a

, ,

grad ually increasing tensile stress in a testing machine u ntil it

broke and the following readings were obtained
,

13 -

6 0 2 1 00
15 -
0 0 3 2 00
16 -
0 0 5 60 0
18 -

5 0 -

80
20 -
4 1 -

40
2 -
13
S p ec m i en b ro k e .

Original length of specimen b etween meas uri n g

p om ts 8 h es
1n c .

Dra m eter section at fract ure

of 1n ch .

Draw a load extension diagram to scale from the above data

-

and determine the mod ulu s of elasticity of the specim en the ,

stress at the yield point and at th e maximu m l oad the redu ction ,

of area at fract u re and the percentage extension at fract ur e

,
.

t p qu r i h 61 on s er s a e n c

t p t] cen . er c en .

2 A n iron and brass wire of 1 0 feet le ngths and of diameter

'

.
,

0 0 7 5 and 0 1 inch respectively ha n g vertically from tw o

°

,
 1 43

points in the same horizonta l and distant 5 inches apart To

, .

the lower ends of the wires is attached a light rod which su pports ,

a weight of 1 00 pou nds mid way betwee n the wires Find the
-
.

an gle a t which the rod w ill set itself to the horizontal d u e to ,

the stretching of the wires .

[The val u e of E for brass is and for iron tons ,

p er sq u ar e inch ] .

'

[9 l -

3Two ve rtical wires each 2 0 feet long and 1 fee t apart

.
, ,

su ppo rt at their lower ends a cross piece on which rests a spirit

level The u pper su rface of the le vel tube is a par t of a circular
. .

arc of 20 feet radi us When a weight of 40 pounds is hu ng on

,

-
.

on e of the wires the b ubble of the level is displaced

,
inch .

How m u ch has the wire extended ? If the diameter of the wire

is inch dedu ce the val u e of E
,
.

i h n c es

4 The wire leading fro m th e s ign a l b ox to the mos t distant

'

signal is feet It re qu ires a p ul l of 300 po unds to work

.

the signal and owing to resistances along the wire the p ull at
,

, , ,

the signal b ox mu st then amo unt to 500 po u nds The wire is .

3
1 g inch in diameter and the signal en d of the wire m u st move
,

t hrough a distance of 6 inches .

A ss u ming that the resistance alo n g the wire is u niform l y

u ted find what movement m u st be given to the signal box
,
-

end of the
[E pounds p er square inch ] -

[ 18 6 i h ]
‘

n c es

5 The two pieces A and B shown in the Fi g ure below fit

.
, ,

freely into the ends of a straight tube and are drawn together
 1 44

by a bolt and n ut The section of the bolt is 1 s quare inch the

.
,

section of the tube is 1 4 s quare inches and bolt and t ube are ,

made of the same steel I f the ends A and B are pulled apart
.

so that an extra p u ll of 2 tons is ca us ed on the bolt find how ,

m uch the thru st in the t ube has been decre a sed it may be taken
that there is n o ch a nge of sh ape in the pieces A and B .

[4 t rl y ] o n s , n ea .

6 fou ndation bolt with a squ are end is sec u red by means
. A
of a cotter as sho w n ; determine th e dimens ions marked
”
D
“
,

b and t in terms of the diameter in order that the

” ” ”
, ,
d ,

shearing stress on the cotter may be three fo urths and the -

intensity of the p ress ure o f the bolt on the cotter may be twice
the tensional st ress in the bolt .

Ded u ce the limit o f deviation from the centre line of the

bolt of the force transmitted s o as n ot to cau se reversal of stress
in the cylindrical portion ( d ) of the bolt .

[ 1 0 8 6d , l 44 8 d , 36 2 d ,
° - °

7 bar of steel 1 in ch in di a meter has a g un metal sleeve

. A ,
‘

,
-

rou nd it of the same diameter internally and 1 % inches external

, ,

diameter If the bar and sleeve are firmly fixed together at

.

each end and a load of 5 t ons is sus pended from on e end find ,

the intensities of stress set up in the steel and gun metal -

.

for steel and for metal po nd

’

6 6
[ E 30 X 1 0 gu n 1 0 X 1 0 u -

per s qu are inch ] .

/i ]
2
d t an on n .

8 steel rod 1 inch in d iameter is placed inside a copper

. A , ,

t ube the internal and external diameters of which are 2 and

,

3 inches The rod is screwed a t the ends and fitted with thick
.
,

was ers and n u ts which are j ust screwed down on the ends of
h

the t ube at 60 F Find the intensities of stress set u p in the

°
.

steel and copper when the rod and tube are heated to 1 60 F °
.
 11 46

1 i h ; 019 i h
n c
°
n c .

1 2 A crane frame 1 s shown in the Fig below A D bei n g a

. .
,

rigid w a ll and the joints bein g regarded as pin j oints.

B
 1 47

feet of the m em b ers

’

are A D, 1 0 ; A B, 7 5 ;

; BG, GD , 3 0 ;
Of B when
°

2 tons is applied there .

[E 30 X
i h]
n c .

13The framework of a small wall crane has the for m and

.
-

dimensions shown in the accompa n ying sketch .

Find the stresses in each of the members,

.

calc ulate by th e principle of work the depth

ou ter part of the cra n e is d epressed b y the load as ,

the parts of attachment A and B are absol u tely rigid .

[E is to n s per s quare inch ] .

[ 35 4 i h]
n c .

ram weighing 40 0 pound s falls froma height of ? fe et

A
on to a crosshead which is supp orted by two steel rods each ,

5 feet long and 2 inches in diameter A ss u ming the energy of

.

the blow to be all absorbed in the lon gitu dinal extension of the
rods which have a mod ul u s of elasticity 30 X 1 0 pou nds per
,
6

u 5 77 7 .
L
 1 48

15 Acrane rope of sectional area 1 s qu are inch ca rries a

.
, ,

load which 1 s being lowered at a u niform rate of 2 feet

of 1 to n ,

per second When the length of the rope u nwo un d 1 s 40 feet

.

the load is su ddenl y bro ught u p Find the intensity of stress .

indu ced in the r ope if E 30 X 1 0 po unds per square inch 6

.

Find also the extension .

t /i i h on n
?
”
42
3
1n c .

'

Section 1 1 .

TH E O RY OF BENDIN G .

1 A band saw 1 s made of an endless strip of sfiteel

.
-
inch
wide and 5 6 inch thick passing over two p ulley wheels each
1
,

1 2 inches in diameter The tension in the straight part of the

.

band is 1 00 po u nds Calculate the maximu m tensile stress in the

.

portion lying rou nd the p ulley assuming E pounds ,

per squ are inch .

[ 60 00 0 p un d p qu r i h , o s er s a e n c .

2 A steel cable consists of 6 strands with 7 wir es in each

.
,

strand ( so that there are 4 2 wires) an d the diameter of each wire ,

is 1 g inch It 1 s wound rou nd a dr um 1 4 feet in d iameter and

l
.

carries a cage at its extremity I f th e maxim um intensity of .

stress has not to exceed 1 1 5 tons per square inch and E for the
‘

wires is tons per square inch find the weight of the ,

cage .

t ] on s

3 A beam 40 feet long carries a load of 1 ten per foot run

.
, , ,

u niforml y distrib u ted along its whole length The beam is .

carried on tw o s upports each 8 feet fr om an end Draw to , .

scale the bending moment and shearing force diagrams Find . .

the maximu m bending moment and the positions of the points '

where it is zero .

Find also the p osition of the supports which will red uce the
bending moment to a minimu m .

t ft 1 1 ft fr m d ft fr m d ]
on . . o en s . o en s

le —2 d
u
s le

4 above represents a beam strengthened by tie

. The F ig .
,

bars and vertical struts By tightening the tie bars and .

-

,
 1 50

6 A bent rod A BGD is fixed horizon tally at A in a vertical

.

wa ll andload ed 1 11 the manner shown in the Fig ure below ‘

The weight of the rod is 3 po unds per foot run .

Draw to scale the bendi n g m oment diagrams for

len gth DG CB and BA , .

7 beam of 60 feet S pan carries a load of 20 tons

. A ,

distrib u ted along its length The beam is tr ussed in the .

manner shown the central stru t being screwed up u ntil it

,

exer ts a thrust of 1 0 tons Draw to scale the bending moment

.

an d shearing force diagram for the beam so loaded and ,

comp u te the t hrust in the central strut which would red uce the
bending moment in the beam to a minimum .

[ 1 1°
7 t o n s ]

8 cast iron piston ring works in a cylinder 4 inches l n

. A -

diameter The ring is 4 inch deep and the pressur e between

.

the ring and the walls of the cyl ind er is 20 po u nds per s q uare
inch The ring is split by a single c ut parallel to the axis of
.

the cylin d er Show by m eans of a d iagram the mag ni tu de of

'

‘
1 .
,
,

roun d the ring and find the maximum bending moment

,
.

[ 40 lb in
. .
]
 1 51

A ll
. the other bars of the frame A E EF F G GD a re fr eely
‘

, ,
.

, , ,

j ointed at their extremities Constru ct the ben di n g m oment

. .

10 . Fig . 1 represents the fr ont axle of a motor -

ca r .

"
K I4 5 6
 Fig . shows the section of the straight part of the axle
2

( 1 ) Find the moment of i n ertia of this cross section abo u t -

a horizontal axis thro ugh c g of the section . . .

( 2 ) Draw the bending moment diagram for the straight

portion of the axle .

( 3) Calc ul ate the greatest stress set u p in the material .

_ ik
ln .
4
; t on s p er s q ua r i h] e n c .

1 1 . beam with flanges 6 inch by 5; inch and a w eb

An I ,

1 0 % inches by inch is supported at both ends and has a span of

,
.

1 6 feet Th e allowable str ess on the metal is po unds

’

per s qu are inch Determine the load which may be applied at

.

the centre and also the load which may be applied when
,

u niformly distrib u ted along the beam .

p u d p u d p ft u ] o n s o n s er . r n .

1 2 A circu lar steel t ube 7 feet in diameter and

.
,
inch -

thick is freely s u pported at the two ends The span is 1 00 feet

,
.

and the total distrib u ted load is 30 tons The t u b e is closed at .

its ends and u sed as a gasholder Find the pressure of the .

gas s o that the longitu dinal stress is a tensile on e at every

point.

[ 87
13 Find the maximum u niformly distrib u ted lea d which
.

can be s upporte d by a beam of T section over a span of

1 2 feet so that the m aximu m in tensity of stress does not exceed
,

po u nds per square inch The width of the flange is .

4 inches the total depth 4 % inches and the thickness of the

, ,

meta l inch .

[ 70 lb ]f tJ .

14 . spar 1 0 feet long and of u niform diameter 6 inches is

A , ,

planed down on th e opposite si d es s o that it has two parallel

plane faces each 2 inches from the centre It is placed with these
, .

faces horizontal on tw o s upports at its ends and carries a load

, ,

of 5 00 po unds at its middle Neglect the weight of the spar

.

and find the maximu m intensity of stress d ue to bending .

 1 54

[11
°
3 t /i
on n .
2
]
18 . The c ou p l in g ro d of a locomotive is of u niform I section

Depth 6 inches ,

Width 3 inches ,

Thickness o web 1 3 inches

f — ; ,

Thickness of flanges 1 inch ,

Length between ce n tres 7 ft 6 ins . .

The driving wheels have a diameter of 7 fe et and the cranks ,

operating the coupling rod have a throw of 1 4 inches The .

weight of the rod is 0 3 po unds per c ubic inch .

Calculate the maximu m longitu dinal stress due to bending

when the engine r uns at 7 0 miles per ho u r .

t /i ] on n .
2

19 .A sol id cylinder 1 2 inches long a d weighin g 1 00

,
n

pounds is s up ported by being laid across the middle points of

,

three beams placed side by side and having a common span of

,

1 0 feet. The centre beam is circul ar and 4 inches in diameter ,

and the two o uter ones have a squ are section of 4 inch si de .

The material is the same for each beam Find th e load carried .

by each beam .

[ 38 6 2 2 8 38 6 pou n d s ]
- -

, ,
 1 55
-

20 A smoo th plank 1 2 inches wide and 2 inches deep is laid

.
, ,

across a 20 foot gap A nother smooth plank 1 2 inches wide and

-
.
,

1 in ch d eep and O f the same length is placed o n it and a central , ,

load O f 300 po unds is applied Find the greatest fibre stress .

in each plank .

an d

21 spiral Spri n g made O f rectan gular section steel rod

. A , ,

is fixed at one end an d conn ected at the O ther to a circular

Shaft coaxial with the spri n g and carrying a flywheel the
, ,

weight b eing taken by bearings Rotation of the wheel pro .

d uces p u re bending O f the S pring the length O f which is ,

2 0 feet width O f rectangular section 1 inch depth radially

, ,

inch The m a ss O f the shaft and flywheel is 2 tons and

.

radi u s Of gyration 1 5 inches E pou nds per

, .

square inch Find the period of free oscill ation

. .

d ] s ec o n s

Section 12 .

TH E O RY O F TO RS ION .

1 A steel rod 1 inch l n diameter is s ubjected to an axial

.
, ,

tor qu e O f 1 00 ft lb and is fo und to twist thro ugh an a n gle

.

of 2 7 6 min u tes meas ur ed over a l ength O f 8 inches

. Find C . .

u d u r i h
p p q ] o n s er s a e n c .

2 In designing solid shafts O f circ ul ar section to transmit

.

power a working rule which is O ften adopted is to limit the

,

angular twist of the S haft to on e degree for every twenty .

diameters Of length O f the S haft .

If the valu e O f C is
‘

pou nds per squ are inch ,

calcul ate the maximum sheari n g stress in the shaft consequ ent
on adopti n g this working rul e .

d u r i h
p u p q ] o n s er s a e n c .

3 The S haft O f a steam t u rbine is transmitting 1 0 H P at

. .

revol utions p er min u te If th e S hearing stress is not .

to exceed 6 tons per squ are inch calcu late the least possib l e ,

diam eter O f the shaft .

2 in ch .
J
4 . steel Sh aft 1 inch in diameter is provided with
A , ,

enlarged portions P and inches in diameter The S haft

,
.

is held twisted by an axial torqu e of 40 ft lb While in this . .

condition a steel tube y i n ch thick is S hrunk o , s

l -

,
n to the
enlarged portion as shown in the Fig above W hen . . the tube
 1 56

has firmly gripped the S haft the applied tor qu e is removed .

Calc ul ate what twisting co uple remains in th e shaft assuming

. .

that the shaft and t ube are made of the sa m e material .

lb ft . .
]
The sh afting O f the t urbines at Niagara Falls consists O f
5 .

a steel tube 38 inches in diameter and fi inch thick Find what

,
-
.

HP can be transmitted at 2 5 0 revol u t ions per minu te when

.
,

the working in ten s ity cf s tres s is limited to pounds per

s quare inch Find also th e diam eter O f a solid shaft which
.

wo uld be equ ival ent to the above .

i h ] n c es .

6 Power is transmitted at 1 5 0 revol u tions per min ute

.

thr ough a hollow shaft whose external and internal diameters ,

are 1 0 inches and 5 inches respectively It is fou nd that on a .

'

le n gth of 1 00 feet the angle of twist is 9 degrees Find the .

H P transmitted and the maxim um intensity O f shearing stress

. .
-

in the material O f the shaft [ C po unds per squ are .

inch ] .

[ 3 44 0 ;

7 A hollow steel propeller shaft is to transmit

. HP . .

at 1 2 0 revol utions per m in ute The maxi m um twisting moment .

is 1 2 times the mean , and the m aximu m intensity f S hearin g O

stress is 3 tons per squ are inch If the inside diameter is .

6 times the o u tside diameter , find the external diameter of th e

‘

sh aft If the bolt circle is 2 5 inches in diameter , and the

.

n umber O f bolts is eight find their diameter ,

.

i h i h ] n c es n c es .

8 Design a spiral S pring to give a deflection of 1 inch for

‘

a load O f 1 poun d and to stand a safe deflection O f 1 inch The

,
.

maximu m intensity O f stress allowed is pou nds per square

inch an d C for the material of the S pring is po unds
per s qu are inch The radi u s O f the coils is to be 1 0 times the
.

radi us O f the wire .

N um b r i l d i t r i h ]
[ f m e o co s, a e e ,
n c es .

9 A S piral spring made of wire O f circ u lar section is requ ired

.

to absorb 20 ft lb O f energ the deflection being 5 inches

. .
y
,

an d the intensity O f stress not exceeding poun ds per

squ are inch Find a su itable d iameter and length O f wire the
.
,

mean diameter O f the coils being 6 inches C .

po unds per squ are inch .

i h f t] n c ee .

10 . A S piral
spri n g carries a weight O f 2 5 pounds The mean .

diameter o the coils is 2 inches O f th e wire 3 1; inch and there

f 3
,

are 1 20 coils If C 1 0 po un d s per squ a re inch find the

.
7
,

n u mber O f vibrations per min u te when the weight is set into a

state of vibration .

[ 7
4
 1 58

O f 1 0 inches at on e end and 5 inches at the other Ded uce from .

this the weight O f the log and also the magnitu de of the applied
[ d ]
7 1 1 an d 8 9 poun s

4 A s s um m g for p u rposes of calc ulation that a s ub m arine

.

is a cylinder 6 feet long and 8 feet in diameter calcul ate the ,

reserve O f b u oyancy wh en S h e is floating half immerse d and ,

when she is floating awash w ith only S ix in ches appearing above

the su rface Draw a curve S howing the variation in b uo yancy
.

a s S h e sinks from the former to the latter dra u ght .

— The area O f the se ment of a circle which s ubtends

[N a te g
an angle 0 at th e centre O f a circle Of radi us r is é r ( 0 sin
—— 2

[ 9 s
2 d 1 0 3 ton ]
' -
an s

5 . cu be O f wood having an edge O f on e foot floats half

A
im mersed in a cistern Of water The sectional area of this
.

cistern is 200 squ are inches Calculate the work which m ust
.

be done to depress the cube u ntil it is j ust completely immersed .

A c u bic foot O f water weighs po unds .

[ 2 2 f t lb j
-

. .

6 . rectan gular sl uice gate is 6 feet broad and 8 fe et d eep

A -

The water level on on e side is 7 feet above the bottom edge

-

and on the other S ide the level is 3 feet above the b otto m edge ’

Calculate the magnitu de O f the resu ltant horizontal thrus t

aga inst the sl uice .

'
7 .BCD is a vertica l section O f a vertical d a m stayed against
A ,

water pressu re by the rod BE which is inclined at 45 degrees

-

to the vertical and free l y hi n ged at B and E .

It is des red that the da m shall tip over au tomatically when

i

the water under flood rises to A .

 1 59
"
At what poi n t sho uld B be pl aced Wh at is the stres s in
BE j us t before the water re a ch es A if A D 5 9 feet and the dam
-
:

is 4 feet wide
[3 f t b v D t ] ee a o e on s

8 ( a ) Fin d the dep th of the centre of press u re of a circ ular

.

plate 1 foot in diameter i m m ersed with its p lane v ertical and its
centre at a depth 3 feet belo w the s urface .

press ure on and centre of pre ssur e of a

plate 6 feet by 4 feet whose tw o longer
r es pec 2 feet and 3 feet below surface of sti ll sea
[ )
( a 3 f t ee i h
n c es ( b) poun d s 2 13 f t
ee

r m upp r
f o e

9 The d elivery end _O f a pipe is closed by a flat plate and

.
,

this p late is kept in position by a weight acting thro u gh a bent

lever pivoted at A i n the manner shown m Fig below . . Caleu

late th e greatest di fference in water levels which -
ca n be
maintain ed 1 11 this manner .

i h ] [ 1 0 2°-
n c es

1 0 A horizont al circ ular b oiler of internal diameter 6 feet

.
, ,

has plane vertical ends above which is steam at atmospheric

,

pressu re Find the point of action O f the total thr ust on the
.

inside Of on e of its ends .

4 i h b l w n c e o

1 1 A bridge spans a stream in a S ingle maso n ry arch

.
,

which is a semicircle of 1 5 feet radi u s The breadth of .

the bridge measured in the direction o f the stream is 20 feet .

D uring a flood the water rises to a level of 2 feet above the

crown of the arch The arch itself remains watertight and the
.
,
 1 60

roadway of the bridge is not flood ed Show that there is a con .

s id era b l e force in existence tending to lift the bridge off its

fou ndations and calculate its magnit u de in tons
, .

[ 8 7 t ] on s

1 2 A deep sea cable for p u rposes of repair has been

.
-

, ,

fished u p from a depth of 40 0 fathoms and fastened to a b uoy .

The b uoy is spherical in form 7 feet l n diameter built u p of , ,

inch steel plates If by m 1 s ca l cul a tion this b uoy i s dragged

-

to the bottom calculate the stress i n tons per squ are inch which
,

the metal will have to stand in compress on provided that the i ,

buoy maintains its S pherical form .

/ ]
f
to n in

In a hydrau lic ram the water is prevented from escaping

13 .

thro ugh the gland by means of a leather collar which is forced ,

by the water pressu re into close contact with the ram If R is

-
.

the radius of the ram and h is the height of the collar S how ,

that the efficiency of the ram is

1
R
[ a is the coefficient of friction between t he leather and th e
ra m ]
A rmstrong s cylinder u sed for hoisting out boats
’
14 . A n , ,

has a stroke of 6 feet ; the piston and piston rod diameters a re

respectively 6 and 3 inches Find the tension O f the chain .

when working at steady speed ( 1 ; with light loads ( 2 ) with ,

heavy loads The water pressure is

. po unds per squ are
-

inch .

What is the horse power of the a rrange m ent if the rate of

-

lift is 4 ft /s ec . .

p u d p u d o n s o n s

1 5 Describe briefly the O bject and mode of action of an

.

hydraulic accumulator .

The stroke O f an accu m ulator is 1 5 feet the diameter of the ,

ram is 1 5 inches and the worki n g pressu re when the ram is

falling is 600 pou nds per squ are inch What is the amoun t of .

u sefu l energy which can be stored in the acc um ulator expressed

in foot po unds and in horse power hours
- -

The displacement O f a S hip at 2 5 feet dra ught is

16 .

tons and the tons per inch i m mersion cu rve is a parabola having
its axis horizontal and at the 2 5 foot draught line Find the -
.

tons per inch at 20 feet and 2 5 feet .

[ 44 7 d
-
an
 1 62

Find also the height of its metacentre a b ove the centre of

b uoyancy .

47 °

[The c .
g . of a se m icirc ular area is distant from the
377
centre and a c ubic foot of sea water weighs 64 p ou nd s ]
,
-

[ 633 t ; 4 ft i d p ; 3 ft on s . n . ee . in .
]
5 .single screw vessel of 200 tons is being p ro pelled by
A
an engine of 2 50 horse powe 1 at 7 2 revol u tions per mi nu te If
-
°

the metacentric height i s 30 inches find the angle of heel due to ,

the turning of the screw .

6 .Prove that the centre of area of a un iform semicircle of

47 °

rad iu s r 1 S 7 d 1 s tan t from l ts centre .

Ded u ce the met a centric h eight of a log of s emicirc ular 4

section radi us 6 inches floating in water and S ho w t hat it is in

, , ,

stable eq uilibri u m with its flat S ide horizontal and u ppermost .

i h ] n c es

7 The m etacentric heigh t of a battleship when at deep

. .

drau ght is 3 7 feet and w hen ligh t it is 3 3 fe et What effect

,
.

has this alteration ;on the period of rolling of the ship ?

[I c d i r ti L] n rea s e n a o

8 A vessel has 8 guns capable of firing on the broadside

.
,

the mean height being 30 feet above the c entre of gravity .

The weight of the proj ectile is 8 5 0 po unds and of the charge ,

2 60 po unds The m u z zle velocity i s

. feet per seco n d ; dis
placement of S hip 1 8 000 tons and metacentric height 5 feet
, , , , .

Find the angle of heel cau sed by simu ltaneo u sly firing the
8 g uns on the b oadside omitting any resistance to heel
r The , .

period of the ship i s 1 8 seconds .

OF SHIPS R ESI ST A NC E .

1 Find the frictional resistance at 2 0 knots of a S hip in

.

which the u nder water su rface is square feet

-
.

[ 5 8 ton s
]
2 . The u nder water su rface of a ship is
-
s quare feet
how much do the re sid uary resistan ces amo unt to ?
t on s ]
 1 63

3 model for a ship 400 feet long an d of under water

. A ,
-

s urface square feet is constr ucted of length 1 0 feet and

,

when towed at 1 9 knots the resid u ary resistances amou nt to

9 po unds Find the corresponding speed of the ship and the
'

.
,

E H P to drive her at this speed

. . . .

[ 12 k t n o s

4 . Tw o ships
are b u ilt on similar lines of an d ,

to n s displacement respectively the former is 360 feet long on

the water line and her u nder water surface is
-
sq u are-

feet Find the corresponding dimensions of the other ship an d

.

her skin friction at 1 0 knots .

[ 4 5 4 ft ft ; t ] .
2
. on s

5 ship is to be b u ilt having a length of 390 feet un der

. A ,

water surface s quare feet and maximum s peed 20 knots , ,

.

A proportionately sized model is constr ucted on a scale of inch

to the foot and when towed at the corresponding speed the
,

total resistance of the model is pou nds The coefficient of .

friction for the model is 0 1 1 3 1 and for the S hip 00886 The
' '

index of velocity is 1 8 2 5 The mechanical efficiency of the

.

engines will be about 85 per cent and the eflicie cy of the . n

propellers 65 per cent What shoul d be the indicated hors e

.

power O f the en gines

A w a r vessel ha s a b un ker capacity of

6 .
-
tons of coal .

When steaming at 1 5 knots she burns 1 7 0 tons per day Find. .

approximately the qu antity of coa l b urnt per day at 1 0 knots

and if the maximu m speed of the ship is 1 9 knots , find the
,

distance she can steam at full speed , s tarting with b unkers full .

[ 50 ton s m il es
]

U 5 7 77 .
 1 64

A S TR O N O MY .

2 — S un rise , S unset , &c

. .

3 —G reat circle sailing

. . Composite sai ling .

—
9 S co u ting
. problems &c ,
.

10 —.Observations to determine deviation .

1 1 — Position lines by ob s ervations O f s u s tars n

—
.
, ,

12 .Error and rate of chrono m eter .

13 . O bservati ons for us e with ,

C D ,
.
,
.

T IME P R O BL E MS .

1 Why is the
. the same as the Sidereal Time at
C M Noon ?
. .

2 Distinguish between a Mean Solar and a Sidereal year

.
,

and find the n umber of days ( mean solar) in the latter given ,

that the former consists of 365 2 422 days .

[ 3 6 5 2 5 63 ]
3 . Explain h o w
the table for converting an interva l of
Mean Solar Time into Sidereal Time is constr ucted and ,

calc ul ate the e qu ivalent in Sidereal TM e of 7 Mean Solar

h

4 Determine the Sidereal Time at Washington ( 7 7

.
°
3
’
W) .

on Ju ne 3rd 1 9 1 2 at 1 0 R M Local A pparent Time

, , . .

[l4 ]
n m
4e 45 8

5 Find the sidereal

. t ime of sunrise at Bereh aven lat , .

5 1 40 N , long 9 4 6 W A pr il 2 0th 1 91 2
° ’ ° ’
. . .
,
on ,
.

[
h
1 8 5 1 111
 1 66

Prove that at mean noon

16 .
= Sid erea1 Tim e On . .

a certain day the Nau tical A l manac gives Sidereal Time as

1
1 2 39 15 69
°
What is the mean time of the transit O f the
03 9
.

first point of A r ies on the same day

[ 1 1 h
18 m
5 2 79 ]
- 5

What do y ou u nderstand by the Equ ation of Time ?

17 .

Explain the ca uses of it and draw a diagra m showing its valu e

thro ughou t the year .

If a watch keeping accurate mean time showed 2 l l h

10 m 8

when the S un wa s 0 11 a certain m eridian on J an u ary 1 s t what ,

time did it S how when the Sun was on the same meridian on
J an uary l 0th ?
[2
h m
15
18 . Prove the formula
S . MT . .
4
:
RA W H A of so
. . of a: . . .
,

a: being any heavenly body either ,

and 2 4 ho urs bei n g added to
side when necessary [ You . need only consider on e ca s e ]
W hat will b e the time shown by a deck w atch ( 3 2 0 fast m s

G MT ) when the star P ollux is on the meridian of 60 W

,

° “

on . .

on A pril l s t 1 9 1 2 ,

[ 1 1 h em 3 4s .
]
what local mean time will C a pella be on the Prime
19 . At
V ertical west of the m eridian in 56 0 N 1 08 1 5 E on the
° ’ ° ’
. .
,

night of A pril 7 th 1 9 1 2 ? What are the Meridian altitu des of

,

C a pella above and belo w Pole in the same latit u de ?

° o

[7
h
12 m
6 s
P . M ; 79 . 11

On a certain date the S u n s declination w a s 1 5 20 1 5 S

20 .
’ ° ’ ’
.
,

the obli qu ity of t he ecliptic 2 3 and h

2 1 8 49
° m 9
.

Find the E qu ation of Time and explain clearly whether it ,

is or to Mean Time .

[14
111
18 3 8
to MT ] . .

Prove that Star s W H A S MT R A M S Star s ’ ’

21 . . . . . . . . . .

R A and determine as acc urately as possible the G MT of

. .
,
. . .

passage of A ldeba ra n over the meridian of 1 05 W on °

.

December 2 9th 1 91 2 , .

[16
11
57 ‘n
522 ]

Prove that
22 .

S MT Star s W H A Star s R A ’ ’
. . . . . . . .

A what time by a deck watch fast 1 1 0 o

t h ‘n
did
'

,
. n

A ldeba ra n pass t he meridian of 1 5 0 W o n J an u ary 1 5th 1 91 2

°
.
,

[ 8 h
3 m
2 7S
.
]
On ne 20th at 9 1 5 Ju the ho ur angle of an ,
11 m

u nknown b right star w a s fo und by means of the observed ,

altit de and zim th to be approximately 5

u a u h
By u sing the , .

above formu la determine the approximate R A and thence the

star "
.

[ R egul us
]
 1 67

23 State t he reasons why A pparent Time cannot be kept

.

acc urately by a clock and explain how the difficulty is got over ,

m practice .

A t G M Noon a deck watch showed 1 1 1 2 37 and a

. .
1 m 8

sidereal clock 5 5h
If the sidereal clock was 1 2 48
h m m 8

fast and neither the clock n or the watch were gaining or losing
, ,

d etermine the d a y in 1 9 1 2 when this happened and the times ,

shown by the clock and the watch at 9 4 1 5 0 G A T on the

h m 8
. . .

same day .

M
[ y
a 2 3rd ; 1 4 h
45 m
43 ; 1 09 h
51 m

24 . Prove .

S . MT . . Star s ’
RA . .

S Sid T S MT . . . . . .

Hence S how how to find the time of a star s Meridian ’

Passage Find the mean time of the Meridian Passage of

.

A ldeb r a at Greenwich on September l s t; 1 91 2 and its altitu de

a n ,

when on the Meridian .

[ 47
h m
5 50 9
A . H . 54 51

25 Draw a diagram on the plane of the horizon radiu s

.
,

inches representing the celestial concave at 8 P M on

,
h
. .

May 25th in latitu de 30 S S howing th e Equ inoctial Ecliptic °

.
, , ,

C a n opus Pr ocyon R egulus Crucis A rcturus and the Moon

, , , a. , ,
.

2 6 Draw a diagram on the plane of the horizon radi u s

.
,

inches representing the celestial concave at midn ight o

,
n

December 7 th in latit ude 40 S S howing the E quinoctial

2
°
.
, ,

Ecliptic and the six stars given on pages 1 90 and 1 9 1 of the

,

Nau tical A lmanac .

S U NR I S E S U N SET, & e ,
.

If the obliqu ity of the ecliptic be

1 . 23
°
what is the
length of the longest day in lat 60 N -
.
°
.

[l8 )
n m
29 38 s
.

2What time will the

. Sun set in lat . 61
°
S if his declina
.

tion is 20 N °
.

[ 3 h
15 50 M ]
In .
P . .

3 Find the S A T o f s u ris e a n d sunset and the length

. . n
'

of th e day at a place in lat 25 1 0 N when the Sun s decli n a .

° ’ ’

tion is 1 0 1 5 N ° ’
.

h
]
m
h
19 m
30 12 39
[ 6
11 m 9
5 40 30 3
v 11 . .
 1 68

4 Find the mean times of s unr ise and sunset in la t

. . .

°
52 1 0
’
N when the S un s d ecli n ation is 1 4 2 0 N the e qu ation ’ ° '
.
,

of time be 1 ng l 0 to A T m
. .

[ 5
4 h
3 m
1 0 S .
7 b
PA L
]
5 Find the d u ration of the longest day in lat . 45
°
N .

[ ]
h m
i 5 2 5 4 01

Find the
6 . d eclination of th e S u n when in la t 52 .
°
N he .

rises at 4 3
h m
SA T
"
. . .

'
45 N ]
°

[ 2 0 53 .

In lat 43 N when the Sun s declination is

7 . .
°
.
,
’
12 N
°
.
, find
th e ho u r a n gl e when risi n g .

[ 7 ]
h m
1 1 4 1 6 8
.

If on the longest day in the year the Sun rises at a certain

8 .

place at A M at what time will he rise on the S hortest d a y

. .
, ,

and What will be his beari n g at rising ?

°

[7 S 58 E ]
h m
3o . .

A t G reenwich , l a t 5 1 2 8 N the S un Sets at 7 1 5 P M ’ h

°
9 m
“

. . . .

apparent time on a certain d a y Find the local apparent time .

o f s u nset at Edinb urgh , la t 5 5 5 5 N , on the same day ,

° ’ ’

. .

neglecti n g the change of dec li n ation .

[7 5 53 ]
h m
gs

Determ ine the time of su nrise and d uration of m orn l n g

10 .
-

twilight ( n ot u si n g the S pecial Table in Inman ) at Cherbourg ,

lat 49 39 N on March 2n d u sing the declination for

.
° ’
,

G reenwich A pparent Noon of that d a y .

[6
h
34 m
2 09 1h 5 1m

On what days of 1 9 1 2 does the Sun set at Plym ou th

1 1 .

m ost n early to 5 1
P M local apparent time and how long 1
. .
, ,

does twiligh t l ast on either of those days ?

[N B Us e d ecli ation for G M Noon withou t correction ]
. .
-

n .
,

[ F b r u ry 1 8 th d O t b r 2 5 th ; 1 5 4 39 e a an c o e
h m 9
on

O t b r 2 5 th ] c o e

In 36 N f 3 E the Su n rose at 4 47 by D W its

12 .
° °
.
11 m
. .
,

compass bearing being N 8 1 E and s et at 6 37 by D \V

1
.
°
.
1 m
. .

its compass beari g being N 5 3 W T he D W was 2 1 3 n . . . .

m

slow on G MT Find the Equ ation of Time V ariation of th e

. . .
,

Compass and Declination of the Sun

, .

[ 3 m
47 5
to MT . .
; 14
°
W . 18
°
7 N
’
.
]
What is the obliqu ity of the ecliptic ?
13 .

From th e inf ormation given for Th ursday May 1 6th on , ,

p 5 1 of the Nau tical A lmana c for 1 9 1 2 find the obli quity of

.
,

the ecliptic .

[23 27
 1 70

a place in long 45 W the Sun rose at 6 40 9 by

25 . At .
°
.
h m °

chr onometer and set at 7 44

1 Dete rmine the e qu ation of 1 m

tm e and whether it is or to MT the chronometer being . .

,

1 4 2 40 slow on G MT
h
"t
m 8
. . .

[ 5 m
11 o MT ] . .

2 6 A t a certain place the S u n rose

. bearing by compass
E 1 6 N and set bearing W 34 S ,
.
° °
.
, . . the deviation b eing
5 30 E F ind the variation
° ’
. .

E .
]
In lat 2 7 S the Sun rose by compass N 84 E and
27 . .
°
. .
°
.

set by compass N 5 8 I V .
°
.

The v a riation w a s 1 0 W Determine the deviation and °

.
,

the Su n s declination ’
.

[3
°
W . 16
°
51
'
45 N .
]
2 8 The S un rose at 5
. bearing by compass h
10 m

S.
°
. bearing by compass S 55 W
7 9 E , and set at 611 5 5 m PM . .
,
.
°
.

Find the compas s error and the latitu d e of the place .

° '
]
°

[ 12 E . 33 19 S .

In lat 5 5 N long 40 W the s un rose at 9 1 2 5 2

29 . .
°
.
, .
°
.
,
h m °

by Deck Watch bearing S 8 2 30 E by compass and set at ,

.
° ’
.
,

12 h
54 2 by Deck Watch
m
The error of the wa tch wa s
°
.

h
2 17 1 9 fast on G MT Find the Sun s declination the ’
m 8
. . .
,

equ ation of time the compas s bearing of the Sun at setting , ,

and the compass error .

N W
0 ° '

[ 8
1 N ; 6 .
m
8 8
to A T ;
. . . 17 18
40 6 W ]
° '
.

30 Find the length of the longest day at Oban ( lat

. .

A t Oban (lat 56 2 5 N long 5 3 1 W ) the

° ’ ’ ° ’
56 25
°
. . . .
,

S u n rose on a certain day at 1 2 3 5 by Deck Watch bearing

h m °
,

S . 2 7 30 E by comp a ss and set at 7 3 1 5 b y Deck Watch

° ’ h
.
,
m °
.

The error O f the watch was 3 2 1 1 6 fast on G MT Find

h m °
. . .

the S u n s declination the equation of tim e th e compass error

’

, , ,

and the compass bearin g of the Sun at setting .

° °

[17
h m
22 S ; 10 m
A T ; 19 52 ’
26 . 10 8
to . .

W .
; S 67 1 4 W ]
° '
. .

31Calculate to the nearest minu te the S MT of moonrise

. . . .

at the following places on the given dates Wou ld the Moo n be .

visible at these calc ul ated times ? G ive reasons

( a ) Lat 5 0 2 1 N long 3 35 W o Febr uary 4th ; 1 9 1 2
° ’ ° ’
. .
,
. . n .

/ ( b ) Lat 35 5 0 N long 1 4 50 E o J u ne 3r d 1 91 2
.
° ’
.
,
.
° ’
. n ,
.

( c) Lat 1 2 S long 1 7 8 W on December 2 7 th 1 91 2

° °
. . . . .
, ,

( d ) Lat 4 3 30 S lo g 1 7 6 E on J uly 3rd 1 91 2

° ’ °
. .
,
n . .
,
.

[( )
11
a 7 2m P . M .

h
( 6)
m
1 0 32 4 a n
0 1 0h 1 5m P ) I . .

(d) 7 48 P M ]
h m
. .
 1 71

Calculate to the nearest minu te the interval between

32 .

sunset and moonrise at the following places on the given

Lat 5 0 5 1 N long 5 E on J an uary 6th 1 91 2

° ’ °
. . .
. .
, ,

Lat 5 5 5 0 N long 1 W on September 2 8 th , 1 91 2

° ’ °
. . . .

Lat 33 56 S , long 1 8 30 E on M a rch 5th , 1 91 2

° ’ ° ’
. . . . .

Lat 30 S , long 7 5 30 W on A u gust 4th , 1 91 2

° ° ’
. . . . .

[( )
1]
a 2 2 9
( b) 2 5
m

n
( )
c l
( ) e 3
h 1 m
d .

Find approximately the tim e elapsing between the end

33 .
, ,

of twilight and moonr i s e on March 6th 1 91 2 in 50 20 N ° ’

, , ,

4 9 W [The ampl itu de table s may be u sed ]

° ’
.

w
[ ]
11
2 z o

Section 3 .

GR EA T CI R CL E S AI L I N G . COMPOSIT E SA I LIN G .

the initial course and the distance on the arc of the

from lat 32 N long 1 60 W to lat 46 N long
.
°
.
,
.
°
. .
°
.
,
.

° '

[N . 40 49

the distance saved by sailin g on the great circle

instead of on the rhu mb line from Easter 1 10 S .
’
.
,

1 0 9 2 6 W ) to Otago harbour ( 45 47 S 1 7 0 45
° ’ ° ’ ° ’
. .
,

[ 1 30 2 ]
Find the distance saved by steaming on the a re O f the
3 .

great circle m s tea d of on the rhu mb line h om lat 5 1 2 0 N

° ’
. .
, , ,

long 9 40 W O ff the F a s tn et to lat 4 6 40 N long 5 3 W

° ’ ° ’ °
. . . .
, , .
,
.

off Cape R ace .

Find the distance by great circle and the highest latitu de

4 .

l e ached in proceeding from lat 3 5 2 4 N

,
long 1 39 50 E to .
°
.
, .
° ’
.

la t 4 8 2 5 N long 1 2 4 VV
° ’ °
. . .
, .

[ 40 77 8 ; 45 N .
]
0

5 .Determine the distance on a great circle from 41 2 0 S ° ’

.
,

50 E to 33 1 S 7 1 40 W Find also the latitude of

° ’ ° ’ ° ’
1 74 . .
,
.

' ° '

[ 5 0 2 5 54 29 S .
]
 1 72

6 Find the difference in distance in steaming f rom Berm u da

° ’
.

( 32 30 N , 64 40 W ) to Madeira ( 32 30 N , 1 7 0 W ) on
° '
.
° ’ °
. .
" .

the parallel and great circle tracks ; a n d determ ine the ini
cou rse and highest latit ude reached on the great circle .

N 76 5 1 1; N ]
° ' °
. 39 E ; 34 . .

Find the init ial and final cou rses a n d the distance in
7 .

steaming on a great circle couis e from Port Otago New ,

Zealand ( 45 4 7 S 1 7 0 45 E ) to Callao ( 1 2 4 S
° ’
.
,
° ’
.
° '
.
,
° ’
77 1 4
[ S 6 5 4 5 E
.
° '
. N . 40
°
33 E
'
.

8 .steams on a great circle from lat 31 20 N

A S hip .
° ’
.
,

long . W ; her initial cou rs e is N 5 4 E ; find her

°
62 3 0 ’
. .
°
.

latitu de and longitu de and her cou rse when S he has steamed
2 00 miles .

[ 83
°
15
'
N 59
°
16
’
W N . W ] .

9 How long will it take a ship to steam at 1 4 5 knots on

.

the parallel from lat 1 1 2 2 N long 60 2 7 30 W to .

° ’
.
,
..
° ’
.

lat 1 1 2 2 N long 1 9 30 W ? How mu ch time wou ld she

.
° ’
.
° ’
.

save by employing the great circle track

[ 1 6 6 1 6 h u b ut 9 m i u t ]
°
o rs a o n es

1 0 What is the distance and the highest latitu de reached

.

on the great circle track j oining Call ao ( 1 2 4 S 7 7 8 W ) 0 ’

.
,
° ’
.

and Yokohama ( 35 2 6 N 1 39 39 E ) ° ’
.
,
° ’
.

m il 42 505 N ]
°
es .

1 1 Determine the initial cou rse distance and the latit u de

.
, ,

of the vertex in steaming on a great circle fr om Port Otago

( 4 5 4 7 S 1 7 0 4 5 E ) to C all ao ( 1 2 4 S 7 7 1 4 W )
° ’ ° ’ ° ’ ° ’

"
. .
, . .
,

[ S E 5 7 6 5 m i l 5 0 3 2 S ] . . es
°
.

1 2 Find the initial co u rse and d istan ce on the great circle

.

track j oining Honolul u ( 2 1 1 8 N 1 5 7 5 2 W ) and Hong ° ’

.
,
° ’
.

K ong ( 2 2 1 6 N 1 1 4 1 0 E ) '
° ° ’
.
, .

W m il
°
[ N 69 4 4 8 1 9 ] . es

1 3 A t noon on A pril 1 5 th a S hip was in lat 38 2 3 S ’

°
. . .
,

long 1 7 7 5 5 W and wished to reach Otago (45 4 7 S

.
° ’
.
° ’
.
,

1 7 0 4 5 E ) by abo u t 6 P M on A pril 1 6th Find her least

° ’
. . . .

average speed .

k t ] n o s

1 4 Determine the i n itial course and distance on a great

.

circle from Otago ( 45 47 [ S 1 7 0 50 E ) to Coqu imbo ° ’

.
,
° ’
.

( 2 9 5 6 S 7 1 24 W ) and al so the cou rse a n d d istance on the

"
° ’ ° ’
.
, .

rhu mb line
[8 . 5 04 E
°
N . 80 }
°
E

If two ships left Otago for Coqu imbo on Janu ary 1 0th at
local mean noon and steamed one on the great circle and the ,

other on the rhumb trac k each averaging 1 2 knots on the ,

passage what were the dates and local times of their arrivals
,

[ 4 P . M Ja n
. . 2 7 th 8 A . M J an . . 2 9 th .
]
 1 74

24 De term ine the distance from 34 50 S 2 0 0 E off

.
° ’
.
,
° ’
.
,

Cape A gulhas to A delaide (35 0 S 1 35 0 E ) on a composite

,
° ’
.
,
° ’
.

track n ot going further sou th than the parallel of

,

[ 5 3 1 3 5 m i l ]
-

es

Section 4 .

SMA LL E RR O R S .

In practice we consider a position line fo und by d eck

1 .

watch time and altit u de of a heavenly body to be independent

of any error in the assumed position G ive reasons for this and .

illu strate with a diagram .

In what circum stances will this assumption be un j u stifiable

2 Define G eo graphical Position of a Hea ven l y Body
. Find .

the Geographical Position of theiSu n when its centre is in the

”
horizon of an Observer at G reenwich ( 5 1 2 8 38 N ) on the ° ’
.

evening O f September 2 9th 1 91 2 ,

.

[2
°
s .
, 86
°
54 1 5
°
W ] .

What 1 s the geographical position O f a hea ven ly body ?

3 .

Find the geographical posit ion of J upiter on A pril 6th 1 91 2 at , ,

9 P M M T P i n longit u de 1 2 0 E
°
. . . . . .

'
W ]
° °

[ 2 1 s .
,
1 85 1 4 45 .

On May l s t 1 91 2 an observer has A n ta r es in his zenith

4 .
, , .

What will he find to be the true altitu de and t rue bearing of a

?

C en ta ur i
8 214 W
° '
]
°

[ 5 0 56 4 -
. .

From a S hip a lighthou se in lat 5 1 N bears N 2 6 E

5 . .
°
. .
°
.

the ship then runs N 58 E 1 0 miles when the lighthouse bears .

°
.
, ,

N 47 W The bearings and course are by compass the

.
°
.
,

error being 6 E In plotting the error is applied W instead

°
.
,
.

of E Find the errors in latitu d e and longitu de of the position

.

Obtained at the second b earing .

The ru n ( N 40 E true 5 2
6 . between the D R positions .
°
.
,
.

o f a s hip at
.
8 and A M was correctly worked by . .

Traverse Table and the resu lt obtained from obser ation s of

,
v

the Su n at those times were nearer Sun s T E N 74 E ,

’
. .
°

and 2 6 nearer Su n s T E N 1 4 E respectively In plotting

’
,
’
. . .
°
.
, .
,

the co ur se w a s laid o ff N 50 E true by mistake and the .

°
.

resu lting position at A M w a s lat 34 50 S long . . .

° '
.
.
,
.

1 1 3 46 E
°
Find the correct position and the D R position at
’
.
, .

' °
5 s 1 E ; 4 S 1 18 88 E .
]
7 observations of the Su n gave intercepts of 1 7
. Tw o
° ’

away Sun s T E S 7 5 E and 2 nearer Su n s T E S 1 2 E ;

,
’
. . .
°
.
,
’
,
’
. . .
°
.

and both were plotted from the second D R p osition giving a . .

,

resul t lat 35 20 N long 1 7 30 E The first sight was

.
° ’
.
° '
.
 1 75

carelessly plotted with S un s T E S 7 5 W ’

. . .
°
. Find the correct
position at the time of the second sight .

° ' °

[ 85 19 N .
, 17 24 4 E .
]
Two nearly S imultaneo us obser vations O f stars ga ve
8 .

intercepts nearer Star s T E S 60 E and 2 away Star s ,

’
. . .
°
.
,
’
,
’

T E S 2 0 W giving a res ult lat 4 2 4 5 N long 1 7 6 1 0 E

° ° ’ ° ’
. . . . . . .
,

The second in tercept had been plotted ea r er instead of a wa y n ,

.

Find the correct position .

[ 42
°
48 5 N
Nearly S imul taneo us O bservations of Rigel and R egulus
9 .

gave respectively intercepts of 3 5 away Star s T E S 1 5 5 W ° ’

,
’
. . .
°
.
,

nearer Star s T E S 5 9 E with a resulting position

,
’
. . .
°
.
,

lat 48 1 0 N long 20 1 5 W
.
° ’
.
,
.
° '
.

It was afterwards discovered that the TB of Regulus had .

been taken from the A zim u th Tables .

— —
D E C LI N ATI ON con tr a ry n a m e to LATIT UDE .

Obtain the correct bearing of R egul us the D R position a n d ,

. .
,

the correct observed posit ion .

[ S 7.5 1
,
9
E N -
8 N
'

20
°
W ] .

10 stars were observed nearly simul taneou sly and the

. Tw o
observations worked ou t by u sing the height of eye ( 1 9 feet ) for
the u pper deck instead of the upper bridge ( 38 feet ) The
, .

true bearings of the stars were N 84 E and S 40 E If the .

°
. .
°
.

position thus obtained w a s lat 3 30 N long 2 6 1 5 W .

’
.
,
.
° ’
.
,

find the errors in latitu de and longitu de d ue to the mistake .

“ '

[ 45 s .
, 2 20 E .
]
careless Observer in lat 42 30 N took the Su n s
1 1 . A ,
.
° ’
.
’

altit u de at abo u t 8 4 5 A M with the sextant inclined at an . . .

angle of 4 to the vertical A fter applying the us ual corrections

°
.

the tru e altitu de u sed was 2 1 2 3 and the S un s declinatio n was ° ’ ’

10 15 S What error w a s caus ed in the calcul a ted longitu de

° '
.

by the faul ty Observation and m which dir ection ? ,

'
[4 45 too f a r E .
]
On a certain evening in D R lat 40 3 N long 5 1 6 E
12 .
,
.
° ’
.
, .
° ’
.

nearly simul taneous observations of stars were made by an

experienced observer which when correctly worked gave the , , ,

(1 ) S 8 65 E nearer Star s ,
’
TE . . .
°

( 2) North .

( 3) S 82 W .
°
.

(4 ) S 1 63 W .
°
.

4 ( 5) S 55 E ’
.
°
.

S uggest an explanation ( other than instrumental errors) a n d ,

obtain the probable position O f the ship .

What instrumental errors and what error in Observing wo uld , ,

prod uce resu lts similar in direction ? ° ' °

[ 4 0 3 N .
,
5 15 7 E .
]
 1 76

The S u n s declination b eing 1 4 1 0 30 N a observa

13 .
’ ° ’ ”
.
,
n

tion taken in the artificial horizon in lat 2 2 1 7 N long

,
.
° ’
.
,
.

1 1 4 9 1 5 E gave the S A T to be 8 1 5 36 A M and the

” ° ’ h m 8
. . .
, .
,

error of the chr onometer 5 40h

S lo w on mea n time at ,
m

place The i n dex error ( I 30

. was applied the wrong way ' ’
.

Find the correct error of the chronometer on M T P and on . . .

G . MT . .

l 1 5 6 32 f t ] [ 5 h
4 m
0 5 3
s ow
h 11 1 °
as .

1 4 Two stars were obser ved on bearings N 80 E and

°
. . .

S 1 5 E and gave intercepts 2 away and 1 5 nearer

.
°
.
,
'
,
'
,

respectively The p osition obtained was lat 35 40 N long

. .
° ’
.
,
.

1 5 49 E
°
It was fo und afterwar ds that the D W error u sed in
’
. . .

each case had been 0 0 8 fast i n stead of 0 0 8 S low Find

h h m °
,
m °
.

the correct position .

° ' '
[
°
3 5 40 N , 1 5 . 45 E .
]
The position lat 47 2 5 N long 1 7 28 W was
15 . .
° ’
.
, .
° ’
.

obtained from two observations of the S un on bearings S 7 5 E .

°
.

and S 1 0 E and the intercepts were 4 away and 2 away

.
°
.
,
’
,
’

respectively In working the first observation the D W error

. . .

had been read 0 5 34 fast instead of o 5 2 4 fast Find

h h In °
,
m °
.

the correct position at the time of the secon d Observation .

W ]
°

[ 7
°
4 N .
, 17 .

1 6 The position obta ined at

. A M by observations of . .

the Sun w a s lat 25 ’ 1 9 S , long° 65 1 6 E Th e intercepts

° ’ ° ’
. . . .

were °3 nearer , S un s T E S 86 E , and 1 away , S un s T B

’ ’
. . . .
’

N 1 5 E The latit ude not agreeing with that b y meri di an

. .

altitu de it was suspected that the D W had been read ( at the . .

second S ight ) 8 h
instead of 8 3
h
A ss u ming this m

m istake to have been made find the correct position a t ,

-

A M .

[25 S

In meas uring a dista nce on a chart in latitu de 5 3 N

17 .
°
.

an error of was made thro ugh u sing the scale of

longitu de instead of that of latitu de R equ ired the correct
'

.
,

il ] m es

1 8 The O b s alts o f Sun were read off 1 0 too great at two

’
. . .

distinct observations Find the error in m agnit u de and .

direction in position of ship The intercepts were both z ero and .

the bearings S 8 6 E and S 42 E .

°
. .
°
.

m il S 6 5 E fr m tru p iti
°
] es . . o e os on .

1 9 Fin d an expression for the error in calc ulated Z D

. . .

resulting from a small error in the Ho u r A ngle Is the .

res ulting error of greater or less magnitu de than the original

error
In latitu de 40 N an error of 1 5 is made in the HA the °
.
°
.

Sun s true bearing is S 60 E Find the error in Z D by the

’
.
°
. . .

Traverse Table or other wise .

[ 2 5 m il ] es
 1 78

The d eck belo w a s tandard compass is s uppor ted by two

fore and aft mild s teel girders on e on each side
-

,
.

Sketch generally the nat ure of the deviation prod uced in

England .

9 If the girders in Q u estion 8 are athwartship give the

.
,

general nature of the deviations .

1 0 If the deviatio n s are small the deviation on any compass

.
,

course <1) is given by

The following deviations were Observed

10 S °
. 8
°

SW
° °
N E . . 6 . . 9
E . 3
°
W . 5
°

SE
° °
. . 2 5
Find the coefficients A ,
B C , ,
D, and E, and determine the
deviation on N 60 E .
°
.

[ , W ]
° '
0 3 1 5 20 .

11 Which of the above coefficients wo uld y ou expect to be

.

red uced after correction by

( 1 ) horizont al permanent magnets
( 2 ) soft iron spheres
What error is corrected by permanent magnets placed
“

verticall y below the centre of the compass

1 2 A compass needl e is deflected 1 0 degrees by a magnet
.

placed end on du e E of the centre of the needle The compass

,
. .

needle is the n sur roun ded by a hollow cylin der of iron the ,

magn et remaining outside What is the deflection ? .

[ 0 d gr
1 ] e ees

1 3 A single wire conveying a c u rrent of electricity fro m

.

starboard to port runs horizontally below the centre of the

comp a ss needle Sketch roughl y the de viations produ ced on
.

vario us co u rses .

1 4 Of what natu re is the magnetic field prod uced by a

.

current in a straight cond u ctor

A n electric light lead conveying a c ur rent f rom starbo ard to
-

port passes above a c ompass needl e what will be the direction

,

of the error prod uced when the ship s head is E

’
.

[ W t ly ] es er .

1 5 A c urrent of electricity flows up a vertical cond uc to r

. .

How w ill a compass needle placed first d ue North secondly due , , , ,

East of the wire be a ff ec ted

,

1 6 A n electric c u rrent is flowing along a wire

. G iven a .

small compass needle how will y ou find the direction of the ,

cur ren t flow if the wire be ( a ) hori z ontal (6) vertica l ( c) co iled
-

, ,

in a horizontal circular hank

 1 79

17 G ive
examples of magnetic screening Will the compass .
°

error produced by a ship s magnetis m be affected by su rro unding ’

.

the needle with a n iron bo wl ?

Will a copper condu cto r conveying a given c urrent have the
same e ffect on the compass if the conductor rs placed m an iron
t ube ? G ive reasons for yo ur answers .

18 Define.
I n d uction Lines of Force Line of , ,

Total Force What part of the ship s magnetism do the sphere s

.
” ’

19 If the period of a card was 2 2 at G lasgow (hor force

. .

what would y ou expect it to be at the Equator m long 5 E .

°
.

(h or. force 1
How do y ou find a period of a card Why is it di ff erent at
two places which differ in magnetic l atitu de
s ec s ]
20 How do y ou stow compass cards ? How do y ou know
.

i n the dark if the Tho m son s cards are stowed correctly

’

2 1 You tak e the bearing of a n object by the Pel or us and

.

find it is N 60 W The ship s head was N 60 E ( magu ) as

.
°
.
’
.
°
. .

set on the P elor us The helmsman was 5 to Starb of his .

°
.

co urse Wh at was the correct bea ring

.

[N 55
°
W ] .

22 What are the chief causes of Heeling Error

.
9
i
Describe the Observations n ade with the H E I on board . . .
,

s upposing the nu m b er of scale divisions on Shore was 29 and

the S hip s m ultiplier; at that compass p os rtion 11 3 8 8
’
7
‘

2 3 In a S hip b u ilt head N E in England the maximu m

. . .
,

e ffect d u e to this w a s als othe maximum effect d ue to vert .

soft ron is
1

What w ill b e the dev iation on N W at Bom bay d ue to thes e

' '

. .

—
England Her Force V ert F Orce,
-

1 0 3
°

. . . .
,

Bombay 2 0
°

]
°
[ 5
3 E .

24 nalyse the following d eviation table and state

. A , the
correctors y ou wou ld us e to correct the coefficients
8 W S °
. .

4 °

E . S W
8 E . W .

7 E .

[O ,

25 . The S un s true bearing was ’

. N 79 E .
-
°
. an comp bearing
d .

,
N 81 E
.
°
The variation was 6 W
.
°
. What rs the D eviati on ?

U 57 77 .
 1 80
i

,
26 . is properly and acc uratel ycorrected for Semi
A s hip
circ ular deviation in England Wo uld y ou expect any alteratio n
'
°
.

on change of magnetic lat .

Explain your answer .

2 7 Wha t is the e ffect of s ub permanent mag n etis m if n ot

i

-
.

allowed for P ‘

2 8 Why is rt that 1 11 a m od ern S hip which does n ot u s ually

’

.
,

have a steady heel it is necessary to correct the heeling error

,

2 9 Explain what y ou u n d eis ta n d by ind uction in soft iron

.
'
.

Sh ow by di agrams the e ffect of ind uction in sof t iron spheres .

( a ) at a place o n the mag u eq u ator ; ( b) at a place in N Hemi . .

sphere where dip is

3 0 Describe with aid of a fig ure the constr uctio n of 8
.
, ,

Liqu id C ompass What are the different S izes of Liquid Com

.

passes supplied ?
3 1 Wha t do y ou understand by the
. Perio d of a Card ?
Why are K elvin s cards made With a period of 30 se cs at
’
.

G lasgow ?
What would be the period of a card at Malta
[Hon force at Glasgow 9 hO r force at Malta 1 ,
.
,

s ec s ]
32 Wha t pre cau tions are necessary as re gards th e stowage
.

of compass gear ?
3 3 W hy is it s o important to keep the correcting magnets
.

as low down as possible in the binnacle ?

3 4 Wh a t wo ul d a real coefficient A and E be ca u se d by
.

3 5 Describe h o w y ou wo u ld correct yo ur Heelin g Error

. .
o

36 Wha t is semicirc ular deviation what is it cau sed by

.

and how does it vary ?

3 7 HO W wo u ld yo ur deviation change on change of magnetic
.

latit u de if due to ,

( a ) hard iron
( b) vert soft iron
’

( c) hor soft iron .

3 8 I f the combined effects of B and C c a use a m a xim um

.

deviation on N N E of 1 0 E in a shi p bu ilt in the N Hemi

, ,

°
. . . . .

sphere w hat w a s the direction of ship s head when b u ilding

,
’

39Define . N atural m a gnet ,

” “
A rtificial m agnet
’

Explain th e p ro cess O f making an artifici al m agne t b y the

divided tou ch method .
 1 82

52; A t a steering compass the following deviations wer e ,

observed
N . 5 E
°
. E . 10 E
°
. S 4E .
°
.

NE . 8 E . S E
’
. 8 E . S W 2 E . . .

Find the approxi mate coefficients .

How would you allow for or correct each ?

0, ~
25

53 Explain why
. the sp heres help to correct that portion of
the Heeling Error which is caused by vertical ind u ctio n in
horizontal soft 1 ron .

5 4 . If the p riod of an compass card rs 2 6 secs at G reen

e .

ch what wi l l i t be at Hongkong where H is 2 0 and at °

.
, , ,

Sou th G eorgia ( 55 Where H i s 1 4 °

.
‘

s ec s . s ees
]
55 houl d compass cards b estowed ? G ive the two
. How S

most likely cau ses which wo uld res ult in the needles losin g
their magnetism when stowed away .

5 6 In recently b u ilt battleships the compass in the l ower

.
,

control pos i tion is n ear to and immediately un der the bottom , ,

o f the arm oured t ube W hat correctors do y ou have to place .

on this acco u nt say at P01 ts m ou th and why ?

, , ,

5 7 Des crib e w ith s k etch es wha t magnetism a horizontal

.
, , , .
.

soft iron bar lying m the direction of the magnetic meridian

will have
( a ) N Magnetic P ole .

( b) Equ ator
( 6 ) 50 S lat
°
. .

5 8 What is th e _ u s e of th e P elor us and what a re the ‘

.
, ,

essential conditions to be O b s erved when u s in g it ’

5 9 You wish to place the ship s head N E magn eti c ;

’
. . .

Describe how y ou will d o s e by means of the azimu th mirror at

a Standard Compass having found that the true bearing of Sun ,

wa s S 70 E V ar 1 8 W
° °
. . .
.
,

6 0 A ship W as b uilt S E in Engla n d and her maximu m

' '

. . .
,

deviation d ue to permanent magnetism was 1 0 in England °

.

What deviat ion Will Sh e have due to permanent magnet ism on

N E at Gibraltar ?
. .

° '

[ 7 35 E .
]
61 What are the cau ses Of heeling error ? How are they
.

corrected
If c los ely c orrec ted in England would y ou exp ect it to ‘

change on c hange O f ge ographical position G ive reasons '

A S hip being swu ng for deviation with a c onstant h eel the

’

heeling error being uncor rected w hat effect will it h ave on h er ,

deviation table
 1 83

State
62 . the order of placing correctors at a Compass .

G ive reasons .

63What is Q uadrantal Deviation caused by ? What is the

.

u s ual S ign and w hy ? ,

If you had a qu adrantal deviation of 1 in England °

,

wou ld i t change on change of geographica l position ? G ive

reasons .

64 ll the methods of finding the magneti cbear ng of

G ive a i

a distant object y ou wish to swing by State what distance it .

Should be away from y ou to give a satisfactory resu lt .

Define
65 Magnetic Meridian
. Magnetic 0 ,
” “
E qu ator ,

Line of Total Force Period of a Card ,

”
.

66 . Show by S ketches the distribu tion of magnetism in

( a ) A ship b u ilt head East at Portsmou th .

( ) A Ship b uilt head Wes t at Cape Town

0 -

If the period of a compass card at Glasgow s 308

67 . r ,

where H is 9 What will be the period of the same card at

-

.
,

Singapore where H is 2 1 ; and at a place where the d p S .

-
r 1

60 and Z
°
.

s ec s ; s ees
]
The foll ow in g ob s erva tion s were ade when swingi n g
’

68 . m
ship by distant object
Ship H d G B f O bj t S hip Hea d t
’
GB of O b j ec
’
s ea . . o ec . s . . .

N 7 5 00 I V .
° ’
. N 7 5 00 \V .
° ’
.

NE N 67 2 0 l V . . . S IV N 72 1 0 W
. . . .

E N 69 1 0 W . . W N 61 1 0 WV . . .

SE N 67 20 W NW N 6 7 30 W
'

. . . . . . .

Find the deviation on the 8 points How wou ld each be

.

corrected ?
69 State the order for applying the correctors to a comp a ss
.
,

an d give f ully the reasons for adopting this order ;

.

What r ules .
mu st be to . when app lying
correctors ?
What wou ld be the e ffect on a compass u nder the
70 .

follow ing conditions

( ) If heading N for a length of time then s u ddenly altering
a .
,

co to E 9 .

( )
b If heading E for a length of time then s u ddenly altering .
,

c o to S 7
‘

Wh at Steps would be taken in each case

‘
 1 84

71 It has bee n found nec essary to s teer by the compass in

.

the after l ower steering posi tion A fter close correction on the .

cardinal points and the applicatio n of 1 2 spheres to this

,
”

compass there still remains 4 of qu adrantal deviation °

"
. .
,

ship s head being N E by compass y ou alter co se to S by

’
ur .E .
,
. .

compass ( pa ssin g through East ) Through what a re of the

°

horizon wi ll the ship s head have passed ? ’

72 compass was place d in a binn acle on S hore where the

. A
Earth s HF w a s 1 0 A hor izontal magnet fixed 2 0 feet below
’ '

. .
,

the compass caused 3 degrees of deflection of the card A pair

,
.

of soft iron S pheres sec ured on the brackets cau sed 6 degrees
, ,

of deflection Withou t m ovin g either magnet or spheres the

.
’

compass and binnacle were carried on board ship where the ,

HF was only 0 3 How mu ch deflection of the card wo uld the

.
°

magnet n ow cause and how much the spheres ? ,

73 Define . Natural magnets A r tificial magnets ,

”
.

Explain h ow the latter are made .

You wish to rn a gn etis e a bar A B by the method known a s

divided tou ch so as to make A a red pole How will y ou
,
.

proceed ?
7 4 What are the principles of the mechanical correction
.

of a compass ? In What order are the correctors applied and ,

w hy ?

75 What do y ou u nderstan d by qu adranta l error what

.
,

cau ses it and how is it corrected

,

7 6 What are the principal ca u ses of heeling error ? How

.

does the effect of each change on change of geograp hical

position What noticeable e ffect wo ul d there be at a compas s
where the H E had not been corrected

7 7 Having fo u nd at Spithead 1 4 and D °

. B
the S hip then goes to Capetown the correctors n ot ,

being moved and B is fo un d to be

,
How will B ” “ ”

be corrected ? A 9 .

78 G iven —.A B 0 D
what will be your deviation on NN E . . .

E .
]
How woul d y ou find ou t if there w a s any perm anent
.

79 .

m agnetism in yo u r Flinder s bar ? If y ou had any how wou ld ’

y ou remove it ?
80 . Describe how y ou wo uld find the V ariation at sea “

81 . How wo uld y ou proceed to t est an azimu th m irror ?

 1 86

f deviatio ns fro mth e foll ow in g observa

Make a table o
’

85 .

tions with the Standard Compass and find the approximate ,

coefficients
Ship s Head Comp Erg Sun
’
Tr ue Erg S un
. . . . . .

89 E S .
°
. N 78 .
°
E
_
.

N 85 3°0 E N 79
.

E
° ’
. . . .

N 85 E . . N 80. E .

N 8 7 3°0 E
°
.
’
. N 81. E .

N 89 E . . N 82. E .

S 8 7 30 E
°
.
’
. N 83. E .

S 81 E
°
. . N 84. E .

S 8 5 30 E
°
.
’
. N 77. E .

[ ,
o 2

86 What is the ob j ect in analysing

. a deviation table and ,

in what order sho uld the correctors be pla ced ? Give rea s on s
’

8 7 G ive a short description of the principal di fferences

.

between the old Standard compass ( Thomson s and the ’

n ew standard n ow adopted for u s e in H M Navy ( the Chetwynd .

Clark ) .

8 8 By means of the foll o

. wing Deviation Table calculate
the valu es of the coefficients A B C D an d E , , , ,

D i ti f S hip
r ec on o
’
s
H d ea

0 W
'
s . .

sw 0 w
° '
. 7 .

w . 8 50 W
° '
.

NW 4 50 w
° '
. . .

[ ,
o 3

89 The follow1 n g deviations were taken of a compass with

.

s pheres in pl a ce Const ruct a curv e Horizontal scale 3 °

. 1 .
,

V ertical Scale 1 4 points , .

N M0s . '

N E . . O 0 a o
c

E . M 0s
SE H0 0 a
: 1

S . M 0a
SW
. . O c0 s
c

W . N 0 s
N \V
. . Mu 0 e :

90
: ( a ) Ded u ce the approximat e coe fficients from the
table in precedin g qu estion
.

d ev1 a tl on .

S ta te briefly how y ou wo uld co rr ect th e devia tion du e'

'
to
each coefficient .

[ o, — 1 + 1
 1 87 °

91 ( a ) “That are the ca u ses o f heeli nger ror ?

.

( b) What t y pe of de viation does it cause and on what points

has it a maximum effect an d m i n imu m

the arrangement in a Lo rd . K elvin compass to

obviate the effect of vibration

T I DE Q U ES TI O N S .

1 water at 8 A H
. Ic w So u nding 6 fa thoms . .
,
.

High water a t 2 P M .

Springs rise 20 feet R edu ce these to and .

comp u te the red uction to be applied to a; so unding taken at

'

9
f t 1 75 f t 3gf t th r d u ti n ] [ 5
2 ee ,
“

ee , ee a re e e c o s

2 A tide pole registered 4 feet at 1 0 A H

.
-
and . .
'

2 0 feet at 4 R M Springs rise 2 2 feet Find the c orrec

. .

tions to be applied to soundings of 4 4 fatho m s a n d 6 fathoms

taken at A M and 2 R M respectively . . .

5 ft 4 i 15 f t ] . n s . ee .

3 A tide pole shows 4 feet at 9 A M and 2 0 feet a t

'

-
. .
,

P M .
Springs rise 2 6 feet Find the reading of the
. . .

tide pole c orresponding to

-
and the redu ctio n to be
applied to a sou nding of 3 fathoms taken at 1 1 A M . .

1 f t ; 8 f t wi ) oo . n s .

4 A tide pole at L \V ( 7 A M ) shows 6 feet and 2 0 feet at

‘

-
. . . . .

H W (1
. . Spr ings rise 20 feet How will the following .

so undings appear on the chart i -

8 A M . . 6 fathoms .

A . M . 4
Noon lé
d i 7f t] [ 5 f m
'

s . 2 fm s . r es ee .

5 A t sh ip it was L W at 8 A H with a depth alongside of

. . . . .
,

fathoms ; and E NV at 2 P M with a depth of 1 2 fathoms

'

. . .
,
.
‘

1 6 feet Find the red uction to be applied to “

‘

in the neighbourhood at 9 A M a n d Noo n ,

.
'

[ 2 ft 1 0 i 11 f t ] . n s. ee .
 i ss

7 A t 1 0 A M ( H W ) a tide pole s howed 2 6 feet , and at

. . H

4 P M ( L W 1 0 feet
. .
Sprin gs rise 22 feet Constru ct a table
. . . .

s howing the red u ctio n to b e applied to so u ndings for each

half ho ur from 1 0 A M to 4 P M
-
. . . .

The depth of water on the b a r at the entrance to a

8 .

ha rbo u r at low water spri ngs is 1 0 ft 6 ms The spring range . .

is 2 2 feet and a certain tide rises 1 7 ft 6 ins If the time of

,
. .

high water is 1 0 5 1 m A M find the depth of w ater on the bar a t

h
. .
,

9 A M .

[2 5 ft . 3 in s .
]
9Douglas s prin gs rise 23 feet above the level to which
. At ,
'

Sou ndings are red uced on the Chart Spring range 2 1 feet . .

What water will there be over a 3 fathom patch at -

[ 2 0 f t ] ee .

1 0 With a re gular tide r ising 1 8 feet how mu ch ( ro u ghl y )

.
,

w ill it rise d u ring the 2 n d ho u r of the flood

[ 3 f t ] ee .

1 1 Constru ct a diagram for a tide that rises 4 1; ho u rs whose

.
3 ,

Mean Spring R ange is 8 ft 6 in s and from it find the depth .

,

of water above at 1 % ho urs from High Water on a day

when the tide rises 1 3 ft 6 ins . .

[11 ft 1 0 in
. s
]
12 the terms . Explain
V ulgar E stablishme n t of the
Port Priming and Lagging of the Tides
,
” “
Semi—mens ual ,
” “

Ine quality W hat is the u su al approximate relation between

.
”

the heights of spring and neap tides at a given place

1 3 Dra w a d iagram on the scale of 1 inch
. 5 feet to , ,

show the depth of w ater at any time for a six hour tide whose -

range is 22 feet spring rise 28 feet ; depth of water at ,

5 feet Show that for a S ix hou r tide the correction to be applied

.
-

to mean tide level is range of tide cosine ( twice time

interval from
1 4 H W F and C at A u ckland New Zealand ( long 1 7 5 E )
°
. . . . . .
,

is 7 32
h
Determine approximately the time of H V on the
m
.
V
.

evening of December 1 2 th 1 91 2 ,
.

[9 ]
h m
50 PA L

15 . De fine the terms : Lu nitidal Interval ,

”
and

The least water marked on the chart in a certain ch annel is

19; fathoms I t is high water at 2 1 6 P M and the height
h
.
m
. .
,

of the tide by the ta bles is 1 3 feet and half S pring range ,

7 ft 9 ins . Find the least depth of water at 5 PM

. .

[16 f t J
%
ee .

1 6 A t 6 A M the tide pole at L W showed 1 0 feet and a t

. . .
-
. .
,

n oon at H W 2 0 feet
,
Springs rise 1 9 feet Calcu late the
. .
,
. .

red u ctions to be made to sou ndings at

ho ur for insertion on a chart .
 1 90

V ariation 25 W
°
.

A chill Head [5 3 5 8 N , I O 1 5 W ] bore by com

° ’ ° ’
P . M . . .

pass N 22 E , dis ta n t 8 m il es ; Deviation , 3 W

1 °
.
°

Set cou rse by° compass N 2 8 W °

knots ; .

Deviation , 3 W .

PM . A l tered co urse East , 1 5 k n ots ; Deviation , 5 1 E .

A l tered co urse N 8 W , 1 4 kno ts ; Deviation ,

°
A . M . . .

3 W .

M A l tered cours e S 6 7 E , 1 4 knots ; Deviation , 5 E

° °
A . . . .

A llow for a c urrent setting ES E ( Magnetic ) at 1% knots '

after A M .

[ 5 5
°
N . 8
°
9
'
W ] .

4 On November 1 5 th at 5 P M Longships Light ( 50 4 N

.
,
.
° ”
°
5 45 W ) bore by compass S 30
’
. d istant 6 miles Ship s .
°
.
’

Head S 40 W by compass
,
.
°
. .

N ov 1 5 th : .

5 PM Set C S 40 W V ariation , 1 8 W Deviation ,

Q ° °
. . . .

2 W Speed 1 3 knots
°
. .
,

A ltered C ” N 89 W ; V ariation , 1 8 W ;
° °
7 RM . . . .

Deviation , 3 W Speed 1 3 knots

°
.
, .

1 1 PM A l tered C D
S 3 E ; V ariation
°
. \V ; . .
, .

Deviation , 1 ? W Speed , 1 2 knots . .

S Al tered ariation 1 7 8 YV ; S ° °
M Q
A . . C . 73 E . V ,
.

Deviation E Speed 1 3 knots ,

.
, ,
.

M A ltered C N 8 1 E V ariation 1 7 W ; ° °
6 A . .
51
. .
,
.

Deviation 2 E Speed 1 4 knots ,

°
.
, ,
1
.

[From 11 PM to 3 A M there w a s a 2 4 knot c u rrent to the

. .

NN E
. . .

Work the Position at November 1 6 th

.

up DR . 9 A M . on .

[ 49
°
N 4
°
5 0; W ] .

A t noon a S hip wa s steaming S 5 3 E , 2 0 knots , and a

°
5 .

3 1 N 7 6 5 7 E ) w a s 0 11 the port
.

point of land ( 8
° ’ ° ’
,
. beam ,

distant She th en steamed as follows :

Ti m e . C mp o D i ti V i ti
as s ev a on . ar a on . S pee d . Rem a rk s .

C our s e .

Noon S 53 E 5 W W 2 0 knots
° ° °
. . . 1 . .

Midnight . N . 81 E
°
. 2 E
°
1
°
W . 2 0 knots . A l tered
co urse .

A ltered
”m u s e
and 1
°
E 1
°
W . 21 knots ,

speed .

Find by tr averse table the D R position at no on allowi n g . .

,

for a c u rrent setting East ( tru e ) 1 knot from noon till 6 A M . .

3 7; E
°
41 5 N ]
°

[8 .
, 82 .
 1 91

6 . Work up DR . ., position at M
P . from the following
notes
Set C by com p a s s S 60 W 1 0 knots ; Deviation ,
0 °
A . M . . .
,

3 5 0 E ; V a riation , 5 1 5 W
° ’ ° ’

Casuarina Point Light , °33 1 9 S 1 1 5 39 E

. .

° ’ ’
M
°
A . . .

S 30 E distant 8
'
. .

a /o N W , 1 2 knots ; Deviation 1 40 E
0

° ’
A . M . . . V ar , .

ia tion 5 1 0 W
° ’ ’

Noon . a /c \V 1 2 % knots Deviation , 3 E

.
,
°
V ariation .
,

5 10 W
° ’
.

o S , 1 2 ;knots ; D eviation 0 30 E V ariation ,

'
PM a/
°
.
. .
,

5 5 W
° ’
'

Al low .
for a c urrent 2% knots SE . .
( Mag n etic) the whole time .

7; S 1 1; E
° °
[ 34 1 15 .
]

[Start Point is in 5 0 1 3 N 3 38 W ]
° ’ ° ’
.

PM Set C \V I 2 knots ; Deviation 3 E

fl °
. . .
,

PM Sighted Start Pt Light 3 points on Starboard Bow

. .
,

distant
Midnight A ltered C \V S VV 1 5 knots ; Deviation 2 E
!1
. . . .
, ,
°
.
‘

AM R ed u ced speed to 1 2 knots

. .

A ltered C So u th 1 5 kn ots
fl
Deviation 1 E °
A M
'

.
, ,
. .

8 30 A : M Took Sights
'

. . .

Estimate a c urrent setting E ( Magnetic ) at 2 knots rom

P M to Midn ight and at 1 knot from Midnight to 1 0 A M f
.

6 . .
, . .

Work up D R for Sights . . .

aag N W ]
° °

[48
’
-
.
, 5 10 .

F m d the Course a nd D i
stance in th e foll o w mg cases
'

From the F a stn ( 5 1 23

° ’
N , 9 36
° ’
W ) to Cape R ace
’

8 et
"
. . . .

'
( 4 6 39 N
° °
.
,
53 4
[ S 8 0 4 .
°
W .

F r om BiS hO p R ock 53 N W ) to Barbados

’ ’
( 49
° °
9 6 25
'

. .
, .

N , 59 2 5 W )
° '
. .

W
°

[ S 5 0 . .
;

stone ( 50 ’
N ’
W ) to Madeira
° °
10 4 16 . -

[S . 2 74
°
w

1 1 F 1 om Mal t8 ( 3
r

' -
‘
.

' '
(
° °
3 1 1 2 N ,
2 9 5 1 .

[ S 8 9 4 n .
; 816 ]

[S . 49 5
°
2 398 ]
 41 92

Fro m
"

13 G uarda fu i N 51
°
16
'(
Eln a C olombo
‘

. .
,
’ '
7 9 51 E ) ,
° °
(6 56 N .
,
°

[ S 8 0 . E .

Fro m Honolu lu ( 2 1
14 .
°
18
’
N 1 57
°
39
’
W ) to San .

F ra n cisco ( 3 7 4 8 N 1 22 2 5
° ' ° ’

[N
.
,

61; E ;
°
.

15 . From Callao ° ’
(12 4 S ,
77 9
° ’
W ) to Coquimbo ( 2 9 5 5
.
° ’

, S ,
°
71 21
’
W .

°
[S . 16 3 E ; 1 1 19
.
]
1 6 From A
. cap ulc o (1 6 °
50
’
N .
, 99
°
57 W )
’
. to Payta ( 5 °
o
’

S 81 6 W )
° ’
.
,
°

[ S 1 0 .
-
1
E ; 1 72 6 ]
The divisions on the scale of a barometer represent 0 5
1 7
of an inch Twenty five divisions on the vernier are equ al to
.
-

twenty— fou r on the scale What is th e accuracy of re ading ? “

00 2 i h ] n c .

'

1 8 The a re of a sextant is divided to

. and the length of
the vernier which is divided in to 40 equ al parts is equ al to
, ,

7 9 a re divisions Find the accu racy of reading . .

[ 1 5 l
If the perpendicular distance from the centre of the
19 .

index glass of a sextant to the line of collim ation I S 1 5 inches ,

what 1 8 the S hortest permissible distance of an ob j ect ( observed

for index e rr or) so that the i n dex error may be correct within
”
10
rl y ] [ 8 60 y a rd s , n ea

2 0 Nearly S imultaneo us meridian altitu des of Ma r k a b ( dec

. .

1 4 4 1 36 N ) and D ubhe ( dec 62 1 5 4 0 N ) were observed

° ” ’ ” ° ’
. . .

in the same artificial horizon and were 7 7 7 5 0 and 7 6 56

”
,
° ’

0
”
respecti vel D ubhe being below the N pole Find the y ,
. .

latitude and the error of the sextant .

° ’ '
[ 66 1O N ; . 2 13 ]
line of collimation of a Sextant is inclined at an
21 . Th e
angle a to the plan e of the instr ument Prove that when the
’
. .

sextant reads 90 the error du e to collimation 1 s g1 ven 1 n m i nu tes

°

by 1 tan an 1 8 this additive or s u b tractive to the

’
S in .

sextant reading ? If a = 7 1 0 an d at
”
find the error '

of collimation .

22 . If with the above n ota tion

'

a 40
’
and a: 1 26
°

[ 1 26
° '
29

23
If the angle read off is 1 04 1 5 2 0 and the true angle ° ’
.

is find the inclination of the line of colli m ation to

’
1 04 1 2 5 2
° ”

the plane the sextant

of .

° '
[ 1 21 45 J
 1 94

to bear N 1 6 E magnetic and to be 5 miles distant fro m the

.
°
.
,

S hip Find the set and drift of the c urrent experienced ; also
.

the Ship s magnetic course to the port V ariatio n 1 6 W

’
.
,
°
.

[ N 6 E k t N 8 5 E J .
°
. n o s . .
°
.

8 A ship runs a meas ured mile

. feet ) with the tide
in 2 5 1 5 and a gain st the tide in 3
In '
9
Find the speed of
,
'

the ship and the rate of the tide .

[ 1 8§ k t 2 ? k t J
1
n o s n o s.

9 A S hip ran a meas ured mile in 3 50 with the tide and

.
m °
,

in 4 35 against the tide Find S peed of S hip and rate of

m °
.

tide .

k t ; k t J n o s n o s .

1 0 F ind the latit u de and longit u de arrived at afte rsteaming

.

N W for 24 ho u rs at 1 1 knots from 4 1 7 N 61 1 2 W

° ’ ° ’
. . . .
, ,

t hrough a c urrent settin g E N E 2 2 knots . . . .

[ 44 3 7 N ;
°
64
'
.
°
11
'
W ] .

From a ship steamin g N by E at 1 2 2 knots a light

1 1 . . .

ship bore N d istant 6 miles Half an hou r later it bore .

E b y S distant 2 2 5 miles Find the set and drift of the tide

‘

.
, .
,

and the cou rse and distance made good .

[ W 2 2 k t ; N 1 W 5 8 8 m il J .
,
n o s .
°
es .

1 2 Tw o ships A and B in line abreast 5 cables apart are

.
, , , ,

steering north at 1 3 knots A headland bears simu ltaneously .

.
'

N 3 5 E from A and N 2 4 E from B Fifteen m in utes later

.
°
. .
°
. .

it bears S 61 E from A and S 5 2 E from B Find b y

.
°
.
, .
°
. .
-

protra ction the set and drift of the c urrent

'

[S . 47
°
W . 1 7 kn
-
ot .
J
13 . From a beacon
hore a lightho use bears S 85 E on
“

S .
°
.
,

4 miles At 11 1
AM the beacon bore from the ship
'

1
. . ,

S 60 W and the lighthouse S 2 5 E A fter steaming S 2 6 W

.
°
. .
°
. .
°
.

at 1 2 kn ots u ntil 1 1 30 the beacon bore N 2 3 W and the

1 1 m
.
°
.

lighthouse N 35 E Determine the set and rate of the tide .

°
.
.
.

A ll bearings and the co u rse are tru e .

J
°

[ S 8 5 E . . kn o ts .

On June l s t 1 91 2 a ship w a s in lat 5 N and there

14 .
, ,
.
°
.
,

w a s a curr ent setting b u t of unknown strength .

On what bearing wo uld y ou take the Su n in the afternoon so

ltha t the fix obtained fr om a later observation wo u ld be p ra c
tically u naffected b y the c u rrent Il l u strate you r reasons by a
sk etch .

\ knot Picket Boat is ordered to proceed to a pier

1 5 A 12 -

A 4—
.

5 miles from the S hip and beari n g N E ( true) knot

’

. . .
,

is setting S S E What co urses mu s t the boat Steer to .

[ reach the pier and then to ret u rn to the ship

[ N . 41
°
E .
; S 80
°
W.]
 1 95

16 From a ship at anch or a pier bears E b y N 3 miles

. . .
, .

A 4 knot tide is ru nning S E What co urse mu st a l 2 knot

-
.
-

pinnace steer in order to go from the S hip to the pier and ho w ,

long will the jo u rney take ? What co urse mu st S he steer in

order to ret u rn to the S hip from the pier ?
[ N 6 3 E 1 3 m i ut N 85 5 W ] ° °
. .
, n es . .

1 7 A S hip steering N 7 3 E ( tru e) at 2 0 knots observes

°
. . .
, ,

Wolf R ock ( 4 9 5 7 N 5 4 8 M7 ) d ue North ( tr u ) Half a

° ’
.
,
° ’
. e .
-
n

ho ur later the Light bore N 5 2 \V ( t u ) The tide sets East .

°
. r e .

( t ue) 4 knots Find the latit u de a n d longitu de o f the S hip t

r . a

[ 9 48
4
° '
N . 5
°
29 9
-
'
W ] .

ship steamed from 5 0 1 0 N 4 30 W on th e ° ’

.
,
° ’
.

co u rses — S 5 5 W 3 5 miles ; N 66 W 2 9 m iles ; °

.
,
.
°
.
,

N 15
.
°
4 9 miles a d was then fo u nd by o b servation to be in
,
n
°
50 5 5
’
N 5 49 W Determine the cu rrent experienced
° ’
. .

[ N . 52
°
W m iles .
J

S ection 9 .

SCO UTIN G PR OBL EMS

1 . Find the cou rse to steer and time taken to get into
station

1 Nort
. h 7 k ts
2 S 10 E
.
0
. . 10
3 N W
. . . 8
4 S 40 W
.
°
. . 9
5 W es
. t 11
6 E a st
. 6
\ 7 S ou
. th 78
8 N 30
.
°
.

9 N 20 W
.
°
. . IO
10 S E
. . 8
11 NE
. . 12

[l . N . 79
39 m in
°
W . 7 . S 3 3 W , 36 m in
.
°
. .

2 . S 9 WR, 4 4 m in
.
°
. 8 . N E , 5 0 m in
. . .

°
3 . N 7 0 W , 5 1 m in
°
. . . 9 . N . 58 E .
,
2 h 1 5m .

4 . .
°
S 4 E , 4 7 m in . . 10 . N .
°
33 E .
,
2b
5 . N 47 6
1
.
°
33 7 m in . 11 . N .
°
68 E .
,
1 1 m ili .
J
6 . N 41 E , 4 1
°
.
h
4 m
. .

2 cru iser A S ights a merchant S hip B b earing N 1 0 E

. A .
°
.
,

distant Suppose B is steaming N 8 5 E at 9 knots and

. .
°
.

U 5777 .
0
 1 96

that A can steam 1 6 knots : what co urse should A steer in

order to come u p with B as qu ickly as possible and how long ,

will A take to overhau l B

[ N . E . 5 5 m in .
J
3 .squ adron is steaming N 5 8 E a t 1 0 knots a cruiser
A .
°
.
,

which bears from the flagship S 32 E is ordered to take .

°
.

u p a position 4 cables on the starboard beam of the flagship .

S upposing that the cru iser can steam 1 6 knots what course ,

S ho u ld she steer and how long will it take her to reach the,

requ ired position ?

J
°

[N . 7 E 2 2 m in .

4 A . detached scou t with a S peed of 1 9 knots is in lat .

° ’
40 1 3 N long 2 1 1 1 W and at the same time the flagship
.
,
.
° ’
.
,

with the main s qu adron is in lat 37 35 N long 2 2 4 5 W .

° ’
.
° ’
.
,

and steam i n g N W at the rate of 1 1 5 knots Find the . . .

shortest time in which the scou t can reach a point N b y W 5 . .

,
’

of the flagship and the co u rse that will enable her to d o this
,
.

h ur S 60 W ] o s .
°
.

5 A squ adron is steaming N 50 E at 1 0 knots ; three

°
. . .

cruisers B C and D are posted on a line N 1 5 E from the

, , , .
°
.

flagship F distant respectively ,

and The cru isers
are ordered to take up new positions on a line bearing
N 30 W from flagship their distances being 7 1 4 and 2 1
.
°
.
,
’ ’

respectively from the flagship If B ca n steam 1 8 knots and .

C and D can stea m 20 knots find the course each cru iser ,

S ho ul d steer to take u p the requ ired position and the ,

approximate time S he will occ upy in doing s o .

[ B N 3 3 W 1 5 m i ( b ut ) ; C N 36 ,
W .
°
.
,
n . a o , .
°

2 7 5 m i ( b ut ) D N 36 W 4 1 } m i ( b ut) J
°
n . a o ,
. .
, 2 n . a o .

6 Th fleet is steaming N 30 E at 1 0 knots A cruiser

°
. e . . .

A in station 2 points o n the port how of the flagship distant

, ,

1 0 miles is told that the co u rse will be altered at 1 0 PM 8 points

, .

to s tarboard and that she is to alter co u r e in j u st s u fficient

, s

time to take u p the same relati ve position to the flagship at

that time u sing her available S peed of 1 8 knots When S houl d
, .

she alter course and what cou rse m ust she steer ,

[A t ]
h m
9 16 a n . 8 . E .

7 battle squadron is steering N E at 1 0 knots Tw o

. A . . .

cru isers C and R are stationed

, 20 miles and E by N
, ,
. .
,

2 5 miles respectively from the flagship

, They are ordered to , .

exchange stations in 3 hours What will be their cou rses and .

speeds ?
Show that in execu ting this manoeuvre the cruiser shi fting
from the port to the starboard how of the flagship will always ,

theoretically have to alter course to avoid collision with the other

,

cr uiser .

[ C N 7 9 E 1 3 k t ; R N 7 E k t J , .
°
.
,
n o s , .
°
.
,
n o s .
 1 98

c r uiser is ordered to proceed N 55 E at 1 5 knots

'
°
15 . A . .
,

and to rejoin the s qu adro n in 4 hou rs time at a position ’

N 20 E 40 miles from the place where she was detached

.
°
.
,
.

Find how far s he shou ld steer on the given course and what her ,

co urse shou ld be when s he starts to rejoin .

[ 36 7 m i l ; N W ] es . .

16 scou t a ccompanying a s qu adron is ordered at noon

. A
to proceed at 1 8 5 knots on a N E co u rse and to rejoin b y . .

AM next d a y arriving at a point 5 miles E by N of the

.
,
. .

flagship The squ adron is steaming N by W at 1 1 knots A t

. . . .

what time mu st the sco ut alter cou rse and what will her new ,

co u rse be
[ e 3 4 .
,
h 1 m
m . N . 62
°
W .
]
The fleet is steami n g S 20 E at 1 0 knots whe n at
17 . .
°
.
, ,

a c ru is er C is ordered to steer S 80 E at 1 6 knots and

°
2 PM .
,
'

. .

to rejoin the flag at 6 A M next day When m u st C alter co u rse . .

and what co urse mu st she then steer ?

S 23 W
°

[9 ]
h m
5 P M . . .

On A u gust 5 th 1 91 2 at 6 A M
18 . a fleet in l a t , ,
. .

4 9 N is steaming West at 1 2 knots and a sco u t S ( speed

°
.
,

1 8 knots ) is ordered to steer N W b y W and to rej oin the fleet . . .

at S u nset When m u st S alter cou rse and what will her new
.
,

course be ? Neglect the change of longit u de .

S 23 W ]
°

[2
h m
20 P M . . .

The fleet is steaming S 30 W a t 1 2 4 knots A t 8 A M °

'

19 . . . . .

a cru iser C ( S peed 1 9 knots) is ordered to steer N 7 5 W for .

°
.

two ho u rs then S 60 W and to rejoin the fleet at 6 A M next

,
.
°
.
, .

day When mu st C alter co u rse from S 60 W and what will

. .
°
.
,

her n ew co u rse be
°

[9 ]
h
22 m
P . M ; S . . 31 E .

mail steamer whose S peed is 2 1 kno ts S ights a

20 . A , ,

cru iser whose maximu m speed is believed to be 1 5 knots

, ,

bearing S 8 1 W distant 8 miles What is the closest the

.
°
.

mail steamer can keep to her co urse which is N 4 5 W in , .

°
.
,

order to prevent the cruiser gettin g within 4 miles of her ?

[ N 2 4 .
°
W ] .

21 battles hip with a speed of 1 4 knots discovers an

. A
enemy s transport 6 off bearing S 7 0 W in a b a y O pen
’ ’
,
.
°
.
,

from N to E S E The transport has steam for 1 7 knots and

. .
,

the b attleship s effective range does not exceed

-
’
yards .

What cou rse sho uld the b attleship steer to intercept the
transport and in what time will the battleship be withi n the
,

re qu ired range
[ N . 36
°
W m in .
]
 1 99

22 . cruiser C stationed 2 5 m iles N

A W from the fleet
,
. .
,

which is steaming N E at 1 6 knots wishes to approach to a . .

,
.

distance of 1 0 miles as qu ickly as possible at 1 4 knots What .

co u rse S hould she steer and how long wi ll it take her ? ,

°

[ S 65 E ]
n
. . l 4m .

23 . mail steamer S peed 1 8 knots S ights a cru iser Whose

A , , ,

maximu m speed is belie ved to be 1 5 knots bearing N 1 5 E , .

°
.
,

distant 8 miles What is the closest the mail steamer can keep
.

to her cou rse ( N 60 W ) i order to prevent the cru iser getting

.
°
. n

within 4 miles of her ?

W ]
°

[ N . 71 .

speed 1 8 4 kn ots S steaming N N E 1 . . .

along a coast line lying to the westward She is sighted at a

-
.

dista n ce of 7 m iles bearing W by N from a battleship with . .

S peed 1 64 knots Find wha t c ours e the battleship m u s t s tee

. . r

to endeavou r to intercept the cruiser and how long Sh e will be ,

within a range of yards .

[ N . 4
°
20
'
W . 2 6 m in .

25 . battleship B with an available speed of 1 2 knots

A , ,

discovers a cru iser A hea rin g N 36 W at a distance of 7 miles

,
.
°
.
, ,

in a bay which is only open to the So u th east A s available -

.
’

speed is supposed to b e 1 8 knots and she can ot steer to the n

Northward of East W hat cou rse mu st B steer to a p p roa ch A as

.

closely as possible if A endeavo urs to escape to the Eastward ,

and what will the shortest distance between them be

[ N 4 2 E 30 0 0 y d ] .
°
. ar s .

2 6 A cr u iser with a S peed of 1 7 4 knots is sighted near a

.

S hore lying to the Northward b y two of the enemy s ships ’

b earing respectively from her E by S 6 miles and S 7 5 W

°
.
,
.
, ,
.

7 miles If their respective speeds are 1 2 4 knots and 1 34 knots

'
“

and their e ffective g un range 5000 yards fin d within what limits-

the cru iser mu st steer so as to avoid an action .

[ S 3.
4
°
W . an d s 84 E .
°
.
]
27 cr uiser A with steam for 1 5 knots S ights a cr uiser B
A , ,

5 min utes d u e S of her and steaming E N E

. at 1 8 knots . .

steer to get as close as possible to B a n d ,

11 this distance b e
[ S 7 8 E 1 m i l .
°
e .

2 8 A fleet is steaming N 1 0 E at 1 0 knots At4 AM a

°
.
. . . .

sco ut is detached and ordered to proceed N 30 W at 1 5 knots .

°
.
,

and rejoin the flag at 7 PM A t what time mu st she alter .

cou rse and what will her new co urse be

,

P . M .
; N . 68
°
E .
]
29 The fleet is steaming N 7 0 E at 1 2 knots when a
. .
°
.

destroyer S pee d 2 0 knots is detached at 6 A M to fetch the

,
1
,
1
.

m ails from a station be aring N 2 0 E 1 0 miles She is °

.
,
. .

detained 1 ho ur 1V h a t co urse sho ul d she steer to rejoin and

.
,

when will She d o so

J
° h m
[ N . 84 E e 4 A . M .
 2 00

squ adron is steaming N 1 0 E at 1 5 knots A

30 . A .
°
. .

cruiser with an available S pee d of 2 0 knots bearing S 67 E

, , .
°
.
,

2 5 fr om the flagship is ordered to close What course m ust

’
.
,

she steer ? A fter steaming on this co urse for 4 hour a break

down cau ses her to st0 p for one hou r What w ill be her new .

cours e and what will be the total time taken to j oin the
flagship ?
[N . 19
°
w N . 2
°
W .
; 5
h
49 m
]
3 1 Tw o S hips , X and Y, are stea m in g East , 1 4 knots and
.
,

S. 5 E , 1 8 knots , respectively ; at a certain time Y b ears

°
.

N . 5 0 E , 8 miles from X
°
Find by graphical methods
. .

(a ) how near X will pass to Y

( b) for h ow long Y will be within X
’
3 of .

i ut ] m il es m n es

3 2 A fleet is steaming N at 1 2 knots

. A cru iser with an . .
,

available speed of 1 9 k nots is ordered to proceed N 7 5 W ,

.
°
.
,

5 0 miles and then rejoin the fleet ,

She leaves at 5 A M What . .

return cou rse mu st S h e steer and at wh at ti m e will S h e rej oin

the fleet
1 2 h 2 om
°

[ N 33 E . . P . M .
]
The fleet is steami n g S 20 W at 1 2 knots when a .
°
.
'

cru iser bearin g N 65 E 2 miles from the flagship is ordered

, .
°
.
, ,

to take station 5 cables on her starboard beam at 1 8 knots .

What course must she steer and how long will she take to get ,

into s tation
[ S 4 1 W 1 8 m i ut
] .
°
n es .

3 4 From a cru iser A

. steaming N 2 0 W at 1 0 knots , ,
.
°
.
,

another cruiser B steering a steady cou rse is observed bearing

, , ,

N 80 E distant 4 and after an interval of half an h eu r B

.
°
.
,
’
,

bears N 65 E distant . Find b y a graphical co r

°
.
, , _ r

stru ction the cour se and speed of B,

.

[ N 6 .
°
W . 12 8 kn -
o ts .
J
35battleship B speed 1 0 knots discovers a cru iser 0
. A , ,

bearing S 7 0 E at a distance of 1 0 miles in a bay which is

.
°
.
, ,

o n l y open to the Westward C s available speed is 1 5 knots and .

’

she cannot safely steer a more southerly course than S 60 W .

°
.

What co ur se m u st B steer to approach C as close as possible ,

and what will the distance be

[S 12 .
°
W . m iles .
J
is steaming N E at 20 knots C is E S E 6 m iles
36 A . . .
,
. . .
,
'

from and her speed is 1 6 knots C wishes to get within

A , .

yards of A as soon as possible What cour se S hould S h e .

steer and how lo g will she be in getting into position

,
n

[ N 1 4 W 1 6 m i ut s]
°
. . n e

3 7 A cru iser wi th steam for 1 8 4 k n ots is lying to the

.
, ,

northward of a S hore run n ing E and W when S ighted by tw o . .

of the enemy s battl eships whose S peed is 1 2 4 knots One

‘

’
.
,
 20 2

20 minu tes at 1 04 knots the enemy s bearing is fo und to be ’

N 48 4 W The sco u t then stops engines and after another

.
°
.

2 0 min u tes a third bearing is fo u nd to be N 2 7 W Find the °

. .

enemy s speed and distance when first sighted

’

,
.

k t 5 8 7 m il J n o s es .

4 6 A sco u t C sights the enemy at 1 0 A M bearing

.
, ,
1
. .
,

S 8 0 E C remains statio n ary an d bearings are again taken

.
°
.
,

at 1 0 l 0 ( N
h
E ) and at 1 0 2 0 ( N 7 0 E )
m h
A fter
.
m
.
°
.

ascertaining the cou rse of th e enemy fro m these bearings C

proceeds on a parallel co urse and at 1 0 2 4 the enemy bears
h
,
m

N 64 30 E A t 1 0 34 C comes to a sta dstill the enemy

.
° h ’
.
m
n ,

b earing N 5 3 30 E and C h aving gone two thirds of a mile

° ’
-

. .

in the ten min u tes A t l 0 h

the enemy b ears N 3 9 E . .
°
.

De termine the enemy s cou rse and speed Do y ou consider ’

.

this method reliable G ive reasons for yo u r answer .

[ N 2 2 .
°
W . 1 2 kn o ts .
J
47 sco u ts A and B in line abreast N W and S E
. Tw o , , ,
. .
,

respectively from each other and 3 miles apart are steering

, , ,

N E at 2 0 knots
. . A t d aylight they S ight a battleship F .
.

, ,

bearing S im u ltaneo u sly right ahead of A and N 2 5 E from B , .

°
. .

Ten min u tes la ter F bears N 2 7 E from A a n d du e North .

°
.

of B Determine approximately the co urse and speed of F

. .

[ N . 63
°
W kn o ts .
J
48From a cr uiser a lightho u se bears du e N distant
. .
,

1 2 miles The cruiser is or d ered to steam in a North easterly

.
-

d irectio n till the lightho use bears d u e West and there a fter to ,

proceed to a rendezvo u s w hich bears from the lightho u se

S 5 0 E 44 miles Find the S hortest ro u te by which the
.
°
.
,
.

cr uiser c a n execu te her orders and obtain the co urses she sho uld ,

steer and her distance from the lighthou se when S h e alters

cou rse .

° °

[N . 40 E . S 40. E . m iles .
J
49sco u t ob serves an enemy s Ship in the offing at a
. A
’

distance of 5 4 mi les beari g S 1 0 E The engines are stopped ,

n .
°
.
,

and a second bearing taken 1 2 m in u tes later is S 1 9 W Whi le , , .

°
.
,

a third bearing at the end of another 1 2 min u tes is S 444 W .

°
.

Find the cou rse and S peed of the enemy ass uming that both ,

remain u nvaried .

[ N . 79 4
0
W . 1 34 k n o ts .
J
50 scou t C sights the enemy at 4 P M beari n g S 1 7 W
. A , ,
. .
, .
°
.

C re m ains statio n ary and takes b eari n gs at 4 6 PM ( S 32 W ) . .

°
.

and PM ( S A fter ascertaini n g the co u rse of

°
46 . .

the enemy from these beari n gs C proceeds on a parallel course

a d at 4 1 5 PM
n .the enemy bears S 5 2 4 W A t 4 2 1 PM . .
°
. .

C comes to a standstill th e enemy bearing S 594 W and C ,

.
°
.

having ad anced half a mile in the six minu tes A t 4 2 7 PM

v . .

the enemy bears S 684 W Determine the enemy s cou rse and .
°
.
’

speed .

[ N 6 5 W 1 5 k t .
°
. n o s.
 2 03

S ection 10 .

O BS ERV A TI O N S T o DET E RMI N E DEV I A TI O N .

1 . J une 2 8th
1 9 1 2 at abo u t P M , in
,
latitu de and , . .

longitu de by acco unt 1 9 1 5 S 1 69 4 5 E , the S un bore by

° ' ° ’
, .

compass N 2 8 W , w hen the Deck Watch showed 7 9

°
. .
h m

The watch was 3 5 53 fast on

h m °
and the magnetic
variation was 2 0 1 9 W Requ ired the deviation
° ’
. .

W
'

]
°

[ 2 4 5 .

2 . A pril 1 8 th
1 9 1 2 at abo u t ,
P M, in latitu de and ,
. .

longit ude by account 24 40 S 25 5 1 W , the Sun bore by

° ’ ° ’
,
.

compass N 7 5 \V when the Deck W atch showed 3 5 1 35

°
. .
,
h m °
'

The watch was 1 1 3 5 7 slow on

11 m fil
and the magnetic
variation w a s 1 7 0 E R equ ired the deviation
° ’
. .

[ 2
°
2 5
'
W ] .

3 Ju . ne
4 th , 1 91 2 , at abo u t 9 A M , in D R 1 6 4 7 . . .
° ’
S ,
° ’
62 1 0 E ,
the S u n bore by compass N 35 30 E when
.
° ’
. .
,
the
Deck 1V atch sh owed 6 7 h m
The watch w a s 1 °1 8 ’
11 m
51 °

fast on and the magnetic variation was 1 2 2 0 E .

R eq u ired the deviation .

]
°

[2 E .

4 October 1 5 th 1 91 2 at abou t
. A M in DR 2 7 34 S
, ,
. .
,
.
° ’
,
° ’
68 3 7 E the Sun bore by compass S 70 E when the Deck
.
, .
°
.
,

“ atch showed 4 1 5
l
h
The watch w a s 1 1 5 5 3 fast on
h m m °

and the magnetic variation w a s 2 1 \V R equ ired the °

.

deviation .

W ]
° '

[ 4 10 .

5 . November at abou t P M in DR
30 th , 1 91 2 ,
. .
,
.

° ’
50 1 0 S the Su bore by compass due West
,
° ’
1 1 2 4 3 1V , . n ,

when the Deck Watch showed 2 2 1 1 The watch w a s 1 m

0 4 8 38 fast 0 1
h m
and the magnetic variation was
°
1

2 0 36 W R e qu ired the deviation

° ’
. .

]
°

[ 4 E .

6 . September
2 4 th 1 9 1 2 , at abo u t A M in DR ,
. .
,
.

63 1 9 E the Su n bore b y compass S 7 0 E when

° ’ ° ’ °
4 12 N ,
. .
,
. .
,

the Deck Watch S howed 1 55 h m

The watch w a s 1 12° 5
h m °

S low 0 11 and the m agnetic variation w a s 2 1 W ;

Requ ired the deviation .

]
°

[ 3 E .

7 A pril 2 7 th 1 9 1 2 at abo u t A M in DR
’
53 1 8 N
°
. ,
. .
. .
, , ,

5 20 W the S u n bore b y compass S 65 E when the Deck

° ’ ° ‘

.
.
, ,

Watch S howed 7 2 3
h m
The watch <
the deviation .
 2 04

8 On . March
2 0th , 1 91 2 , at 7 1 6 37 h m °
A M . in
° '
4 1 30 N ,
1.2 6
°
4 0
’
W ,
the S u n bore E . . by compass . The
variation was 1 8 1 0 E Find the deviation
° ’
. .

[ 6 2 5
° '
W ] .

A pril 1 3711 1 9 1 2 , ab o
8 . ut 5 15 A M ,
h m
. . in lat .

N , long 1 1 1 5 W , the Su n rose b y compass

'
E 4S
°
. . . . .

V ariation , 2 4 W Find the deviation

°
. .

'
[ 50 E .
]
1 0 December 2 n d , 1 91 2 ,
. abou t 6 20 A M in 11 m
.

lat 1 2 5 N long 62 5 0
.
° ’ ° ’
.
, . E the S u n rose by compass
.
,

S 63 30 E V ariation , 1 1 0
.
° ’ ° ’
. W Find th e deviation
. .

W ]
° '

[ 2 55 .

1 1 A . pril 30th 1 91 2 abo ut 5 5 PM S A T in lat , ,

h m
. . .
,
.

°
4 1 35 S
’
long 1 00 1 5 E the Sun set by compass N W
, .
° ’
.
,
. .

by W .
,
variation being 1 8 W Req u ired the deviation °
. .

° '

[4 5 E .
]
1 2 A pril 4 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t 6
. 20 , ,
h m
SA T
PM in lat . . .
, .

4 1 4 1 N , lo n g 3 5 2 0 W , the S u n set by
° ' ° ’
. . . compass N 60 2 0 W
’
.
°
.

V ariation , 2 4 W Find deviation

°
. .

° '

[ 2 5 E .
]
1 3 J an u ary 2 1 s t, 1 9 1 2 , abo u t A M , lat 35 S , long
°
. . . . .

1 1 6 E , S pica bore by compass N 82 E

°
.
°
Deck Watch . .

S howed 4 h
45 m
2 9 and was 1
° 11
12 m
,
44 S low on G MT
°
. . .

V ariation , 5 W Find the deviation

°
. .

° '
[ 1 25 E .
]
14 .5 th , October lat 34 1 91 2 , abou t P . M, . .
°
16
’
S ,

long .
° '
1 1 3 30 E , a compass N 34 E . Cygn i bore by .
°
. Deck
Watch S howed 1 0 43 8 and was 1 4 2 47 slow on
h h m ° m °
G . MT . .

V ariatio n 5 W Find the de viation °

. .
,
° '

[ 1 30

J u ne 2 l s t 1 9 1 2 abo u t 9 P M lat 4 8 4 0 N long

° ’
15 .
, ,
. .
, . .
, .

7 30 W A r ctu rus bore by compass S 38 W Deck Watch

° ’ °
. . .
,

S howed
h
9 42 m
12 °
and w a s 0 1 3 42 fast on G MT
h m °
. . .

V ariation , 1 7 4 W Find the deviation

°
.

° '
[1 5 E .
]
March 1 2th 1 91 2 abo ut 8 P M lat 42 4 1 N long
16 .
, ,
. .
,
.
° ’
.
, .

11 W
°
Ca pella bore by compass N 5 6 W Deck Wa tch
.
,
.
°
.

showed 7 1 6 20 and was 1 2 9 3 7 S low on G MT

1 h 1 m ° m °
. . .

V ariation 1 6 W Find the deviation °

. .
,

A u gust 24th, 1 9 1 2 , abo u t 7 P M , lat 43 4 9 S long

° ’
17 . . . . .
,
.

1 7 4 35 E J upiter bore b y compass N 3 2 W Deck Watch

° ' °
-

. . .
,

showed 7 2 5 2 4 and w a s 0 2 3 1 fast on G M T

11 m ° h m °
. . .

V ariation , 1 5 4 E Find the deviation

°
. .

W ] .
 206

gu st 1 1 th 1 9 1 2 at 9 A M in 4 3 1 2 S 1 0 7 44 W
’
27 A
° °
. u , ,
. .
,

alt Q w a s 1 8 6 .
° ’
20
”
and its compass bearing ,

N 2 5 E Index error w a s 3
.
°
.
’
15 Height of eye 23 feet ,
.

Magnetic variation 1 7 30 E ,
’
. R equ ired the deviation .

° '
[3 45 E .
]
J une l s t at in 70 45 N 90 1 7 W ’ ° ’
1 91 2
°
28 .
, 10 P M, ,
. . .
,
.
,

the alt C)
ob s . .
°
wa s 5 8
’
10
”
and its C mpass bearing o ,

N 30 W In d ex error was Height of eye 1 9 feet

° ’
. . 3 10 ,
.

Magn etic variation e ,

°
9 E R qu . ired the deviation .

W ]
°

[ 6 .

29 December l 0th 1 91 2 at
. A M in 2 7 2 0 N , ,
. .
,
° ’
.
,
°
117 12
’
W the O bs alt _ Q was 1 8 2 5 and its compass
.
,
. .
° ’

bearing S 5 9 E Index error 2 2 0

,
”
Height of eye
.
°
.
,
’
,

2 7 feet Magnetic variation 1 2 7 E Re qu ired the deviation ° ’

. .
,

W ]
° '

[ 3 3 0 .

J an u ary 6th 1 9 1 2 at
30 . P M , in 5 2 4 5 s 56 5 6 E , , . .
° '
.
,
° ’
.
,

the ob° s alt 6 w a s 39 '0 40 and its compass bearing

°
.
’ ”
.
,

N 64 W Index error 3 40
.
”
. Height of eye 20 feet , ,
.

V ariation , 3 5 5 0 W Find deviation

° ’
. .

'

]
°

[23 40 E .

March 20 th 1 91 2 at
31 . A M in 4 1 30 N 1 2 6 40 W , ,
. .
,
° ’
.
,
° ’
.
,

the alt ( D w a s 1 3 0 30 and its compass bearing East

ob s . .
° ’
,
.

Index error 1 0 30 Height O f eye 2 7 feet V ariation

,
’
,
’

.
,

18 10 E
°
Find d eviation
’
. .

W ]
° '
[6 25 .

3 2 March 9th , 1 9 1 2
. abo ut PM ,
. lat .

1 0 N , long 6 40 W , D en ebol a bore by compass

° ' ° ’
50 . . .

S ' 5 7 E , and the observed altit u de w a s 2 9

.
°
.
°
Index error ,

2 20 Ey e, 2 4 feet ; V ariation , 1 9 W Find the deviation

°
. .

[12 W ]
°

3 3 A pril 1 6th
. 1 9 1 2 , abo u t PM lat ,
. .

35 2 0 S
° ’
long 1 1 5 30 E , A cher n a r bore b y compass
° ’
, . . .

S ’ 35 W , and th e observed altitu de was 1 8

.
°
.
°
Index error ,
Ey e, 4 0 feet V ariation , 5 W Find the deviation
” °
2 30 . .

[11 E 1
3 4 J an u ary 6th , 1 9 1 2 , abo u t 8 PM lat 3a 1 0 S , '
. . .

lo n g 1 1 4 20 E , S ir iu s bore East b y compass a n d the ob served

°
.
’
.
,

altitu de w a s 37 °
Index error , 3 ’
Ey e, 30 feet ; Deviation ,
50 E
’
Find the variation
. .

[5 W ]
°
.

J uly 9th , 1 9 1 2
abou t lat ° ’
35 . PM ,
. 50 48 N , . .

long bore by com pass S

9 2 0 W S pica 60 W , and th e
° ’ °
. . . .
,

observed altit ude was 20 In d ex error °

,
’
2 10
”
Ey e ,

4 0 feet ; Deviation 1 W Find the variation °

.
, .

[ 1 94 W ]
°
.
 20 7

36 J an u ary l 0 th
. 1 91 2 abo u t 5 A M , , . lat .

1 0 2 0 S , long 55 2 0 E V en us bore b y compass S

° ’ ° ’ °
. .
, 72 E
. .
,

and the ob served altit ude was 30 °

Index error ,
n il Ey e ,

4 1 feet Deviation 2 E Find the variation

°
,
. .

[5 W ]
°
.

37 . May 7 th 1 9 1 2 ,
,
abo ut PM . lat . 25 2 0 N
° ’
.
,

lo n g 1 7 30 W °
b y compass N
’
M s b ore 65 W and the
‘
°
. .
,
ar . .
,

o b se ved altit ude wa s 33

r Index error 2 °
,
’
Ey e 2 8 feet ; ,

V a riation 1 5 W Find the deviation °

.
, .

[ 3 E .
]
38 Septe m ber 2 9th 1 9 1 2 a bo u t 7 PM
.
, , . lat .

° ’
35 2 0 N long 4 5 W J up iter bore b y co m pass S
.
,
.
°
.
, . 61 W .
,

and the O bserved altitu de was 1 9 Index error 3 °

,
’
Ey e ,

39 feet ; V ariation 2 0 \V Find the deviatio ,

°
. n .

° '

[2 40 E .
]
39 . March
3r d , 1 9 1 2 abo u t 1 0 PM lat 3 7 30 N ,
. .
° ’
.
,

long 1 8 4 5 E the Moon s centre bore b y °compass S 53 E

.
° ’
.
,
° ’
. .
,

and the Observed altitu de Moo n s U L was 42 Index error ’

. .
,

Ey e, 4 5 feet ; V ariation 6 4 W Find the deviation

’ ” °
1 30 ,
. .

[ 20 W ]
'
.

40 A u u . abo u t 4 A M
2 8 th , 1 91 2 , g st lat 1 2 2 0 S . .
° '
,

long .
’
the Moon s centre bore by compass S 85 W
1 01 20 E ,
° ’
. .
°
.
,

when the observed altitu de Moon s U L was 33 In d ex ’

. .
°

error 2 30 Ey e 4 0 feet ; V ariation 2 W Find the

” ’ °
.
, , ,

deviation .

Section 11 .

P O S I TI O N LI NE S BY O BS E RV A TI O N S OF S UN ,

S TA R S ,

P O S ITI ON L I N E S BY O B S E RVATI ON or THE S UN .

1 Octob er 9th 1 9 1 2 in DR 2 5 1 4 S 8 7 30 E obse rved

° ’ ° ’
. . .
,
.
, ,

m eridian altit u de S u n s L L was 7 0 40 Index error ’

. .
°

2
'
Height of eye 1 6 feet ,
.

T E N th
'
l t 2 5 1 84 S ]
°
w y Su
’
a a ,
n s . . or or a .

2 May l 0th 1 9 1 2 m D R 3 5 3 S 1 1 1 6 W Observed

° ’ ° ’
. . . .
, , ,

meridia n altitu de S un s L L w a s 68 2 0 Index error . .

° ’
,

1
’
Height of eye 1 8 feet ,

T B N th ;
°
S J
’
Su l t 3 n ea rer, n s . . or or a .

3 March 8 th 1 91 2 in D R 33 5 N , 1 39 4 8 E O b served
° ’ ° ’
. . . .
, , ,

meridian altit ude Su n s L I was 5 1 4 9

_
Index error ’
. ..
° ’
,

3
’
Height of eye 1 5 feet ,
.

T E S ut h
’ °
Su l t 32 N ] n ea rer, n s . . o or a . .
 2 08

3rd 1 9 1 2 in DR 2 7 36 S , 1 0 2 5 2 E , at (abo u t
pril ° ’ ° ’
4 A .
, ,
. .

11 h
AM
30 m
the o b served altit ude _Q was 56 28
°
.
’
The
Deck Watch S howed 1 1 5 3
h m
and w a s 4 4 9 1 8 S low on
h m °

G MT Index error , 2 Height of eye , 24 feet

’
.
. . .

a wa y, or la t 2 7 .
°
S . S un
’
s T E . . N . 14
°
E .
]
November 1 5 th 1 9 1 2 in DR 40 1 2 N 1 0 1 7 W
5 .
, ,
.
° ’
.
,
° ’
.
,

at abo ut 1 1 A M the observed altit u de G ) was 3 1 8

h ° ’
.

when a chr onometer S howed 1 2 5 h O n October 27 th at m

,

G M Noon the chr onometer w a s 1 5 4 0 fast on

.
1
,
losing 1 m °

3 2 seconds daily Index error 3 Height of eye .

,
’
,

4 0 feet .

w y l t 40 1 7 N
' °
T E S 14 E ]
° ’
Su a a , or a . . n s . . . .

6 November l s t 1 9 1 2 at G M Noon the chronometer was

.
, , .
,

2 34 5 6 fast on
h m
gaining daily 4 6 seconds
° ‘

Novem b er 1 6th at abo u t 1 1 30 A M Comparison

h
,
m
. .
,

Chronometer 2 h
0 °

Deck Watch b
1 l 36 1 0 m °

A t 1 1 4 5 A M in lat 4 9 1 7 N long 4 W by acco u nt

h m ° ’ °
. . . . . .
, , ,

observed altitu de S un s L L 2 1 4 8 Deck Watch ’

. .
° ’

h
l 1 51 Index error 3
m
Height of eye 28 feet ,
’
, .

n ea rer, o r la t 49 .
°
N . S un
’
s T B S 2 . . .
°
E .
]
7 October 2 md
. at G M Noon the chronometer w a s ,
1 91 2 , .
,

3 3 33 S low on
h m °
losing d aily 3 6 seconds .

October 1 5 th at abou t 1 1 A M Comparison

1
,
1
. .
,

C hronometer h
12 3 0 m °

Deck Watch h
3 5 7 m °

A t 1 1 30 A M in lat 35 2 1 S
h
long 1 1 5 5 1 E by
m ° ’ ° ’
. .
, . .
, .

acco u nt Obse rved altitu de S u n s L L 62 6

, Deck Watch ’
. .
° ’
,
h
3 33 Index error
m
1 Height of eye 38 feet ,
'
,
.

awa y , or la t 3 6 .
°
26
'
S . S un
’
s T E . . N . 14 E
°
.
]
an ary 2 6th 1 9 1 2 at G M Noon the chr ono m eter was
8 J u .
, ,
.
,

2 1
1
low on
47 1 9 S
1m °
gaining daily 2 8 seconds .

Febru ary 1 9t abo t 1 1 A M Comparison

h u 1
,
°
. .
,

Chronometer 9 h
0 °

Deck Watch 11 1
37 ,
1 °

A t 1 1 30 A M in lat 5 0 47 N long 9 3 W by acco u nt

h m ° ’ ° ’
.
,
. . . . .
, ,

observed altitu de S un s L L 2 7 1 1 Deck Wa tch ’

. .
° ’
,
h
12 20 In

Index error ,
1
’
10 Height of eye ,
45 feet .

n ea er,
°
r or la t . 50
°
N .
; S un
’
s TB .

8 8 . E .
]
9 A . pril
in DR 40 1 6 N 1 8 th , 1 9 1 2 , .
° ’
.
, 35 35
° ’
W at abo u t .

7 h
10 AM
m
the Observed altitude .
Q was 1 9 44 ° '

when a chr onometer S howed 1 1 1 8

h m
On A pril 8 th at [
 21 0

P O S ITI ON L I N E S BY O B S E RVATI ON S or S TAR S .

1 . September 1 5 th 1 9 1 2 , ,
obse rved meridian altit ude of
° ' ”
A ld eba r a n 7 5 2 0 40
Index error ,
2
’
Height of eye ,
40 feet .

[ L at
°
. 1 N .
]
2 . March 10 1 91 2 , observed meridian altitu de of S irius
° ’
5 9 1 7 30
Index error ,
1
’
30 Height of eye ,
30 feet .

[L at . 47 S J
3 Septemb er 2 l st 1 91 2 Observed altitu de C
.
, , a
pella (on
th e meridian below Pole ) 9 4 7
° ’

Index error 1 1 0 ”
Height of eye 35 feet ,
’
, .

[L a t . 53 N .
]
4 . Ju ly 7 th , 1 91 2 , Observed altit ude a Cr ucis ( on the
meridian below Pole ) 11
°
38
’

Index error 1 40 ,
’
Height of eye ,
45 feet .

[L a t
°
. 38 S J
5 . On
A pril 1 4th , 1 9 1 2 abo u t 2 A M S hip apparent time , , .

in DR° 48 55 N , 5 1 0 W , Observed altit ude of A lta ir

° '
.
° ’
. .

was 23 6 ’
Time by Deck Watch , 2 °
Error of
Deck Watch , 1 1 3 4 fast on G MT Index error , 1 1 0
m ° ’ ”
. . .
'

Height of eye 30 feet ,

.

awa
y, or L on g . 5
°
1 64
'
W . S t ar s
’
T E . .
,
S 76 E
.
°
.
]
6 October 1 7 th , 1 9 1 2 , abo ut M DR 9 in ° ’
. P . .
, . 27 S ,

85 5 4 W , the observed altitu de Deck

’ ’
V ega 35 37 50
° °
.

Watch , 1 2 1 7 5
° 100 °
0

Index error ,
30 Height of eye ,
50 feet . Deck Watch ,

0 4 5 7 S lo w
° m
.

y L g 8 5 4 34 W S t r T E N 2 6 W ] a wa , or on .
° '
. a
’
s . .
, .
°
.

7 Febru a ry 1 6th 1 9 1 2 abo u t 1 1 P M in DR 33 0 S

° '
.
, .
, ,
. .
,

1 1 4 4 0 E the O bserved altitu de of B etelgu es e was 2 9 50

° ’ ° ’
.
,

Deck Watch 1 2 32 °
,
m

Index error 1 10 Height of eye 3 1 feet Chrono

,
’
,
.

meter 3 3 39 S low on G MT
°
,
1° °
. . .

—
Comparison Chronometer 1 2 2 5 ° m
,

Deck 1V atch 1 2 22 37
°
,
m

L St T B N 564 W ]
' ° ' °

[
’
5 7 w y g 1 1 4 4'
8 E a a , or on . . ar s . .
, . .

8 Febru ary 2 4th 1 91 2 abo ut P M in DR 34 45 S

° ’
. . .
, , , .

1 1 5 1 0 E the O bserved altit u de of P ocy on w a s 4 3

° ’ °
.
,
r

Deck Watch 1 2 7 °
,
In

”
Index error 2 20 Height of eye 1 9 feet Error of
,
’
, .

Deck Watch 3 58 fast on G MT ,

1° °
. . .

r r L g 1 1 5 2 3 4 E S t r T E N 35 E ]
n ea e , or on .
° '
. a
’
s . .
, .
°
.
 21 1

9 . May 1 5 th , 1 91 2 , abou t 9 P M in DR . .
, . 49 1 0
° ’
N
W the b served O altitu de of C p ll was
° ’
6 15 ’
°
.
,
a e a 23 1 2
Deck Watch , 9 1 7
° m

Index error 2 ,
’
10
” -

l Height O f eye ,
26 feet . Error of

Deck Watch 0 2°
,
1°
24 °
S low .

n ea rer, or Lon g 6 .
°
W . S ta r
’
s T E . .
,
N . 45 4
°
W ] .

10 . September abo u t
2 7 th , 1 9 1 2 , P . M, . lat 2 7 24 N .
° ’
.
,

long 1 1 5 4 W
.
° ’
.
,
observed altit ude A r ctu r us ,
°
24 25
’

Deck W atch 2 1 0
°
,
m

Index error 1 ,
’
10 Ey e , 30 feet . Deck Watch ,

0 4 1 0 S low
° m °
.

[ 2
'
n ea re r , L on
or _
g 1 15 .
°
W . S t TE ar s
’
. N . 794
°
W ]
.

1 1 u . Febr ary 2 l s t, 1 9 1 2 , a b o u t 7 20 . P M lat . .

, . 42
°
17
’
N .
,

longg 3 7 30 W
.
° ’
.
,
b served altit ude R igel 39
O °
Deck Watch ,
°
l 0 27 1m
and T w as 0 38 2 0 fast on G M
° m °
. . .

Index error 2 10 Height of eye 5 0 feet ,

’
,
.

w y L t 42 N S t r T B S 34 W ] a a , 07 a .
°
. a
’
s . .
, .
°
.

1 2 A ug ust 2 0 th 1 91 2 abo u t lat 39 5 6 S ° ’

. PM , ,
. .
, .
,

long 65 2 6 E observed altitu de A n ta r e 7 6

.
° ’
Deck .
,
s
°

Watch 2 1 1 7 and was 0 2 3 slo w o n G MT

°
,
° 1° ° m °
. . .

Index error 1 30 ”
Height of eye 32 feet ,
’
,
.

r r L t 3 9 5 1 6 S S t r T B N 44 E ] n ea e , or a .
° '
'
. a
’
s . .
,
°
.

1 3 J une 1 8 th 1 91 2 abo u t 7 P M lat

. 21
° ’
53 N , ,
. .
, . .
,

long 1 2 5 47 W observed altit u de S pic 5 6

.
°
Deck .
,
a
°

Wa tch 3 1 0 27 and was 0

°
,
°
4 9 S low o n G MT
m °
. . .

Index err or 30 ”
Height O f eye 35 feet , ,
.

w y L t 2 1 54 N St
° ' °
T E S 1 44 E ]
’
a a . or a . . ar s . .
, .

1 4 November 1 1 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 44 1 9 S ’

AM
°
. . .
, , ,

long 1 7 6 25 E observed altitude S irius 62 7 40

.
° ’ ”
Deck .
,
’

Watch 4 °
2 9 a n d was 0 1 8 3 7 fast on G M T
,
° ° m
. . .

Index error 3 20 Height of eye 37 feet ’

, .

S t r T E N 1 04 W ]
° ’ °
L t 44 S n ea rer, o r a . . a s . .
, . .

P O S ITI ON L I N E S BY O B S E RVATI ON S or PL A N ETsl

1 J an u ary 6th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 47 5 5 N ° ’
. P M , ,
. .
,
. .
,

long 6 44 \V observed altit ude of Ma s 4 2 28

.
° ’
. Deck
,
r ,
° ’

Watch 5 3 1 2 0 and was 0 4 4 7 slow on G MT Index

° ° m ° 1° °
. . .

error 2 30 ,
”
Heigh t of eye 2 8 feet
’
,
.

[ 2 w y ; T B S 7 34 E J
'
a a . . .
°

2 F eb ru a ry 8 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 9 36 N ’
AM
°
. . .
, , , .

long 1 37 1 9 W Observed altitu de of V en us 2 5 33

.
° ’
,
° ’

Deck Watch 3 4 1 1 and w a s 0 3 5 7 fast on G M T I ndex

° ° m ° m °
. . .

error 1 1 0 ”
,
Height of eye 4 0 feet
’ ;

,
.

r ; S 60 E ] n ea er .
°
.

u 57 77 . P
 21 2

J an u ary 1 2 th , 1 9 1 2 abo ut lat 4 6 1 7 S ° '

3 . AM ,
.
,
.
,

long . 84 20 W
° ’
observed altit ud e o f J upiter 22 0
° ’
.
,

Deck Watch 8 5 8 3 7 and w a s 0 1 8 1 5 S low on G MT

° m °
,
° m °
. . .

Index error , 30 ”
Height of eye 2 6 feet ,
.

]
°
n ea rer . T E . .
,
S 82 . E .

J an u ary 1 5 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 2 4 40 S , ° ’

A M , , . .
,
.

long .
°
7 3 47 E
’
Observed altitu de O f Mercury 1 3 5 7
.
,
° ’

Deck Watch 1 1 5 0 1 9 and was 0 4 2 S low on G MT

° m °
,
° 0° °
. . .

Index error , 1 ’
Height of eye , 2 4 feet .

°
a wa
y . T B . .
, S 72 . E .
]
5 . Decem b er abo u t P M lat 23 2 5 S l s t, 1 91 2 , . .
,
.
° ’
,

long 4 1 7 E observed altit u de of V en us 2 6 0

.
° ’
.
, Deck ° ’

Watch 7 1 3 2 5 and w a s 0 1 4 48 fast on G M T Index

°
,
° m ° m °
. . .

error 2 30,
”
Height of eye 45 feet
’
, .

r T E S 73 W ] n ea re . . .
, .
°
.

6 Febru ary 1 5 th 1 91 2 abou t 7 P M lat 1 3 42 S

° ’
. . .
, , ,
.
,

long 65 1 7 E observed altitu de O f Ma rs 5 2 38

.
° ’
.
,
° ’

Deck Watch 2 4 4 7 and w a s 0 4 5 9 fast on G MT Index

°
,
° m ° 1° °
. . .

error 1 30,
”
Height of eye 30 feet
’
, .

rr TE N 9 W] n ea e . .
, . .

7 A pril 1 6th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 1 2 54 N ° ’

. AM ,

observed altit ude of Jupiter 4 6 8

.
,
.
,

l ong 5 6 55 E
° ’ ° ’
.
.
,

Deck Watch 1 °
47 and was 0 1 1
,
°
5 8 S low on m °

Index error 2 Height of eye 35 feet

,
’
, .

w y T B S 38 W J
°
a a . .
, . .

8 Febr u ary abou t PM lat 5 1 40 N ° ’

.
, . .
,

l or g 1 5 2 5 W
'

1 . Observed altitude of S a turn 5 1 50

° '
.
,
° ’

Deck Watch 7 1 9 24 and w a s 0 37 5 6 fast on

°
,
° m ° m °

Index error 1 40 ”
Height of eye 32 feet
,
’
,
.

[ 1 6 r T E S 14 W ]
'
n ea er . . .
, .
°
.

9 J an u ary l 0 th 1 91 2 abo u t 6 A M lat 1 7 47 N ° ’

. , , , . .
,

long 4 6 2 5 W observed altitu de of V en us 31 1 2

.
° ’
.
,
° ’

Deck Watch 9 1 37 and was 0 3 5 6 S low on G MT

°
,
° m ° 1° °
. . .

Index error 40 ”
Height of eye 34 feet
, ,
.

S 5 34 E
°
T E . .
, . .
J
A pril 1 5 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 36 20 N
° '
10 .
, , .
,

long . 1 0 37 W
° ’
observed altitu de of Ma rs 5 6 1 7
° ’

Deck Watch , 7 5 7 35 and w a s 0 5 1 4 slow on G

° m ° ° m °
. MT . .

Index error 1 2 0
’
,
”
Height of eye 4 2 feet , .

[2
’
n ea rr e . T B . .
, S 82 .
°
VV .
J
A u gu st 20th , 1 9 1 2 abo u t A M , lat S
° ’
11 . 32 30 , .

long . 1 4 7 20 E
° '
obser ved altitu de of S a turn 38 2 3
°
.
’
,

Deck Watch ’ 8 0 5 6 and was 0 1 6 fast on

° 1° °
,
° m °

Index error, 3 2 0 Height of eye , 2 7 feet .

[1
’
a wa y . T E . .
,
N . 8
°
E .
]
 21 4

6 . Februaryabo ut 7 P M lat 4 5 27 S 22md , 1 91 2 , . .

, .
° ’
,

long 1 7 6 25 E Obs alt Moon s L L 1 4 5 5

.
°
Deck
’
.
,
. .
’
. .
° ’

Watch 7 1 5 43 and was 0 0m 1 6 fast on G MT I ndex

°
,
° m ° °
. . .

error 20 ”
, Height of eye 35 feet ,
.

w y T E N 62 W ]
°
a a . . .
, . .

7 A u gust 8 th 1 9 1 2 abo ut lat 8 42 S ’

A M
°
. .
,
. .
, ,

long 1 6 37 E ob s alt Moon s L L 44 2 1

.
° ’
Deck .
, . .
’
. .
° '

Watch 4 39 4 7 and was 0 1 4 36 fast on G MT Index

°
,
° 1° m °
. . .

error 1 ,
Height of ey e 45 feet
’
,
.

r T E N 38 E ] n ea re . . .
, .
°
.

8 J une 1 8 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t lat 36 1 0 N ’

°
.
pm , ,
. .
, . .
,

long 6 5 6 W ob s alt Moon s L L 36 5

.
° ’
Deck .
,
. .
’
. .
° ’

Watch 8 °
2 9 an d was 0 3 5 7 fast on G MT
,
°
Index ° 1° °
. . .

error 2 , Height of eye 40 feet

’
, .

[ 1 w y T E S 89 W ]
'
a a . . .
, .
°
.

9 July 2 l s t 1 9 1 2 in long 1 7 6 40 E ob s mer alt of Moon s

° ’ ’
. . . . .
, , , .

UL. . 32 4 0 Index error 2 40 ”

Height of eye
° ’
,
’
,

35 feet .

° '

[ L a t. 45 0 N .
]
10September 4 th.
, 1 91 2 , in long . 37 5 0
’
W .
, ob s . mer alt . .

of Moon s U L Index error

’ ° ’ ’ ”
. . 2 9 47 ,
1 10
Height of eye 30 feet , .

'
[
°
L at 33 4 3 1 S ]
°
.

11 November . l s t, 1 91 2 , in long 66 2 5 E obs mer alt .

° ’
.
, . . .

of Moon s U L
’
. .
°
78 2 7 Index error 30 ”
Height ,

O f eye 28 feet , .

°
[ L at . 14 N .
]
March 2 5 th 1 91 2 in long
12 . 1 46
°
19
'
W ob s mer alt
Of Moon s U L
. . .
,
. .
, ,

/ 42 1 3
’
. .
° ’
Index error ,
1
’
10
”

Height of eye 45 feet , .

[ L at . 19 S ]

C HO I C E O F B O DIE S FO R O B S E RVATI ON .

Draw diagrams on the plan e of the horizon showing the ,

heavenly bodies available for observ ation at the following places

and times selecting in each case the pairs most suitable for
,

nearly simultaneous observation .

Specify also in each case which pair y ou would take if y ou , ,

were particularly anxio us abo u t (a ) your latitude ( 6) you r ,

longitude .

— No star of less ma nit u de than 2 1 to be incl u ded ]

[ N B .
g .

1 . Lat . 50 N
°
.
,
long . 5
°
W . 45 In
after sunset on J anu ary 2 5 th ,

1 91 2 .

[ S S id . . T . is 1 °
35 m
.
J
 21 5

Lat °
long W before s unri s e on July
3
32 S
°
. .
, . 84 . 35 m
9 1h ,
91
[ S S id . . T . is 1 11 3 8 m ]

3 . Lat . 15
°
N .
,
long 150 .
°
E ; 30
.
m
after sunset on Decem
[ 8 S id
. . T . is 2 a 2 em ] h

4 L a t 45
. .
°
S ,
long . 1 26
°
W .
; 40
m
before su nrise on A pril
1 l th , 1 9 1 2 .

[S . S id . T . is 1 9 h
11 m
]
5 . Lat . 21
°
S ,
long . 65 E ; 4 5
°
.
m
before su nrise on A u gust
5th 1 9 1 2
, .

[S . S id . T . is 2 h
41 m
]
6 . Lat . 36
°
N long . 10
°
W .
; 40
m
after sunset on October
2 9th ,

[S ]
h
. S id T is 2 0
. . 1s m

7 9 S
. Lat .
°
,
long . 7 8 E ; 30
°
-
.
m
before s unr ise on February
1 1 th 1 91 2
, .

[S . S id . T . is 1 4 °
53 m
.
J
°
8 Lat 2 6 N long 4 0 W ; 40 after s unset Nove m
°
1°
. . . . on
ber 2l s t, 1 9 1 2 .

[S . S id . T . is 2 1 h
47 m
]

M E R I DI A N PASSA G E S .

1 Find the S M T of the meridian passage

. . . . of A ld eba r a n on
J an u ary 9th 1 9 1 2 in longitu de 70 W
°
.
, ,

[9 J
°
P . M .

2Find the S MT of the meridian passage

. . . . of A r ctur us on
Febr uary 1 5 th 1 91 2 in lon git u de 1 2 5 40 W
, ,
° '
.

[4 J
°
A . M .

3 . Find the SA T the meridian passage

. of of Pr ocyon on
A pril 3rd 1 9 1 2 in l ongit u de 60 E °
.
, ,

[6 J
°
P . M .

Find the S A T of the meridian passage . of F om a lha u t

O n June 6th 1 91 2 in longitu de 1 30 E
, ,
°
.

[5 J
° m
59 A . M .

5Find the Deck Watch time of the meridian passage of

.

on March 2n d 1 91 2 in longit ude 1 7 45 E the Deck

R igel
° ’
'

. .
, , ,

Watch b eing 0 4 4 7 fast on G MT

° m
. . .

[5 2 34 ]
11 m

6 F ind the Deck Watch time of the meridian passage of

.

S irius on March 24 th , 1 9 1 2 , in long 1 2 2 5 W , the Deck

,

° ’
. .

Watch being 1 4 1 9 S low on G MT

° m °
. . .

[ ]
° m
6 1 9
 21 6

7 Find the Deck Watch tim e of the meridian passage of

.

S a tu n on J an u ary 1 9th 1 9 1 2 in long 97 20 E the Deck

° ’
r , ,
. .
,

W a tcl ein g 0 2 1 7 slow on G MT

° m °
. . .

[ 12
h
2 44 m
]
8Find th e Deck Watch time of the meridian passage of
.

on March 1 7 th 1 91 2 in long 1 05 2 6 W the Deck

J upiter , ,
.
° ’
.
,

Watch being 0 4 36 fast on G MT

° 1° °
. . .

[12
° -

23 m
]
Find the S MT and th e G MT of the Moon s meridian ’
9 . . . . . . .

passage in long .
°
44 2 0
’
W on October 1 8th 1 91 2
.
,
.

[ 9°
°
6 PM .

10 Find the S MT and th e G M T of the Mo on s meridian

. . . . . . .
’

passage in lo g 1 35 5 0 E on J u ne 7 th 1 91 2
n .
° ’
.
,
.

[ M ; 8°
°
5 2 1 111
A . .

1 1 Find the time by Deck Watch when the Moo n is on the

.

meridian of long 67 30 W on A pril 23rd 1 91 2 the Deck

.
° ’
.
, ,

Watch being 0 5 49 S low o G MT

° m °
n . . .

[ 0 ]
h m
1 2 1

12 Find the time by Deck Watch when th e Moon is on the

.

meri ian of long 83 20 E on February 9th 1 91 2 the Deck

d .
° ’
.
, ,

Watch b eing 0 1 7 48 fast o G MT

° m °
n . . .

[
h
]
m
1 1 50

13 What heavenly bodies s uitable for observation pass the

.

meridian within on e hou r after sunset at the given places and

dates
( a ) Lat 50 2 0 N long 1 2 30 \V March l s t 1 91 2 ?
’
° ’ ° ’
. .
,
. .
, ,

( b) Lat 2 0 4 5 N long 72 30 E December 20 th 1 91 2

° ' ° '
. . . .
, , ,

( )
c Lat 4 0 1 0 S.long 7 6 30 W°
A u g u st 2 3r d 1
’
9 1 2 ?
,
.
° ’
.
, ,

( d ) Lat 1 0 20 S long 1 2 4 W J an u ary 2 7 th 1 9 1 2 ?

° ’ °
. . .
, , ,

[( ) a A l d eba r a n ,
Al a rs , Ca p el l a , R igel .

( b) A n d r om ed ce a.
,
C a s s iop eiw, y P ega s i .

( )
c J up ter A n ta r es
i , .

( ) /I oo n f Ceti Pers ei J
d l lS
,
ai ,
a .

14 . W hat
heavenly bodies su itable for observation pass the
meridian within one ho u r before sunrise at the given places and
dates
Lat 40 40 N long 1 7 30 W March l 0th 1 91 2 ?
.
° ’
.
,
.
° ’
.
, ,

Lat 1 5 1 5 N long 7 5 2 0 W February 1 7 th 1 91 2 ?

.
° ’
.
,
.
° ’
.
, ,

Lat 45 50 S long 1 7 6 30 E J une 7 th 1 91 2 ?

.
° ’
,
.
° ’
.
, ,

Lat 2 5 1 9 S long 2 0 45 W September 1 s t 1 91 2 ?

.
° ’
,
.
° ’
.
, ,

[ )
( a M oo n J up iter , , ) t S c orp ii .

( b) a Co r on a . .

( ) c a. A n d ro m ed a , cy Pega s i, a P /wen ic is , a C r u c is
( b el o w P o e) l .

( )
d S a turn ,
A ld eba ra n .
]
 21 8

March 9th 1 91 2 abo u t

10 . A M long 46 33 W , ,
. .
, .
° ’
.
,

observed altit ude P l a r is 2 4 Deck Watch 8 5 3 37 and

° o
°
,
m °

was 0 1 8 1 9 fast Index error 1

°
Height of eye
m °
.
,
'
,

30 feet .

° '

[ 5
2 25 9 N ]
-
.

September l s t 1 91 2 abo ut
11 . P M long 1 42 2 7 E , , . .
, .
° ’
.

observed altitu de P ola r i 37 49 Deck Watch 8 56 47

° s
° ’
m

and was 0 2 3 9 S low Index error 1 30

° ”
Height of m °
.
,
’

eye 35 feet , .

[ 38 34 8 N .
]
Ju ly 2 3r d 1 9 1 2 , abo u t A M , long 9 42 W
’
°
12
‘

. .
, . .

O bserved altitu de P ola r is 47 35 30

° '
Deck Watch , 3 2 7 5 3
° m

and was 0 °
1 6 slow
°
Index error , 3 20
’ ”
Height of .

eye 2 8 feet,
.

[
° '
4 6 25 N .
]

To F I X T HE S HIP S P O S ITI ON ’
Two O B S E RVA TI ON S
BY OF THE
S UN the run I n the,
m ter va l b ern g known .

—
the following Q uestions the second observation is
[N B I n . .

su pposed to be worked with the position obtained by ru nning on

from the first position point ] .

1 A t 8 A M the DR position of a S hip w a s 36 40 N

° ’
. . . .
,

74 1 0 W A n observation taken at 8 gave ship 6 fu rther

° ’ ’
.

from Su than the DR position the S T E being S 5 0 E

n .
,
. . .
°
.

From 8 A M to A M the ship ran S 60 W

°
. . . .

At AM an observation of the Sun gave ship 1 2 .

’ ’

nearer the S un than the DR position the being S 7 E .

, .
°
.

Find the position O f the ship at

74 5 4 W
'
[ 36 254 N
° ° '
.
, .
]
At 2 AM a S h ip s D R position
. .
’
. . was 5 2 1 2 N ° ’
.
,

3 9 36 W
° '
and the observed Z D .
,
. . greater than the
calculated Z D S T B , S 4 9 E°
. . . . . .

At the obse r ved Z A M . . D . wa s less than the

calculated Z D S T B S 7 4 E . . . .
,
.
°
.

R u n between S ights N 38 W
°
. .
,

Find the position at

W ]
°

[ 30 4 N
’ ° '
5 2 .
, 40 23 .

3 At 1 when a ship s D R position w a s

. P
. N
M, .
’
. .
.

67 2 0 W ,
° ’
the calc ulated Z D of Su n s centre w a s 2 1 3 9
. . .
’ ° ’

and the Observed Z D 2 1 36 S T E S 43 W Ship is ° ’ °

. . .
,
. . .

steami n g S 7 0 W at 1 2 knots .
°
. .

A t 4 PM the calc u lated Z D was 5 7 and the observed °

. . .

Z D 57 S T E N 87 W
° °
. . . .
,
.
,
.

Find position of the S hip at 4 PM .

[ 30
°
31 4
'
N 68 4 4
° '
W ] .
 21 9

A t 9 A M a S hip s D R position was 38 4 3 N , 2 7 41 W

’ ° ' ° ’
4 . . . . . .

The tr ue Z D O f the S un s centre fo u°nd by ob servation w a s

. .
’

°
7 3 20
’
and the calc ulated Z D , 7 3 S 47 E
°
. . . .

At AM . th e tru e Z D Of the s un s centre fo und by. .

’

o b servation was 5 8 °
and the calc ulated Z D 58 . .
,
°

°
S 34 E .

Ru n between sights N ,
. 67
°
W ,
20
’
5 .

[ 38
°
50 4 '
N 27
°
59 W ] .

A t 6 A M in DR
5 . 5 6 1 2 N 30 28 W . .
,
.
° ’ ° ’
.
,
the tr ue
altitude of the S u n s cent re ob tained by observation ’
was
less than the calc ulated altitu de N 70 E°
. . .

The run from 6 A M to noon was S 62 E an d

°
th e
“

. . .

latitude at on obtained from a meridian altitu de of the

n o s un

was 5 5 40 N ° ’
.

Find the longit ude at noon .

W ] .

[ o obtain the ship s position withou t plotting by the

’
A l s

us e of traverse tables or otherwise ]

‘

To SHIP S POSITION from one Observation of

FIX A
’

the Sun and a bearing of a S hore object .

1 A S hip w a s in D R 4 7 5 6 N 5 4 3 W A n observation
° ’ ° ’
. . . . .

taken at that instant S howed that the S hip w a s 5 nearer the ’

s ub solar point than the D R position and the S T E was ‘

-
.
, . . .

S 65 W A fter running 30 N 30 E ( t rue ) Ushant Light

.
°
.
’
.
°
.

( 48 2 8 N 5 3 W ) was ob s erved b ea in g N 40 E ( tr ue )
° ’ ° ’ °
.
,
. r . . .

What w a s the sh ip s position ’

[ 4 8
°
1 24 N
'
.
,
5
°
22
'
W ] .

The S h ip w a s b y DR in 49 37 N 4 33 30 W when
2 . .
° ’
.
,
° ’ ”
.

an observation of the S un ( true bearing d ue E ) gave tru e .

Z D 3 2 greater than calcu lated Z D A fter r unning N 40 E

’ °
. . . . . .

2 6 the E ddystone 5 0 1 1 N 4 1 6 W
’
bore N 53 W ( true ) ,
° ’
.
,
° ’
.
,
.
°
. .

Find the ship s position and the distance from the Eddystone
’
.

[ 5 0 9 N 4 1 3 W di t
° ' ° '
.
, . s .

3 The S hip w a s by DR in 5 3 30 N 4 1 8 30 W when

” ° ’ ° ’
. . . .
,

an Observation of the S u S 55 W ) gave tru e alt 7 n . .

’

greater than calcu lated altitu de A fter run ning N 28 W . .

°
.

Chicken Rock Light 5 4 3 N 4 4 9 30 W b ore N 1 1 E

”
,
° ’
,
° ’
.
, .
°
.

tr ue Find the S hip 8 position and distance from the Light

.
’
.

[ 5 3 5 2 4 N 4 5 3 W di t
° ' ° '
.
, . s .

4 A ship steering S 2 E by compass at 1 0 knots was in

°
. . .

DR 37 46 N 9 2 7 W at 4 P M when the tru e Z D of the

° ’ ° ’
. . . . . . .
, , ,

S un w a s 7 4 5 3 a n d the calc ulated Z D was 7 4 5 8

° ’ ° ’
. .

S 61 A t 7 P M Cape St V incent Light 3 7 2 N 9 0 W

° ° ’ ° ’
. . .

V ariation 16 30 W
,
.
, ,

w a s sighted b ea in g S 4 7 E b y com ass

° ° '
r
,
p .

Deviation 2 30 E Find S hip 8 pos ition at 7 P M a ird distance

. .
,
° ’ ’
.
, . .
,

from Cape St V incent . .

[ 3 7 1 0 N 9 1 84 w d i t
° ' ° '
. s .
 22 0

5 A . ship steering
knots was in D R S W .
( tr ue ) at 12 .

1 4 5 0 W at P M when the tr ue altitude of

° ’ ’
28 42 N
°
.
, .
, . .
,

S un s centre was 4 7 1 9 2 0 and the calc u lated altitu de

’ ” ° ’

”
°
47 2 1 1 5 S 63 ’
At PM Highest Point .
°
.

O f Isleta G rand Canary 1 ( 28 1 0 N 1 5 2 5

,
bore .
° '
.
,
° ’

S 50 W ( true ) Find S hip s position at

.
°
. .
’

' °
1 64 W ]
’

[2 8
°
16 N .
, 15 .

6 was . A s h ip in DR ,
46
°
22
'
S ,
1 71
°
23
’
E when an .
,

observation of the gave observed Z D S un . . 3

’
greater than
c a l c ul a ted Z D N A fter r u nning 30 N 5 2 W . .
’
,
.
°
.

by compass C Saunders 45 5 4 S 1 7 0 45 E b ore N 85 W .

,
° ’
,
° ’
.
,
.
°
.

by compass V ariation 1 7 E Deviation 1 W Find ship s .

,
°
.
,
°
.

position and distance of C Saun d ers . .

[ 4 5 5 6 s 1 70 5 3 E d i t ° '
.
,
° '
. s .

7 The ship was in D R 24 5 7 N 36 9 E when an

. .
° ’
.
,
° ’
.
,

observation of the S un gave ship 1 nearer the S un than D R ’

. .

position N 75 A fter r u nning S 35 W .

°
.
°
.

( tr u e ) the D aedalu s Lighthouse ( 2 4 5 5 N 3 5 5 1 E ) was ° '

.
,
° ’
.

Observed bearing S 6 1 W ( tru e ) What w a s then the position

, .
°
. .

of the S hip '

]
° ' °

[ 2 4 58 N .
,
35 57 E .

8 . In
40 S 7 1 1 0 W , at abo u t
-

DR AM . the . 32
° ’
,
° ’
. .

ob s .
( D was 30 alt
° ’
1 2 40
. when C hronometer S°howed
10 °
2 5 ( S low on G M T 1 49
° ° ”
Declination 22 5 0 S ’
. . .
,
.

E qu ation of time 7 to A T S em id ia m 1 6 1°6’

m
31 °
, . . .
,

Index error 1 2 0’ ”
Height of eye , 22 feet S
,
81 E . . .

Ship then ran N 66 W ( tr u e ) when a peak in 3 2 4 1 S

° ° ’
. .
,

7 2 0 W w a s sighted bearing S 61 W ( tru e ) Find ship s

° ’ ° ’
. . .
,

position .

7 1 26 W
'

]
° ’ °

[ 3 2 25 s .
,
.

M on October 2 8th , 1 91 2 , in lat D R 36 39 N ,

° ° ’
9 . At 9 A . . . . .

long D R 2 2 6 W , from a S hip whose co u° rse w a s S E

.
° ’
. . . .

( tru e ) S peed 1 4 5 knots Cape de G ata lat 3 6 4 3 N long

’
. .
, , , ,

2 1 1 30 W , w a s O bserved to be a b ea i n A t abo ut 1 1 4 5
° ’ ” ° m
. .

AM the ob s alt of th e S un s L L wa s 40 33
.
° ’
. Index .
’
. .

error 1
’
,
Height of eye 2 8 feet Chr onometer time .
,

°
1 0 26 111
Er ror , 1 9 33 S lo w on G M T
° m °
Find the ship 8 . .

pos tion at 1 1 4 5 A M
°
i In
. .

W
' '

4 ]
° °

[ 3 6 6 N ,
1 4 7 . .

G E O G RA P HI C A L
BO DIE S P O S ITI O N S or HE AV E N LY .

Find to the nearest 1 5 of latitude and longitude the

geographical positions of the following bodies at the given
,

times
1 The S un February 1 4 th 1 91 2 at 4 2 0 G MT
.
b
, , ,
9
. . .

[13
°
19
'
s 61 °
24
'
W] .
 22 2

On J u ne 9th u sin g the same sexta nt &c y ou are only able , , .

,

to obtain forenoon sights abo u t 8 A M which give y ou . .

,

2 03 0 6 slow on G M T
° m °
. . .

( a ) What is the Chronometer s rat e

’

( b) What will be th e chronometer s error at midnight

’

Ju ne l 0 th
g i i g 2 2 l w J ° 1°
s ec s .
,
a n n s o .
0

4 It bei n g n ecessary to take a C hrono m eter 0 1 1 S hore for

.

observatio n s how would y ou carry it and what S pecial

, ,

precau tions would y ou take ?

5 What is a
. Mean Comparison
Find the Mean Comparison from the foll o wing com
parisons :
Before landing A fter ret u rning . .

A . 11 22 00 A. 1 15 00
DW . . 8 19 13 5 DW
. . 10 12
Deck watch time of m iddle S ight 9 10 00

6 . ho uld a Ch ron ometer be carrie d

How S What precau tio n s
are necessary ?
7 Describe with rou gh
.
,
S ketch the constr uction
, of a
C hronometer box .

8 . How would y ou take acc urate time w ith a Deck Watch

9 What Ob j ection is there to taking s ights
. for error of
chronometer on only on e side of the m eridian
10 . How often should 8—
day ch ronometers be wo und and ,

why ?

1 1 . hav e three chron meters A s rate is 1 2 0 sec s

You o . .
’
.

gaini n g B S rate 2 0 2 secs gaining O s rate 5 50 secs losing

,
.
’
.
,
.
’
. .

The daily differences between A a n d B on five consecu tive . .

days were 4 4 4 4 ; and between A and C 4

, , ,
. .
, ,

3 5 W hich of the chronometers wo uld y ou su spect is

.

going wrong and to what extent approxim ately ?,

12 What is a Mean Comparison and why is it necessary ?

.
,

Wha t comparisons wou ld y ou take for S un Equ al A l titu des

1 3 Describe h ow y ou would compare a Deck Watch with
.

a chr onometer .

1 4 Explai n
. the m ethod of winding and comparing
chro n ometers .

1 5 What com parisons are n ecessary when taki n g e qu al

.

altitu des on e day P M and A M the next ?

,
. .
,
.
 223

16 . Youhave take n e qual altitu des o n e day and 7 day ,

s

after take the fore n oon set for another set o f e qual altit udes ;
b u t in the afternoon the S u n is clo uded over How will y ou .

get yo ur rate
1 7 What r ules govern y o u as to when to consider a
.

chronometer as u nfit ?
1 8 Having dra w n yo u r chronometers state in detail how
.
,

y ou will stow them away Which on e will y o u call A “ ”

. .

1 9 What comparisons are necessary when taking e qu al alts

. .

for rating chronometers

2 0 In order to get reliable S ights for rating chronometers
.
,

what conditions mu st the heavenly body used fulfil ?

2 1 Yo u r
. B and C chronometers having run down
. .
,

and s topped h ow will you start them both at

,

2 2 What preca u tions are necessary when winding a

.

chronometer ? State reasons .

2 3 Describe in detail how y ou wo ul d pack a C hronometer

. .

2 4 What comparisons are necessary for

.

( a ) S u E qu al A ltitu de s ?
n

( b ) A bsol u tes of E and \V Stars . .

2 5 How are instru mental errors avoided when taking sights

.

for error of Chr onometer

2 6 On A pril 3rd errors of chr onometers were obtained by
.
,

e qu al altitu des a n d on the 1 3th A M S ights were Obtained

, ,
. .
,

b ut the S u n was obsc ured for the P M S ights How S hould the . .

rates of the chronometers be obtained Explain yo ur answer .

2 7 Why S ho ul d chr onometers be wo u nd daily at the same

28 State the variou s methods O f finding errors of Chr o

.

n om eters in the order o f their acc u racy

,
.

2 9 On A u gust 25 th 1 9 1 2 at C M noon a chronometer was

.
, ,
. .
,

S low on G MT 0 1 4°
. . September 7 th landed at Port
.
m

A delaide and in lat 34 5 0 30 S long 1 38 28 1 5 E at abo u t

” ° ’ ° ’
. .
,
.
, ,

8 30 A M local mean time took the following ob servations :

° m
.
,

O bs . a l ts . S un
’
s L L . in

°
11 2 26 1° °

2 58
1° °

3 23
1° °

In dex error 2 30 ,
’ ”

Obtain the error and rate of the chr onometer .

[
°
0 1 1 5 5 l w m
1 1 °
s o s ec s .
,
-

ga in in g J
.
 224

slow G MT 2 4 7
on March 1 8th
. . .
° m
,
landed I n
1 91 2 ,
l a t 34 5 0 30 S long 1 38 2 9 4 5 E and about 8 A M m e an
° ’ ” ° ’ ”
. .
.
,
.
,

time took the foll owing observations

O bs . a lts . S un
’
s L L . . in

Index error 3 20 ,
’ —
l
Obtain theerror and rate of the chronomete r .

[ 2 °
1 6 l w °
s o s ec s .
,
l o s in g .
J

J an u ary 1 3th 1 9 1 2 at G M Noon the Chrono me ter w a s

31 .
, ,
. .
,

S low on G MT 1 On J anu ary 27 th landed a t Ba tavia

°
12 m
'

.
. . .
,

and abou t 4 P M in lat 6 8 1 5 S long 1 0 6 48 30 E , took

° ’ ”
.
°
.
’
,
”
.
,
. .

the following observations

O bs a l ts . S un
’
s L L . . in
fii l H or i z on
.

A rti c a .

°
7 39 1 4 m °

39 39
m °

40 m
6 °

”
Index error 2 30 ,
’

Obtain the error and rate of the Chronometer .

[ 1 °
1 2 5 2 l w m
3 °
s o 5 s ecs .
,
l i
os n
g]

J an u a ry 1 8th , 1 91 2 , at G M Noon , the chr onometer was

32 . . .

fast on G M T 0 1 ° 1°
. Febr. uary l 0 th landed in lat 3 5 2 1 5
.
° ’ ”
S , .

long 1 1 7 5 4 1 5 E , and abou t 8 A M mean time took the

.
° ’ ”
. .

following observations to rat e Chronometer ’

O bs . a l ts S un
’
s L L . in
h t Tim es
.

C r on o m e er .

°
0 7 33 m
.
°

8 m
3 °

8 37
1°

Index error 3 1 0 ,
' ”

From S imilar ob s ervations taken at abo u t 4 30 PM on

°
,
1a
.

the same day the Chronometer w a s fou nd to be 2 4 seconds slow

,

on G . MT . .

Find the error of the Chronometer at Local Noon

'

on

Febru ary 1 0th also the rate of the chronometer ,

[0 25 lw 3 8 l i ° °
s o s ec s .
,
os n g] .
 226

From S imilar observations taken a b du t 4 PM on the same , .

day the error of Chro n ometer w a s fo u nd to be 0 1 2 5 5 S low

,
° m °

on G . MT . .

Find the error of the chronometer at Local Noon June 7 th , ,

also the rate of the Chr onometer .

[0 1 2 52 5 l w 4 9 g i i g]
° 1° °
s o s ec s .
, a n n

3 6 A pril 1 0 th 1 9 1 2 abo u t G M Noon the chronometer was

.
, , . .
,

fast on G MT 0 5 6
°
May 1 6th landed in lat 33 1 9 1 5 S
. . .
” m
, .
° ’
,
”
long 1 1 5 39 30 E at abou t
.
°
AM mean time and took
’
.
, .
,

the following observations

Ob lt S L L i s . a s . un
’
s n

Tim b y D k W t h A tifi i l H iz
.

es ec a c . r c a or on .

°
12 44 1 8 m °

44 40
m °

45 1 7
m °

Index e rror 4 2 0 ,
’ ”

A bo u t Noon the Deck Watch S howed 4 1 5 7 when the

° 1° °

chronometer S howed 5 1 4
°
and fr om observations taken m
,

abou t PM m ean time o n the same day the error of the

.
,

Deck Watch was found to be 1 4 5 5 slow on G MT Find m °

. . .

error Chronometer Noon May 1 6th and rate , , ,

.

[0 57 f t 2 1 g i i i
g]
° m
as
'
s ecs .
, a n n

3 7 On Ju ne 2 n d 1 9 1 2 landed in lat 34 1 9 30 S long

” ° ’
.
, ,
. .
,

E a t abo u t 3 PM mean time and took the

” ’
1 1 5 40 45
° -
-

. .
, ,

foll owing observations

Ob lt S L L i s . a s . un
’
s . . n

Tim b y D k W t h es ec a c .

°
4 4 1 36 m °

42 m
6 °

42 3 7
m °

Index error 3 1 0 ,
’ ”

A t ab o u t 2 PM the Deck Wa tch S howed 3 42 3 5 when

°
.
m °

chronometer S howed 3 2 8 °
On May 5th 1 9 1 2 at G M m
, ,
. .

Noon the Chr onometer w a s 2 4 9 4 5 S low on G MT Find

,
° m °
. . .

the e rror and rate of chronom eter .

[ 2 49 0 l w 1 6 g i i g]
° m °
s ec s
°
s o .
, a n n

3 8 J an u ary 3 l st 1 9 1 2 at 4 PM M T landed at Portsmo u th

.
, , . . .
, ,

Dominica ( 1 5 34 30 N 6 1 2 7 4 5 ” °
and took the ’
.
,
° ’

following observations
Ob lt S u L L i s . a s . n
’
s . n
A tifi i l H iz r c a or on .

°
11 8m
7 °

8 37
m °

9 25
1° °

The index error was 3 10

’
 227

similar observatio n s taken at abou t 8 20 A M o

F rOm ,
° m
. n

the same day the error of the Chronometer was fo und to be

,

2 5 7 7 fast on G M T
° m °
. . .

[2
11
57 m
3 5 fa s t J
. .
.

39 May 1 6th 1 91 2 landed at Lamlash ( 5 5

.
, ,
°
32
’
15
”
N .
,

5
° ’
7 30
”
W ) and at abo ut 8 °
A M
. . .
,
took the
following observations
O bs . a l ts . S un
’
s L L . . in

11
7 6 55 11 1 8

7 26
m °

8 15
'

1 8 11

The index error w a s 3 30 ’ —

l
From S imilar obser vations taken at a b o u t 4 PM o n the
°
, .

same day the error of the Chronometer was calc ulated to be

,

1 °
30 S lo w on G M T
°
. . .

Calc ul ate the error of the C hronometer ou G M T at Noon '

. . . .

[ 1 h
2 3 m
2 4 5 8
l
s ow
J
40 October 4th 1 91 2 lan ded at V illaj uan (42 35 30 N
.
° ’ ”

W and at a b oirt 9 A M M T P took the following

, , ,
° ’ ” °
8 46 4 5 . .
,
. .
,

observations z
Ob lt S u L L i s . a s . n
’
s . . n

A tifi i l H iz r c a or on .

°
6 1 1 32 111 °

12 m
.
7 °

1 2 54
m °

The index error was 2 30 ’

From similar observations take n at abo u t 2 35 PM on the

°
,
In
.

same day the error of the Chro n ometer was calculated to be

,

3 2 5 3 slow on G MT
° m °
. . .

Calc ulate the error of the Chron ometer on G M T at Noon . . . .

[
11
3 2 5 0 s lo w
J
19 5
.

41 February 1 0th 1 91 2 la ded at VV hiteh a ven and at abou t

n
.
, , ,

G M T in lat 54 N long 3 35 4 5 _
”
PM ,
W .
°
.
,
.
° ’
.
,

took the following ob servations :

Ob lt P y i s . a s . r oc o n n

D k W t h Tim
ec A t ifi i l H i z
a c es . r c a or on .

°
6 54 26 In °

5 4 58
m °

33 °

Index error 2 40 ,
’ ”

A b o u t 6 30 P M compariso n
. . .

Deck watch 7 1 0
°
,
m

Chronometer 5 1 8
°
,
m

Find the error of the chronometer on G . MT . .

[
h
1 1 5 1 11
3

u 57 77 .
 22 8

Ma y 1 8th , 1 91 2 ab o ut ,
landed at
PM .

”
Batavia ° ' °
( 6 8 30 S , 1 06 4 30 E ) and too k observations in
.

artificial horizon
R egulus ( W O f m eridian ) 74 5 1 40
D W 2 38
° ’
° m
-
. . .

A n ta res ( E o f meridian ) 8 7 2 3 40 ° ° ’
2 45
.
°

”
Index error 3 1 0 Find the error of Deck Watch on
,
’

G . MT . .

[ J
°
0 1 7s fa s t .

March 25th
43 .
,
- 1 9 1 2 , abo u t 1 0 PM landed at
.

Coq uimbo ( 29 55 4 5 ° ’
S , 71 21 1 5
° ’ ”
W ) and took Observations
.

in artificial horizon
(E ) D W 2 19
’ °
S p ica
°
82 1 4 0 . .
In

S ir ius W
( ) .
° ’
8 0 4 6 40 °
2 24 1m

Index error ,
1
’
40 Find the error of Dec k W atch on

[
°
7 J
m
0 1 9 4 5 °
s lo w .

October l 6th 1 91 2 abo ut 1 0 P M

44 . landed at , , .

A cap ulco ( 1 6 5 1 N 99 55 30 W ) and took O bservations in

” ° ’ ° ’
. .
,

artifi cial horizon

A l ta ir ( W ) 65 D W 4 40 °
° ’
. 36 5 0 . .
.
m

'
S a tur n (E ) 56 °
4 46
°
9 0 m

Index error , 50
”
Find the error of Deck Watch 0 11

G . MT . .

f t] [o
h
2 m
41 8
as

4 5 J an uary 1 7 th 1 91 2 abo ut
. PM landed at , , .

G ibraltar ( 36 7 30 N 5 2 1 30 W ) and took observations

” ° ” ° ’
. .
,

in artificial horizon
D W 10 4 °
° ’
S a turn 1 01 2 1 40 . .
m

P r ocyon °
91 1 1
' °
10 8m

Index error 3 ,
’
Find the error of Deck Watch
. on G . MT
. .

[o 4 1 5 fa s t J
h m
is . .
.

December 2 2 n d 1 91 2 abou t
46 .
, ,
PM . lan d ed
at Port A delaide ( 34 4 7 S 1 38 E ) and took
° ’ ° ’
, 30 45 .

observations in artificial horizon

B C eti ( W ) 95 33 D W 12
° ' °
,
. . .

’ °
S ir ius (E )
°
91 35 5 0 12 16 m

Index error ,
2
’
10 Find the error of Deck Watch on
G . MT
. .

[ s lo w
J
h m
o 6 25 s
.

4 7 J uly 2 0th , 1 9 1 2 abo u t

.
,
Pland e d atM .

Portl and ( 50 34 N , 2 2 6 W )
’ ° ” °
. . and took ob ser vations in
arti ficial horizon
A 8 8 25 30
r ctur us
° ’
D W 9 24
.
m
.
°
’ °
A l ta ir
°
74 4 9 29 m

Index error , 30 Fi n d the error of Deck Watch 0 11

G . MT . .

[0
h
3 m
fa s t .
J
 230

Jul y 1 8th 1 9 1 2
lat 1 7 32 S long 1 4 9 34 E the ° ’ ° ’
54 .
, , .
, . .
,
Sun
had e qual altit udes at the following times b y Deck Watch
°
(A M ) 1 5 1°
( PM ) 7 °
13 In
39 °

Find the error of the Deck Watch on G . MT at local noon

. . .

[ 2 °
l m
5 3 fa s t°
.
J
55 p ril 4th 1 9 1 2 lat 50 48 N long 1
. A , ,
.
° ’
.
,
.
°
6
’
W .
,
the S un
had equal altit udes when a Deck Watch showed
(A M ) 11 °
23 m
( PM ) 5 °
23 m
0 °

Find the error of the Deck Watch on G . MT at noon . . .

[2
h f t] 11 °
as .

56 .In la t 1 3 4 5 S long 1 72 1 7 E the Sun

.
° ’
,
.
° ’
.
,
had e qu al
al titu des as follows
PM March l 0 th 1 9 1 2 D W time 5 °
. 4 , . . .
m

A M March 1 1 th 1 9 1 2
°
. 9 12 ,
.
m

Find the error of the Deck Wa tch on G MT at local . . .

[ 0 °
27 111
3 fa s t
°
.
J
57 . Find the rates of A B C from the following .
, .
,
.

Time Ball Devonport at 1 PM 2 8th , ,

. J u ne ,

Deck Watch showed 1 ° 05

.
m

A .
°
1 0 9 00 m °
B 1 1 3 00
. C 1 21 ° m °
.
° m

DW . .
°
1 10 m
D W 1 1 0 52 8 D W 1 1 1
h
.
1° ° °
.
m
. .

On arrival Bermu da ( 64 °
Time Ball J uly 8 th
at ,

1 P M, . . Mea n time place Deck Watch showed ,

°
5 22 m

° °
5 5 9 30 ” °
B 6 . 30 0 6 11 °
.

h
6 01 46 2
m 5
D W 6 0 2 3O 4 D W 6 0 3 0 9 2
h m B h m 3
'

. . . . .

g i 0 2 d l i g s ec o n d s a n in g ; .
s eco n s os n

d g i i g] s eco n s, a n n

On l s t J ul y error of chr onometers found by stars East

,

an d W es t at Ports mou th a t 9 PM Chronome ters

, ,
.

S low on G MT . .

A 1 ° °
B 2 05
. C 1 15
°
.
m
.
m

On 8th Jul y again fo und by Sun Equ al A ltitu des at

A . 1 °
C 1 15
10 m
B 2 .
°
05 m
.
° m

What will be the error of the Deck Wat h at 9 A M c

.

1 1 th J uly when the follo w ing comparisons were

° °
A 7 50 .
m
A . 7 50 ° m
A . 7 50 100

°
B 6 54 1 8
m
.
°
C .
°
7 4 5 05
m °
D . W . 9° 2 0m

[o
h
19 m
47 2 8
f t]as .
 2 31

59 . On l s t A pril Deck Watch showed 0 32 4 2 when Time h 111 °

Ball dropped at Ports mou th at 1 PM G MT . . . .

Following comparisons were then taken

A . 10 °
B °
1 1 46 C °
9 11 .
m
.
In

DW . . 0 °
35 m
DW . . 0 °
37 m
D W 0 39 .
,
° m

On 7 th A pril at Portland ,
at 1 0 P M Deck .

Watch wa s fou n d to b e 0 °
2 7 1 5 slow on G MT b y
m °
. . .

Stars E and W . .

Following compari s ons were then taken

° ° °
A 7 56
.
m
A . 7 56 m
A . 57
7 m

.
°
B 8 51 m
C 6 .
°
14 m
DW . .
°
9 43 m

Find errors and rates and C o fA .

,
B, . .

[ A 2 1 3 1 8 l w l i g d .
,
° m °
s o , os n sec o n s .

[B 1 18 l w g i i g 3 14 d .
,
° °
s o ,
a n n
°

s ec o n s .

[ C 3 5 5 3 1 l w l i g d .
,
° °n °
s o , os n s eco n s .

60 . When Time Ball was dropped at Portsmou th at 1 PM .

on 1 2 th December Deck Watch showed ,

°
12 50 1°

Fo llowing comp a risons were then taken

A .
°
12 10 Bm °
1 1 48 C .
m
. 1 2 59 ° m

D W 1 2 56
. .
° 1°
D W 1 2 57
. .
° m
DW . .
°
1 2 58 1°

What will be the rates of A B and C having found by .

, .
, .
,

stars E and W at Bermu da ( long 64

. at 9 PM . .
°
.

on 2 5 th December that ,

A 0 5 6 1 6 6 slow on G M T
°
.
1° °
. . .

°
B 1 18
.
m

C 0 1 0 05 7
°
.
1° °

s eco n d l is, os n
g ; s ec on d s, ga i i
n n
g;
s eco n d s, l o s in g J .

6 1 OnDecember l s t at Plymou th Time Ball dropped at

.
, ,

1 °
00 00
In °
Deck Watch S how ing 1 0 l
° m

Comparisons
A °
1 2 00 00
. B °
1 2 01 00 C m °
1 2 02 00 °
.
m °
.
m °

DW . . 1 °
02 In
03 °
DW . . 1 °
02 m
30 °
DW . . 1 °
03 m
01 °

On December 1 1 th , at Chefoopi (long 60 E) Time Ball .

°
,

dropped at Noon Deck W atch showing 8 02

° m

Comparisons
A .
°
8 00 00 111 °
B . 8 01 00 ° m °
C 8 .
°
02 00 m °

DW ° W 9 0 3 40
° DW 9 °
'

. . 9 03 00
m °
D .
m °
. . 04 0 1
m °

Find the error and rate of “

A ,
” “
B .
,
and C .
,
on

December 1 1 th .

[A .
,
1 °
0 59 1° °
l
s ow ,
ga i i g
n n
'
31 s ec .
;
B .
,
1 °
0 1°
39 °
l
s ow , l os n i g s ec .
;
s l o w n o ra te J
° m
C .
,
1 0 0 °
, .

62 . A fter 1 0
days in harbo u r the follo w ing rates of C hrono
meters were Obtained b y Time Ball
A secs gaining . B secs losing .
,
. . .
,
.

C 3 5 secs gaining . .
,
.
 232

The S hip then procee d ed to sea , and the daily Compariso n s

h °
e 8 30 m
A 8 31 m
l st March w8 11
.

0 h
e so
.

.
m

11 h
e 8 42 m
00 .
A e 42.
m

w8 11
s1 m
51 6 8
01 m

11 11
e 8 35 m
00 .
A 8 35.
m

we h
e4 m
47 8 °
0 h
9 55.
m

11 h
e 8 30 m
oo s
A 8 so.
m

w8 11
1g m
44 8
0 h
e 50.
9

h 11
e 8 45 m
30 .
A 8 46.
m

w8 11
35 m
102 8 h
o 1 o 05.
m

Which of the chr onometers was going wrong and ,

approximate rate
[C . s ec s .
, ga i i
n n
g]

63 . A t Plym o u th on March 1 8th Deck Watch was ,

5 m

S low on G MT by Time
. . . Bal l at 1 PM G MT . . . .

C om pa ris on s on Ma rch 1 8th

A . 1 0 5 00 °
B 1 20 30 m °
.
° m °
C . 1 2 35 30 ° m °

DW . . 1 2 58 30 5 D W 1 2 5 9 35
° 1° ° ° m °
. . DW . . 1 °
00m

A t New York ( long 7 4 March 2 8th Deck Wa tch

°
. on ,

was 5 2 3 5 S low on G MT
11° °
. . . by Time Ball at 1 PM . Local
Mean Time .

Com pa rison s on Ma r ch 2 8th

A 9 0 5 00
.
° m °
B 9 21 .30 ° 1111 °
C .
°
8 37 0 0 m °

D W 8° 5 7 m 1 2 °
. . D W 9 00 20 5
° 1°
. .
°
DW . .
°
9 02 1 0
m °

Find the ra tes of A . and C Chronometers

,
B .
,
. .

s ec s .
, g i i g ; 15
a n
g i i g;
n s ec s .
, a n n s ec s .
,
l i os n g]

W O R K A ND O BSERV A TI O N S F O R US E
W I TH CHA R TS A B c D .
,
.
,
.
, .

P RA CTIC A L NA V I GA TION —E XA MPLE . I . C H ARTA .

[A l l cou rs es a n d bea r in gs a re by com

p as s ,
’
un less
”
otherw s e s ta ted i .

d ex er r or for a ll tion d height f

I n b
o s erva s, 1 10 an o

eye, 2 4feet ] .

On A pril 2 0th 1 91 2 at G M Noon the chr on ometer was

, , . .
,

1 °
1 5 9 slow on G MT daily ra te 1 5 s eco n d s losin g
m ° ’

. . . .
, ,
 2 34

P R A CTIC A L N A V I GA TIO N — EXA MPLE II -

. C HAR T A .

[A ll cou rs es a n d bea r in gs a re by com

pa s s
’
,
un
”
les s otherw is e s ta ted .

I n dezc err or f or a l l b
o s eip at on s , i 3 30 height o
f eye,

2 8 f eet ] .

On e 2 0th 1 91 2 the error of th e ch ronometer was

J un , ,

37 4 5 fast o n G MT
m °
. . .

On Ju ne 1 9th at N oon the ship was in lat 5 0 1 7 ° ’

long 4 1 2 W course S 80 W Deviation 2 30 W

.
° ’
.
,
.
°
.
,
° ’
.

Speed 1 1 4 knots,
.

3 4 5 P M Lizard Light abeam

. . . .

4 PM Lizard Light 5 8 abaft the starboard beam

.
°
.

A l tered co urse N 53 W Deviation 1 30 W ° ° ’

. .
, .

Speed 1 0 knots ,
.

A ltered co u rse S 1 8 W Deviation 1 30 W ° ’

1 0 PM
°
. . .
,

Speed knot s , ,

Mi d night Bish op R ock Light 4 points on the port b ow

. .

J une 2 0 th
AM Bishop R ock Light abeam
. .

Comparison at A M . .

C hronometer 8 34
°
,
m

Deck Watch 5 1 4°
,
m

8 AM Observation of the Sun

.

Times by Deck Watch Obs alts S u n s L L . . .

’
.

° ° ’
5 43 25 m °
36 5 0 30
’ ”
4 3 56
m °
53 50
4 4 26
m °
57 1 0
F or Position Line — Tru e Bea rm g o f S un s Centre ’

S 84 E
.
°
.

A ltered co u rse S 80 E .
°
. Deviation ,
1
°
30
'
E .

Speed 1 1 4 kn ots ,
.

Obse rvation of the S un

Time by Deck Watch . Obs alt S un s
. .
’
L L . .

° ° ’
9 20 m
0 °
64 3 2 1 0
F or Position Line — Tru e Bearing of S un s ’
Centre ,

S 11 E
°
.

Lay d ow n the vario us cou rses a n d distances Obtain the .

ship s p os rtion at 4 PM on June 1 9th and at

’
AM , ,

1 1 4 0 A M and Noon on J u ne 20 th
. . .
, .

Find also the Tr ue Beari n g and Distance from the Noon

Position to Cape Finisterre lat 4 2 5 3 N long 9 1 6 W ,
.
° ’
.
,
.
° '
.

N 1 44 W
° ' ° ’

[4 1 . M . 49 55 . 5 .

N . 6
°
42
'
w .

A M . 48
°
30
'
N . 5
°
12
'
W .

N o on . 48
°
N . 5
°
6
'
W .

T E . . an d Di st , S 27.
°
“ 7 '
3 78 4 J .
 2 35

P RA CTIC A L N A V I GA TIO N — E XA MPLE IIl . C HA RT A .

[A ll co u rs es d bea r in gs
a n a re by com p a s s , u n
’
l es s
"
otherw s e s ta ted i .

I n dex err or for a ll b

o s er va t on s , i 3 40 an d height f
o

f ey e 30
,
eet ] .

On March 2 5 th 1 9 1 2 , ,
at G M Noon the chr onometer
. .
,
w as
fast on G M T 2 32 1 0 ,
.
° m
.
8
. and losing daily 3 8 seconds ,

W1 ,
cou rse N . 7
°
E . Deviation ,
1
°
E . Speed
Bishop R ock Light ,
4 points on the starboard
Bow .

10 PM . Bishop Rock Light abeam .

Midnight . Al tered co urse S 3 1 “ 7

Deviation .
°
.
'

,
1
°
30 W
’
.

Speed 1 04 knots ,
.

A ltered co urse S 2 0 W .
°
. Deviation ,
1
°
30
’
W .

A ltered co urse S 7 4 E Deviation

° ° ’
1 30 E
“

. . .
,

Speed 1 0 knots ,
.

Comparison at 8 A M .

Chronometer 1 0 58°
,
m
0 9
.

Deck W atch 8 2 2 °
’

,
1m
12 8
.

AM . Obser vation of the Sun

Times by Deck Watch . Obs alts . . of S un s ’
L L . .

° ° ’
8 52 m
36 8
2 7 4 8 30
’
5 3 20
° ’
54 m
5 8
28 1 40
For Position Line — True Bearing S un s Centre ,
’

S 64 E .
°
.

Observation of the Sun

Time by Deck Watch Obs alt S un s L L . . .
’
. .

° ’
11 °
52 m
50 9
46 2 1 50
F or Position Line— True bearing of S un
’
s Centre ,

S 11 E .
°
.

Lay down the variou s courses and distances . Obtain the

ship s positio n at 1 0 PM on A pril 4th and at
’
.
,
AM and .

Find also the Tru e Bearing and Distance from the Noon
Position to Cape Finisterre lat 4 2 5 3 N long 9 1 6 W ,
.
° ’
.
° ’
.

49 5 1 N 6 40 W
° ' ° '

[ 10 P M . . .

0 N 5 57 W
° ' ° '
A . M . 49 . .

N o on 0 N 5 49 W
° ' ° '
. 49 . .

T E . . an d Di
st , 8 214 W
°
.
 2 36

P RA CTIC A L —
N A V I GA TIO N EXA MPLE I V . C HA R T B .

un les s ot er wis e s ta t e
h d .

”
10 an d height f
o

ey e, 30 f eet .
]
On May 2 8th 1 9 1 2 at G M Noon the chronometer was , ,
.
,

fast on G MT 4 7 1 0 and gaining dai ly 4 2 seconds

°
. . .
m 9
,
.

On J un e 2 7th 1 91 2 at Noon the ship was in lat 34 5 8 S

, , ,
.
° ’
.
,

long 1 1 6 8 E co urse N 5 8 W Deviation 2 W Speed

.
° ’
.
, .
°
.
,
°
.
,

7 knots .

6 PM C L eeuwin 4 points on starboard bow

. . .

8 PM .

9 PM . A l tered co urs e N .
°
33 W . Deviation , 4
0
W .

Speed 6 knots ,
.

6 A M . In creased speed to 8 4 knots .

8 A M . Observation of the S un
Times by Deck W atch Obs alts S un s . . .
’
L L . .

° ° ’
4 35 1 0
m 9
9 21 0
’
35 5 1
m 8
27 5 0
’
36 32
m 8
34 40
For Position Line—Tru e Bearing of S un s Centre ’

N 54 E .
°
.

Comparison a bou t AM .

°
O hr o n om eter , 5 5 m
0 3

A M . Observation of the S un
Time by Deck Watch . O bs . alt S un s .
’
LL .

° ’
46 32 56 2 0
°
8 6m 8

F or Position Line — True Bearing of Sun s Cen tre ’

N 8 E .
°
.

Lay down the var iou s cour ses and d istances Obtai n the .

S hip s position at 8 PM Ju ne 27th and at 1 1 30 A M and

’
on .
,
.
,
.

Noon on June 28th .

n d Distance from the Noon

Positi on to Colombo la t 6 56 lon g 7 9 5 1 E ,

.
° ’
.
° ’
.

° '
S . 1 15 2 s .

° '
S 1 13 50 E
—
. .

4E
’
s . .
 2 38

P R A CTIC A L N A V IG A TION — E XA MPLE VI . C HAR T C .

[ A ll c ou rs es an d bea r in gs a r e by com p a s s ,
un l es s h
o t er w s e i
s ta ted . In d ex er ror for a l l obs erva ti on s, an d height
o f e
y e, 20
’
f eet .
]
On March 2 0th 1 9 1 2 at C M Noon the chronometer was , ,
. .
,

2 3 4 7 slow gaining 4 2 seconds d a ily

° m 8
,
.

A pril 4 th 1 91 2 at 4 PM ,
a ship was in lat
,
. . .

long 4 1 0 W
.
° ’

Shap ed cou rse N 82 W Deviation 2 30 .

°
.
,
° ’

Speed 1 2 knots , ,

PM Lizard Light bore N 7 1 E

. .
°
.

W o l f Light bore N 22 W .
°
.

Al tered cou rse N 7 0 W Deviation 2 W ° “

°
. . .
,

PM Bishop Rock Light was 4 points on the bow

. .

PM .
’

A l tered cou rse N . 35

°
W . Deviation ,
30
’
W .

Speed 1 0 knots ,
.

Chronometer showed . O bs . alt S un s .

’
L L . .

°
6 4 8

26 m
32 °

27 m
1 8

Increased S peed to 1 4 knots .

AM Obs alt Su n s L L 43 2 0 1 0
. . .
’
.
° '

Chronometer 9 °
,

S un s Tru e Bearing S 1 9 E ’

,
.
°
.

Lay down th e vario us co u rses and bearings and find the ,

at P M P M o n A pril 4 th and at . .
,
.
‘

.
,

Noon on
Find the True Bearing and Distanc e at Noon of a R en dez
vou s in lat 5 3 N lo n g 1.2 “ 7 °
.
°
.

a n . 49
°
47 N 5 35
'
.
° '
w .

PM . 4 9 4 44 N
° ' °
6 27
'
. W .

N oon 12 N W
° ' ° ’ '

. 51 9 23 . .

T B . an d Di t s N 42 W
°
. . ,
 239

height o
f eye, 41 f
eet .
]
On February 1 st the c hronometer wa s 3 °
23 m
4 °
S low on
On Feb r uary 3rd 1 91 2 at Noon the S hip 40 4 5 S
° ’

i
, , , .

W a s in D R
° ’
. 1 7 6 26 E .

Co urse S 1 3 W Deviation 2 W , Speed .

°
.
,
°
.
,

1 0 knots .

1 PM Castle Point bore S 5 4 W

. .
°
.

PM . N 67 W .
°
.

A l tered co u rse S 48 W Deviation 2 4 W ° °

6 PM . . . .

E point of K aiko ura Penins ul a bore N 3 W

°
5 A M . . . .

A m ur i b l ufl d ue “7 .

A ltered co ur se S 5 E
°
Deviation 1 4 5 W
° ’
. .
,
.

7 AM .

Deck Watch ,
7 °
35 m ’

8 A M . Observation of the Su n
Times by D eck Watch . Obs alts S un s . .
’
L L . .

°
8 50 °

37 m
26 9

38 m
17 9

Su n s Tru e Bearing N
’

,
. 82 E
°
.

A M .

Time by Deck Watch . Obs alt Su n s . .

’
L L . .

° ° ’
12 7 m
26 °
62 7

L a y o ff the vario u s co urses and find

the ship S position at ’

1 30 P M on F eb r ua rv 3rd and at 5 A M
. . . 1 1 30 A M and Noon ,
. .
,
. .

on Feb ruary 4th Find also the tr ue

bearing a d distance
. n

from the Noon Position to Otago Ha 1 b our Light ( lat .

4 5 47 S long 1 7 0 4 5 E )
° ’ ° ’
. . .
,

° ' ° '
P M . 40 57 S 1 76 . 18 E .

° ' ° '
5 A M . 42 34 S 1 73 . 414 E .

° ° °
1 1 3O. A M . 43 41 S 1 73 . 27 E .

N o on . 43
° '
46 S 1 73
°
. 26 E
'
.

T B an d . . Di t s S 4 34 W
.
°
. .
, 1 67
 2 40

[A ll cour s es a n d bea r in gs by
pa s s , u n l es s
com h
ot er w s e s ta ted i
"
a re .

I dex
n err or f o r a l l obs er va tio n s , 2
’
10 an d height f
o

e e 41
y ,
f eet .
]
On October 5 th 1 91 2 at abo u t 8 PM the c hr ono
, ,
.

me ter was 2 °
4 1 fast and l os ing seconds d aily °
, .

October 20th
6 PM Ship w a on cou rse N 80 E Speed 1 2 knots
. s .
°
.
, .

Deviation 2 E C Farewell bore S 34 W ,

°
. . .
°

7 PM Farewe ll Spit Light bore S 2 5 E

. .
°
.

A l tered cour se S 1 3 E De viation 45 W .

°
.
,
’
.

Speed 1 0 knots ,
.

Brothers Light 4 points o n the starboar d b ow .

ab ea m .

Al tered co u rse S 5 3 E D eviation 30 E .

°
.
,
'
.

Speed 1 5 knots ,
.

7 30 . AM . Comparison
D eck W a tch 7 40 °
,
m

Chr on ome ter 1 0 1 8

°
,
m

8 A M . Observation of the S un
Times by Deck Watch Obs alts Sun s LL . . .
’
.

h
8 9 44 11 1 8

10 15
1 11 °

l 0 46
m “

Sun s Tru e Bearing N 7 7 E

’
,
.
°
.

A M . Observation of the S un
Ti m e by Deck Wa tch Obs alt S un s . . .
’
L L . .

11 °
34 m
51 " 57 4
° ’

the vario us co urses a n d distan ces and find the ,

ship s position at 7 PM on October 20 th and at 4 A M

’
.
,
.
,

A M and N oon on October 2 l st

. Find also the true bearing and .

dista nce from the Noon position to Point Hans on Cha tham 1 , .

( lat 43 5 7 S lo n g 1 7 6 32
° ’ ° ’
. .
,
.

° ' ° '
[7 p m . 40
°
29 S
'
. 1 73
°
1 E .

64 S
’
4 A M . 41 . 1 74 34 E .

° ' ° '
A M . 42 3 44 S . 1 75 3 1 E .

N oon . 42
° '
41 S .
° '
1 75 37 E .

T E . . an d Di t s .
, S 7 74 E .
°
.
,
[A l l co urs es a n d bea rin gs a re by co m pa s s , un l es s o therw is e
’ ”
The I n dex er ro r
fo r a ll o bs er va tion s 3 30 a n d height ,

o f ey e, 26

7 th, 1 91 2 at C M Noon , the chronometer

March , . . was fast on

G MT 2 4 2
.
°
.
m
.and gaining daily 2 6 secs .

March 9th
7 PM . Ship was in D R lat 49 5 2 N long 3 36 W . .
° '
. .
,
° ’
.

Obs alt g
R e u l
. us 31 Deck Watch 9
.
°
,
°

Obs alt P ola r i 5 0 1 7

. Deck Watch
. s ,
° '
,
°
9 26 m

Tr ue Bearing of Regul us S 7 1 , .
°
E .

Comp arison
Chronometer 1 0 1 2
°
,
m

Deck Watch 9 30 °
,
m

Course S 79 W Deviation , .
°
.
,
°
2 40 E
’
. Spee d ,

1 0 5 knots
‘

March 1 0th
A M O b8 A n ta r es , 14
°
Deck “l atch
°
.
,

8
7 A M . Obs alt S u n s
. .
’
L L . .
,
°
6 2 7 30
’
Deck
°
9 35 m

Comparison
Chr onometer 1 0 22
°
,
m

Deck Watch 9 40 °
,
m

Lay down the variou s courses and distances and obtain the ,

position at 7 PM on March 9th and 7 A M on March l 0th

. . . .

[7 PM 4 9 49 N
° '
. 3
°
42
'
W .

'
W ]
° ' °
7 A H . . 48 5 6 N . 6 31 .

PR A CTIC A L N A V I G A TION .
-

E XA MPLE XI . C H ART A .

[A ll d bea r in gs by com les s o therw is e s ta ted

"
c ou rs es a n a s s , un
a re
p .

’
I n dex er r or for a ll b
o s erv a t o n s i wa s 1 10 a n d height

o f e e,
y 28 feet ] .

On A u gust 26th 1 9 1 2 at G M Noon , the chronometer w a s

, ,
. .

3 °
6 2 6 2 fast on G MT
1° °
daily rate 2 2 seconds losing . . .
, ,
.

Daily rate of Deck Watch , 4 2 seconds , gaining .

September 2n d
The S hi p w as in Torbay . G ot up anchor abo u t
PM .

[N B — .G reenwich Mean Time

. is to be understood
u ntil notice of cha n ge ]
 2 43

Berry Head bore W ( true ) distant 1 mile .

, .

Shaped cou rse S 2 7 W Deviation 1 1 0 E .

°
.
,
° '
.

Speed 1 0 knots
'

.
,

Start Point 4 points on the b ow .

Start Point abeam .

A ltered co u rse to S 88 W Deviation 2 30 E ° ° ’

. . .
,

Speed 7 5 knots ,
’

(abo u t) Obs mer alt of A lta ir 4 8 44 1 0

° ’
. . . .

Obs alt of M k b 39 1 8
. . Time by Deck ar a
° ’

“ at ch 1 0 3 9
l °
True bearing of Ma rk a b
,
1m
,

S 63 E .
°
.

Comparison
Chronometer 1 1 5 °
,
m

Deck Watch 1 1 1 9°
,
m

Increased speed to 1 0 knots .

Lizard Light bore North A ltere d co urse to .

N 80 W Deviation 2 E
.
°
.
,
°
.

September 3rd
Bishop Rock Light abeam
AM . .

8 AM Pu t back clock 30 min u tes to a p proximate S A T

. . . .

A ltered co u rse to North Deviation 0 30 “7 ° ’

. .
,

Speed 1 2 5 knots ,
.

8 AM Obs alt Su n s L L 25 1 4 5 0
. Deck . .
’
. .
,
° ’

Watch 9 40°
,
m

Comparison
Chronometer 1 1 6 °
,
m

Deck “ atch 9 l 0
l °
,
m

AM O b s alt S un s L L 4 6 5 3 0
. . Deck \V atch.
’
. .
° ’
,
°
1 24 Tr ue Bearing S 5 E m
,
.
°
.

Lay O ff the vario u s cou rses and distances Find positions .

at P M September 2 n d and
. .
,
A M on September 3rd ,
. .

49 5 9 N W
° ’
PM . . .

50 25 N 7 224 W
' ° '
]
°
A . M . . .

P RA CTIC A L N A V l G A TI O N .
— E XA MP L E XI I . C H AR T A .

[A ll cours es d bea r in gs
an a re by com
p a s s , un l es s
”
other w s e s ta te i d .

I n d ex err or for a ll obs er va t on s , i 2 15

’
an d height of
ey e 38 f eet ]
, .

On J u ne l s t 1 9 1 2 at C M Noon the chronometer w a s

, ,
. .
,

3 °
4 8 1 9 S low on
m °
and losing 1 5 seco n ds daily° ’ '

On J u ne 1 5th at 6 P M , S hip w a s in D°R 5 1 3 N

,
. . . .
,

7
°
48
’
\V , co urse S
. 35
°
E Deviation 4 E Speed . .
,
.
,

14 knots .

7 PM . Comparison
Chronometer ,
3 21 ° m

Deck Watch ,
°
7 11 111
 2 44

PM O b s alt A lta ir 2 8 2 8 °
Dec k : \V a tch
'

'
°
. . .
,
°
1 0 58 m

Obs alt A n ta r es 1 3
.
°
. Deck Watch ,
°
1 0 5 9 43 3 111
.

Tru e Bearing, A lta ir S 67 E

°
,
. .

Tru e Bearing A n ta r es S 34 E
°
, ,
. .

June 1 6th
AM . Seven Stones Light bore S 5 3 W .
°
.

Lo n gships Light bore S

A ltered co urse S 4 W Devia tion 1 W .
°
.
,
°
.

M O b s alt P ol a r is 5 0 8 Deck Watch ° ’

‘

A . . .
,
°
3 55 m

4 A M .
( abo u t ) Comparison
.

Chr onom eter ‘

,
1 2 35 ° m

Deck Watch ,
°
4 25 m

5 A M . Obs alt S un s L L . .
’
. .
°
8 19
’
Deck Watch ,
°
5 25 m

Lay dow n the variou s cou rses and distances and obtain ,

the tru e positio n of the ship at PM on J u ne 1 5 th and .

,

at A M and 5 A M 0 1 J u ne 1 6 th . . 1 .

M 50 2 5
° '
N 6 37
° '
W
' ’

P . .

M N W
° ’ ° '
50 8 5 59
’

A . . . .

N W ]
° ' ° '
5 A M . 49 1 0 4 . 5 33 .

PRA CTIC A L N A V I GA TION —EXA MI L E ’

XIII .
'

C HA RT ‘

A .

[A ll cours es a n d bea rin gs by com p a s s u n les s other wis e s ta ted

a re , .

”
a n d height
’
The I dex er ror a l l obs er va tion s is 1 20
f or
’

o
f eye, 2 9 feet ] .

A t G M Noon on A p ril 6th, 1 9 1 2 , the chr onomet er w a s

. .

2 5 3 fast on G M T losing 1 8 seconds daily

° m °
. . . .

[G M T is su pposed to be kept u ntil not i c e o f chang e ]

. . .
p

A pril l 0th
A M . Lu ndy Island Light bore N 30 E ( true) and .
°
.
,

Hartland Point E ( t rue ) . .

Shaped co u rse S 63 W Deviation 4 5 W .

°
.
,
’
.

Speed 1 8 knots ,
.

PM . Bishop Rock Light 4 points on bow .

PM . abeam
A ltered c oirs e to S 22 30 E Deviation 1 5 0 E
.

° ' ° ' ‘

i . .
,

Put clocks back 2 5 min u tes to approximate

SA T
De ck Watch
. . .

PM . Obs alt S un s L L 2 0
. .
’
. .
°
,
°
5 18 m
’

D eck Watch 5 1 0 ,
° m

Chronometer 6 5 7
°
,
m

PM . O b s alt of R egulus 5 3
. .
°
34
’
Deck Watch ,
°
9 11 m

9 PM . A l tered cou rse N

to . 54
°
E . Deviation ,
30
'
W .

Speed ,
17 5 knots .
 2 46

Lay off the vario us co urses and obtain the observe d p ,

at 4 35 P M and 1 1 P M on J anu ary l 0 th and at 9 A M

. . . . .
, . . on

J an u ary 1 1 th .

52 N 6 14 W
° ' ° '
PM
_ . 50 . .

PM 54 N 6 36 W
° ' ° '
11 49
'
'

. .
,

4 8 38 4 N 7 37 W
' '
]
° °
9 M
'

A . . .

P RACTIC A L NA V I GA TION .
— E X AMPLE XV . C HAR T B .

[A l l cour s es a n d bea r in gs a re by com

p a s s , un less
”
other wis e s ta ted .

I dex
n er r or
f or a l l obs er va tio n s ,
’
2 10 an d height o
f
ey e, 30 f eet .
]
March30 th 1 91 2 , a t G M N oon the chronometer w as
, . .
,
S low .

G MT 2 °
a n d losing daily 2 3 seconds
‘

on . . . .

A pril 1 5 th Compariso n abo u t 8 A M. . .

Chronometer 9 43°
,
m

Deck Watch 1 0 2 5
°
,
m

Deck W atch gains 3 6 seconds daily .

AM Ship was in D R lat 33 8 S long 1 1 3 32 E

. . .
,
.
° ’
.
, .
° ’
.

Obs alt Su n s L L 2 4 D W 1 0 56
°
. .
’
. .
°
. .
,
m

C ou rs e S 4 0 E Deviati on 1 30 E Speed ,
~
.
°
.
,
°
.
'
.
,

1 4 k n ots
'

Noon Obs mer alt S u n S L L 4 6 ’ °

; . . . . .

A ltered co u rse S 2 9 E Deviation 0 20 E ° ’

. . .
,

Speed 1 1 knots , .

5 PM »
A l tered co u rse S
. 50 E Deviation 3 E .
°
.
,
°
.

Speed 1 1 knots ,
.

7 P M Obs alt A chern a r 2 1

'

° °
.
~
9 18 . .
m
"
Obs al t 8 Cen ta uri 34 D W 9 20 1 3
° ° m °
. .
,
.
,
.
,

La y down the vario u s cou rses and distances and ob ta 1 n ,

the pos i tions at Noon and at 7 PM

.
°
.

”
A pril 1 8th landed in l a t 35 2 1 5 S long 1 1 7 5 4 1 5 E
” ’
° ’ ° ’
. .
,
. .
,

and at abou t P M mean time took the follo wing observa . .

, ,

tions
Ob lt S
c s . a s . un
’
s

'

h °
5 39 5 m 8
44
'
4 3 5 3 40
°
39 4 2
m .

'
4o 1 7
m .
4 1 30
a bou t 3 PM on the same day the Deck W a tch S howed
’

At .

4 m
when the chronometer showed 4 2 1° 11 1

Obtain the error and rate of the chronometer

’

[ N oon 33 454 S
° '
. 1 1 4 2 34 E
° '
.

° ' ° '
7 PM . 34 47 S . 1 15 15 E .

C h r on . 2 °
4 2 m
3 8 8
l
S ow , l i os n g 1 7 5 s ec o n d d i ly
s a .
 2 47 .

’
20 6

at M Noon chrono meter fast

C
«
G . .
,
the was

Chronometer 1 1 4 ,
"
° m

D eck Watch
’

1 m
,

Daily rate of Deck Watch 3 2 secon ds losi n g , ,

“

Noo ri Ship w a s in D R 35 2 4 S 1 1 3 33 E ° ’ ° ’
'

. . . .
,

Shaped co urs e E Deviation 4 40 E .

,
° ’
.

Speed 8 knots ,
.

4 P
. M . Obs alt S un S L IL 1 1 34
. .
,
Deck Watch ’
.
° '
,
°
8 5 m

PM . O bs .
"
alt R . egu l us
'

40
°
46 . Deck Watch ,

9 °
Tru e Bearing ,
of . R egul us ,
N 20 E .
°
.

Al tered course N Deviati on

°
6 PM . . 21 E .
,
E .

May 1 5 th
8 AM .
( abou t)

C hrono meter 1 1 0 ,
° m

Deck Watch 1 1 °
17 ,

8 AM Obs alt Sun S L L 1 2

. . Deck Watch
.
’
. .
°
,

a n d S u garloaf R ock bor e N 7 7 E

°
h
12 .
. .

Deviation ; 2 E Increased speed to 9 knots °

. .

A l tered co urse N 7 8 E D eviation 1 2 0 E

° ° ’
AM . . .
,
.

Speed 1 2 knots ,
.

AM Casu ari n a Point 4 points on the starboard bow

. .

AM Casu arina Point abea m

.
’

Lay down the vario u s co urses and distances and obtain ,

th e positions at P M on Ma y 1 4 th and at 8 A M and .

,

1 1 30 A M o May 1 5 th
. . n

1 14 16 F
° ' ° '
34 50 s .

° °
8 . A M . 33 1 1 4 56 l E .

A . M . S .
 248 .

A
[ ll cours es d bea r in gs a r e by com pa s s , un l es s
an otherw is e
' ”
s ta ted The I n dex err or for a ll obs er va tion s i s
. 1 20
a n d height of eye, 29 f eet ] .

"
May 2n d , 1 91 2 , at local mean Noon 51 Sydn ey long
‘

,
.
,

20 Slow on
”
E , the ch rono m eter w a s 1
"
° ’ °
1 51 1 2 30 .
°

Ship wa s due So uth ( tru e ) of D En trecaste aux ’

Point s teaming N 55 W Deviatio n 50 1V

,
.
°
.
,
’
.

Speed 1 4 8 knots ,
.

D En treca s tea u x Point abeam

’
.

Cape L é euwin Light 4 point s on how -

Cape L eeu win Light ab eam

Devia tit m nil
. .

A l tered c ou is e to N 8 5 W
° ’

. . .
,

Speed 1 5 6 knots ,
.

8 PM . Comparison
Deck Watch 1 1 50 °
,
m

Chronometer 1 0 °
57 ,

10 P M . Obs alt of A n ta r es 4 9 46
; Deck “ atch
.
l
,
° '
,
°
1 58 111

True b earing ,
S . 89 E
°
.

May 1 4 th o .

O b s alt . . of A r ctur us , 28
°
-

1
’
Deck Watch ,
°
5 1 1°

Tr u e Bearing N 34 1V ,
.
°
.

A ltered co urse to N 5 7 .
°
Er Deviation ,
1
°
30 E
’
.

Speed 1 5 knots ,
.

A M . A ltered co u rse to N . 4
°
30
’
E . Deviation ,
° ’
0 30 E .

8 A M . A ltere d cou rse to S 1 7 30 .

° ’
-
VV . Deviation ,

1 15 W Speed 1 3 2 knots
° ’
. .
,

10 A M . A ltered co u rse to N 78 30
° ’
E . Deviation ,
°
1 E .

Comparison
Deck Watch ,
3 °

Chronometer ,
2 °
7 m

A M . Obs a l t S un s
. .
’
L L , 37
°
. . 44
'
Deck Watch ,
°
3
to
”

the s ou th of
~
IC a p e

Lay down the vario u s co u rses and d is ta c eS and find the n ,

at 7 4 5 P M o May 1 3th and at 1 A M and

. . AM. n ,
. . . .

° ' ° '
PM . 34 2 8 S . 1 15 4 E .

° ' ° '
1 A M . 34 3 7 S . 1 13 23 E .

' '
]
° °
A M
. . 33 30 8 . 1 1 4 56 E .
 2 50

PM . Obs . alt . R igel 49

°
14
’
20
"

. Deck Watch ,
h
10 37 1m

Obs alt . A chern . ar 29

°
47 10 . Deck Watch ,
°
10 38 4 7
m 8

True Bearing of R igel N 5 8 W ; of A chern a r , .

°
.
’

S 38 W .
°
.

PM . Cape L eeuwin Lt was 4 points on the bow . .

PM .

‘
Cape L eeuw in Lt was abeam . .

PM A ltered co u rse N 34 W Deviation 1 4 E ° °

11 . . .
,
.

A pril l 0 th
A M . Comparison
Chronometer 2 5 1 30
°
,
m E
l

Deck Watch 1 2 3 7 30
°
,
m °

A M . Obs alt S un s L L 2 4 1 1 2 0 Deck Watch

.
' ”
.
’
.
°
,
°
12 52 m
40 8
.

Obs . a lt . Moon ’s U L 65 1 2 . .
° ’
Deck Watch ,
h
l e 54 m
19 8
.

Moon s Tru e B eari n g N 8 2 W ’

,
.
°
.

Lay down the variou s co urses a n d distances and obtain , ,

the observed positions at P M and PM on A pril 9th . . .

,

and at 8 30 A M on A pril l 0 th
. . . .

Comp ute the D R position at Noon on A pril l 0th . . .

° ' ° '
[ 6 1 5 . P M . 34
°
48 S
’
. 1 1 5 3S E
° '
.

PM 34 27 S 1 15 5 E
‘ ‘

. . .

° ' ° '
A M . 33 1 2 4 S . 1 1 3 48 E .

DR . . N oo n . 32 4 7 4 ’ S 3
° 0 ’
1 1 3 25 E .
]

P RA CTICA L N A V I GA TION — E XA MPLE XX . C HA RT B .

[A ll cou r s es a n d bea rin gs a re b

y c om p a s s u n les s other wi s e s ta ted ,
.

height of eye, 30 f eet ]

'
I n dex err or f or a ll obs erva tion s , 1 .

Jul y 7 th , 1 9 1 2 ,
at G M Noon the chronometer w a s 2 1 6 4 1 ° m “

fa
. .
,

st gaining daily 2 4 seconds

,
.

July 2 0th at 4 P M the D R position w a s 33

’
5 S
°
,
. . . . .
, ,

1 1 3 25 E co urse S 33 E De viation 2 W Speed 1 0 knots

° ’ ° °
.
.
, ,
. .
,
.
,

Obs alt Su n s L iL 1 1 36 '

D W 8 27 1 4
° ’ ° m 9
. . . . .

Obs alt Moon s U L 59 3 1 D W 8 29 3

.
°
.
’
. .
° ’
. .
,
m °

Tru e Bearing of Sun N 5 6 W of Moon N 33 E } , .

°
.
,
.
°

PM Comparison .

Ch ronometer ,

Deck \V atch 8 5 2
°
,
m

CapeL eeu w in Lt points the

’

AM . . wa s 4 on b ow .

AM . a beam .

A l tered co u rse _S .
‘

51
°
E . Deviation ,
1
°
W .

R edu ce d speed to kn ots

,

9
 25 1

Comparison
A M .

Chronometer 1 °
2 0 ,
m 8
.

Deck Watch 1 0 4 1 2 8 °
,
m

AM Obs alt S turn 33 1 8 30

. . D W 1 0 5 6 49
°
. a
° ’
. .
m 8
.

Obs alt C p a n o u s 4 7 9 . D W 1 0 5 8 33
.
° ° ’
. .
m 9
.

True Bearing of S a tu n N 2 4 E ; of Ca n op us r , .
°
.
,

S 48 E .
°
.

Lay down the variou s courses and distances and obtain the ,

observed positions at 4 PM on J uly 2 0th and at A M and .

, .

A M on J u ly 2 1 s t
. Set a cou rse at A M to clear S VV
. . .

Reefs by 5 miles Deviation 1 W .

,
°
.

° ' ° 1 '
[ 4 R M . 33
°
7
'
S 1 1 3 32
°
E . .

A M . 3 4 2 84 S 1 15 0 E . .

° ' ° '
A M . 3 4 49 S 1 1 5 35 E . . _
°
C om p co , S 6 0 E . . . .
]

PRA CTIC A L N A V I GA TIO N — EXA MP L E XXI .

V
C HA RT C .

[A ll cou r s es a n d bea r in gs a re by com p a s s , u n

'
les s o ther wis e s ta ted
”
.

for a ll obs er va t o n s , i 1 20 height of ey e,

fe t ]
30 e .

O n J uly 29 th 1 9 1 2 at C M Noon the chron ometer w a s

, , . .
,

0 4 7 35 S low losing 3 seconds dail

° m 3
,
y .

A u gu st 1 1 th 1 91 2 at 7 A M ,
from the position, .

Sheep Head bore N 5 3 E ( true) .

°
. .

Mizen Head bore S 5 3 E ( tru e ) .

°
. .

Shaped course S 1 3 W Deviation 1 W .

°
.
,
°
.

Speed 1 2 knots , .

11 AM Comparison
.

Chronometer 1 0 5 7 0
°
,
m
.
8
.

Deck Watch 1 1 4 7 3 1
°
,
In 8
.

AM Obs alt G) 5 4 0 1 0
. Deck Watch 1 2 1 7 9
. .
° ° ’
,
111 8
.

Su n s Tr u e bearing S 1 3 E ’

,
.
°
.

PM Obs alt Q 35 1 7
. Deck Watch 4 1 5
. .
° ° ’
,
m

S u n s Tr ue Bearing S 7 0 \V ’

,
.
°
.

A ltered co u rse S 2 0 W Deviatio n 1 W ° ° '

. . .
,

5 PM Sighted B S qu adron
.
“
.

Cou rses and speeds as re qu isite for Battle Exercise .

PM Finished Battle Exercise

. B s qu adron to ok .
‘f

station .

7 PM Shaped cou rse S 7 8 E De viation 2 E Speed

. .
°
.
,
°
.
,

1 0 knots .

8 PM ;
Chronometer 7 5 6 ,
° m

Deck Watch 8 46 °
,
m
33 8

PM . Obs alt A r cturu s 38 °

55
’
10 Deck Watch ,
;
.

}
9 0 1°

Obs . alt . V ega 75

°
46
’
20 Deck Watch ,

12 8
.

True Bearing of A ctu rus S 74 W r .

°
.

9 PM . Al tered co urse S 7 0 E Deviation .

°
.
,
14 E
°
.
 25 2
A u gust 1 2 th —P
0

Bishop Rock 4 points on the bow

MA . .

Bishop R ock abeam

.

7 AM . .

Lay do wn the vario us bearings co u rses and distances , , ,

an d
find the observed positions at P M and PM . .
l
‘

. on
A u gust 1 1 th and at 7 A M on A u gu st 1 2 th,
. .

9 30 w
'

N
’

° ° '
a n . 49 5 1 . .

PM .
°
49 4 7 N . 9
°
7 W
'
.

N 6 27 W
.

M
° ° ’
7 ]
l
A . 43 4 . .

PRA CTIC A L N A V I GA TION ; . Ex m m XXII . C HAR T c .

[A l l cou 1 s es a n d bea rin gs a r e by com pa s s ,

un les s other wis e s ta ted .

I n d ex er r or
f o r a l l obs erva tio n s , ,
height of eye,

Septem ber 1 2 th 1 91 2 at C M Noon the Chronom eter wa s , ,

. .
,

2 ° 3 4 9 fast gaining 1 7 seconds daily

m °
‘

.
,
, .

Septe m ber 2 5th 1 9 1 2 at 4 P M position by acco u nt w a s , ,

. .
,

lat 4 9 25 N long 8 30 1V Co u rse N 5 4 E Deviation

.
° ’
.
° ’
1 .
,
.
°
.
’

,
°
24 E Speed 1 0 knots
.
,
.

Comparison
'

6 PM .

Chronometer 8 32
’

° m
,

Deck l V a tch 6 2 4
°
,
m

PM Obs m er alt V ga 7 9 4 1 0
. . . . e
° ’

PM Obs alt A r ctur u 30 2 1 2 0

. Deck Watch . . s
° ’
,
h
6 48 m
27

September 2 6th
5 A M . Comp arison
C hronometer 7 °
,

Deck \V atch 5 2 5°
,
m

AM . O bs a l t P ol a r i 5 1
'

.
s
°
51
’
40 Watch ,

°
5
Obs alt . . R egu l us 24
°
24
’
40 Deck Watch ,

°
5 40 m

Tr ue Bearing of R gul us S 80 E e .
°
.

A ltered c ou rse N 4 1 E Deviatio n 2 E Speed

° °
. .
,
.
,

1 2 knots .

8 AM Smalls Lighthou se 4 poin ts on the bow

.

AM Smalls Lightho u se abeam

.

the variou s cou rses and distances and find the ,

0 11 8 at 6 2 2 P M on September 2 5th and at . . .

,

A M and 9 A M on September 2 6th

. . .

11 W
° ' ° '
1
49 4 5 N . 8
24 W
° ' ° '
A M 5 1 1 14 N . 6 .

51 N 47 W
'
]
° ' °
9 51 . 5 .
 25 4

P RA CTIC A L N A VI G A —
TIO N EX AMPLE XXIV . . C HAR T C .

[A ll cours es a n d bea r in gs a re by com pa s s , u n les s other wis e s ta ted .

f a ll obs er va tion s ,
’
or 2 height f
o e e,
y

J ul yy 1 0th , at C . M N 0 0 11
.
,
the chronometer wa s
4 7 9 fast , seconds daily
,

°
1 “0 °
3 2 .

Jul y 1 7 th at 1 1 30 P M shaped cou r s eS 67 E Devia t1 0 n. . .

, .
°
.
,

1
°
E Speed 1 3 knots : from the position
.
,

R oche Poin t Light bor e N 8 W

°
. .

Da unt R ock Light bore N W .

Estimated c u rrent till 3 A M , 4 kno t E N E ( t rue ) . . . . . .

A M
‘

.
“

Comparison
Chronomete r 5 3 6
°
,
m

Deck \V atch 3 °
,
2 8
;

alt S a tur n 2 7 Deck W atch

’ °

M 0 11 8
°
A . . . 40 ,
°
4 8 111

Obs alt Ma rk a b
. . 52
°
58
’
40 Deck Watch ,
°
4 9 m

Tru e bearing of S a turn S 8 6 E ,

.
°
.

AM St A n n S Head Lightho use 4 points on the b ow

. .
’
.

7 45 A M
. . . abeam Stopped .

engines .

Use d engines as necessary to maintain this position till

4 P M when convoy took station
. .
, .

4 PM Shaped course S 5 2 “7 Deviation 1 4 W

. .
°
.
,
°
.

Speed 1 0 knots ,
.

E stimated c u rrent till 1 0 P M 3 knot N E ( tr ue ) . .

, 3 . ,
. .

8 PM Comparison .

Chronometer 1 0 2 0 0
° ~

,
m 9
.

Deck Watch 8 37 °
,
m

P M Obs alt Moon s L L 1 4 1 4 40 Deck Watch ’ ° ’

"
.
- . . . .
,
11
9 111
47 s

Moon 8 true bearing S

’

,
. 76
°
W .

9 PM . Obs alt P l a ris 5 0

. . o
°
19
’
50 Deck Watch ,
°
9 38 m

Lay down the variou s cou rses and distances and obtain the ,

D R and observed positions at

. A M and 9 PM . .

[ D R M 5 1 4 0 N 6 4 7 W . . A . .
° °
.
° '
.

9 PM . 50 5 3
° '
N . 5 52
° ’
W .

O bs . A M .
°
5 1 38 N .
°
6 46
’
W .

N W ]
° ° '
9 M I . 50 56 . 5 53 .
 255

P RA CTIC A L N A V I GA TIO N —EXA MPLE . XXV . C HA RT C .

[A l l cou r ses a n d bea rin gs a r e by co m pa s s , u n l es s h

ot er wis e s ta ted .

’
or a ll obs erva tio n s , 2 height
I dex f f
'

n err o r . o ey e,

Octob er at C M Noon the chrO n om eter w as

3rd , 1 9 1 2
"
.
, .
,

3 °
1 4 4 7 S low
m
gaining °
2 4 S econds daily ,
.

October 2 l s t a t 4 A M tion by acco u nt was lat 49 20 N

,
. .
,
I .
° '

long 9 50 W Co u rse
”
Deviation 2 E Speed
’

° °
81 E
° ’
.
.
,
. .
.
,

1 3 knots .

8 AM .

Chronometer ,
5 °

Deck \V atch ,
°
8 27 m

A M . Obs a l t S u n s. .
’
L L . .
°
1 4 2 8 30
’
Dec k NV a tch ,
°
8 56 m

Su n s tru e bearing S
’
. 53 E
°
.

A M . Obs alt S un s L L
. .
’
. . 29
°
6
’
20 Deck “ l
a tch ,
°
12 5 111

A l tered
course N 82 E Deviation 2 E ° °
. .
.
,

PM . Comparison
Chronometer 2 48
°
,
m

Deck “ atch 6 6
l °
,
m

6 PM .
'

Obs alt Moon s U L 1 7 1 9 30

. Deck
.
’
. .
° ’

°
6 21 m
17 8
.

Moon s Tr ue bearing S ’

, . 45 E
°
.

Obs alt A lta i 48 De ck W a tch

'
° ’
. . r 7 20 ,
°
6 22 m
57 3
.

Tru e bearing of A lta i S 2 ‘V r, .

°
.

1 0 PM Lu ndy Island Light bore N 43 E

. .
°
.

Hartland Point Light bore S 65 E .

°
.

Lay do wn the variou s cou rses and bearings a n d obtain the ,

observed positions at Noo n 6 P M and 1 0 PM , .

N °
W
° ’ ’
1
[ N o om 50 3 . 7 41 .

6 PM .
°
5 0 38 N . 5
°
58
’
W .

N W ]
° ’ ° '
10 P M . 51 34 . 4 46 .
 25 6

P RA CTIC A L NA V I G A TION .
—EXA MPLE XXV I . C HAR T C .

’
I n d ex er ro r f or a ll obs er va t o n s , i 1 30 . height o f eye,

40 f eet ] .

J an u ary 1 4 th 1 91 2 at G M Noon , the chronome ter w a s

, , . .

1 4 3 7 fast gaini n g 2 5 seconds daily

° m °
, .

J an u ary 27 th , at AM Eddystone Light bore N ( tr u e ) , .

“
.

d istant 3 miles Cou rse , S 8 7 W De viation , 1 W Speed ,

.
° °
. . .

1 2 knots .

AM Lizard Light 4 points on the bow

. .

AM Lizard Ligh t abeam °

. .

A ltered co u1 se N 6 1 W Deviation , W °
. . .

AM A ltered co u1 se N 33 E
.
°
Deviation , 1 E
°
. . .

Noon . Seven Stones Light b0 1 e S 65 W .

°
.

Longshi ps Light bore S 3 1 E .

°
.

4 PM . Comparison
Chronometer 5 °
0 ,
°

Dec k Watch 3 °
,

PM . Obs alt S u n s UL 6 35
. Deck Watch
.
’
.
° ’
,
°
4 6 1°

O bs . alt M oon s UL
.
’
. 45 2 1
° '
Deck Watch ,
°
4 8 m

Tru e Bearing of S un S 5 0 W of VI oon S 5 1 E , .

°
.
, ,
.
°
.

PM . St A nn s Head Light bore N W ( tru e ) distant

.
’
. .
,
” miles Used engines as necessary to maintain
.

this position .

9 PM . Shaped co u rse N 7 7 W Deviation 1 W . .

,
°

Speed 1 0 knots , .

J an uary 2 8th
AM . Comparison
Chr onometer 8 34
°
,
m

Deck Watch 7 2 6
°
,
m

AM . Obs alt B L eon is 32

. .
,
°
5
’
50 Deck Watch ,

°
7 37 m

Obs alt . . J u p iter 16

°
29
’
Deck Watch ,
°
7
Tr ue bearing of 8 L eon is S 7 3 W of J up iter , ,
.
°
.
,

S 14 E .
°
.

Pu t clocks b ack 2 5 to D ublin Mean Time 1°

.

Lay down the vario us co urses bearings and distances and , , ,

obtain the observed positions at Noo n and PM o n J an u ary .

2 7 th a n d at
,
A M on J an u ary 28 th . .

Es timate the time by ship s clock when the F a s tn et will be

’

abeam .

[ N oo m 50 1 0
° '
N . 5
°
W .

a n .
°
5 0 5 4 12! N . 5
°
W .

A M .
°

4
5 1 2 7°
’
N . 7
°
W .

F a s tn et a b ea m ,
P M
. .
 25

[A ll cou rs es an d bea r i n gs by com

p a s s , un l es s otherw is e s ta ted .

'
for a ll b
o s erva tion s , 1 height o
f ey e,

32 f eet .
]
November 1 8th
'

1 91 2, ,
at C M Noon the chr onomete r w a s
. .
,

2 °
7 slow
m
49
°
,
losing 3 2 seconds daily .

December 3rd at 5 ,
P M .the position by acco unt was lat
.
,
.

4 4 S long 1 76 1 5 E
°
.
, .
° ’
. Cou rse N 4 7 W Deviation 2 E ,
.
°
.
,
°
.

Speed 1 1 knots ,
.

PM Comparison .

Chr onometer ,
°
4 27 m

Deck Watch ,
°
6 37 5 3
m °

PM Obs alt S un s . . .
’
LL . 7
°
20
'
10 Deck Watch ,
°
6 53 In

Sun s tru e b ea rI n g S 66 W
’

,
.
°
.

0 158 alt a A dro m d a e 1 7

° ’
PM . . . n e 13 20
Watch 8 2 2
°
,
m

Star s tru e bearing N 1 1 W

’

,
.
°
.

December 4th
A M . Comparison
Chronometer 1 24
°
,
m

Deck \V atch 3 34
°
,
m

A M . Obs alt C a n opus 68

. .
°
3
’
20 Deck “l atch ,
°
3 53 m

Obs alt Deck Watch

0

’
S ir ius
°
. . 56 47 30 ,
°
3 54 m

Tru e bearing of S i iu s N 47 W r ,
.
°
.

7 AM Cape Campbell Light 4 points on the bow

. .

AM Cape Campbell Light abeam

. .

A ltered co urse N 9 W Speed 1 2 knots °

. . .
,

Deviation nil ,
.

Lay down the variou s cou rses and dis tances and obtain the ,

observed positions at PM on December 3rd and a t AM .

, .

and 7 45 A M on December 4th Estimate the time when the

. . .

Brothers Light will be 4 points on the bow .

° ' °
p m . 43 31 S 1 75
. E .

° ' ° '
A M . 42 20 S 1 74 5 5 E
. .

° ' °
1 7 4 2 74 E
’
A M . 41 39 S . .

B ro th r e s L g i ht on th e b ow a b t .A M
] .
 25 9

un l es s o ther wis e

A u gust 1 9th 1 9 1 2, ,
at C . M Noon the chronometer was
.
,

3 °
1 6 2 4 slow , losing
m °
seconds daily .

2 4 th , at 6 P M th e position b y acco unt was lat

. .
, .

1 75
°
E Co urse N 22 W Deviation nil Spee d
.
,
.
°
.
,
.
,

9 knots .

Comparison
C hronometer 3 6
°
,
m

Deck Watch 6 2 5 1 0
°
,
m °

Obs mer alt J upiter 67 1 50

. . .
° ’

Obs alt Spica 39 1 8 30

. .
” ° '
Deck Watch ,

°
6 33 11 1
24 29

Tr ue bearing of S p ica ,
N . 63
°
W .

Chronometer 2 5 1 ,
° m

Deck W atch 6 l 0
°
,
m

6 A M . Obs alt A ldeba r n 3 1

. . a
°
27
’
0 Deck Watch ,
°
6 25 m

Tr ue bearing of A ld b
e a ra n N . 5 E
°
.

A M . Obs alt Su n s L L
. .
’
.
°
8 24
’
Deck Watch ,
°
7 54 m

cou rse to N 20 W De viation nil

A ltered .
°
.
,
.

Increased speed to 1 1 knots .

Noon Brothers Lighthouse bore N 88 W

. .
°
.

PM . bore S 35 W .
°
.

L a y down the vario u s co u rses and distances and obtain the ,

ob served positions at PM on A u g ust 24th and at AM .

, .

an d PM on A u gust 2 5 th . .

Set a cou rse at P M to clear Stephen s Isla n d b y 5 miles .

’

allowing d eviation 1 W °

° ' ° '
PM . 43 57 S . 1 74 58 E .

°
4 1 558 4 8
° '
. 1 71 E37 .

° ’ ° '
P M . 41 24 S . 1 74 34 E .

C o urs e , N 5 2 4 \V ]
.
°
.

u 57 77 .
 2 60

P R A CTIC A L N A V I G A TION .
-

EXA MPLE XXX . C HAR T I) .

[ A ll cour s es an d bea r in gs a re by com pa s s ,

un les s h
o t er w is e
s ta ted . I n d ex er r or for a l l o bser va ti on s ,
ey e, 26 f
eet .
]
March at C M Noon the chrono m eter was
l 0 th , 1 91 2 , . .
,

4 7 2 4 fast gaini g 3 seconds daily

° 111 °
,
n .

March 2 3r d at Noon the position by ob servation was lat , ,

'

°
41 1 4 S long 1 7 6 1 7 E Co urse S 35 W Deviation
’
.
,
.
° ’
.
,
.
°
.
,

14 W Speed 1 1 knots
°
. .
,

PM Comparison .

Chronometer 8 0°
,
1°

Deck Watch 3 48 4 2
°
,
m °

4 PM Obs alt S u n s L L 2 1 41 5 0
. Deck W a tch . .
’
.
° ’
,
°
4 18 m

Cape Palliser Lightho use bore N 69 W .

°
.

A ltered co u rse S 2 3 W Deviation 1 4 W .

°
.
,
°
.

6 PM . R ed u ced speed to 1 0 knots .

PM . Obs alt Moon s L L 1 0 1 4 40

. . Deck Watch ’
.
° ’
,
°
7 2 1°

Obs alt . . A cher n ar 40

°
13
’

°
3 7 1°

Tru e b earing of Moon N ,

. 46
°
\V . of A cher n a r,

S 43 W °
. .

March 2 4 th .

5 A M . Comparison

Deck Watch 5 1 8 ,
° m

A M . Obs alt a Cen ta ur i

. . 61
°
Deck “l atch ,
°
5 27 m
47 °

Obs alt . . a Gr u is 40
°
34
’
0 Deck Watch ,
°
5 29 m

Tru e bearing of a C e ta ur i S 40 W of Gruis ; n ,

.
°
. a

S 58 E .
°
.

Increased speed to 1 2 k n ots .

Lay down the variou s co u rses and distances and obtain the ,

observed position s at 4 PM and PM o n March 2 3r d and . .

,

at AM o March 24th and estimate the time of arrival at

. n ,

the entrance to A karoa harbour .

° ' ° '
1
[4 p m . 4 1 43
°
8 1 7 5 33 E
° '
. .

PM . 42 S 1 75 7 E . .

° ' ° '
A M . 43 27 S 1 7 3 39 E . .

A r e a b ou rivA M ] t .
 262

P R A CTIC A L N A V I GA TION .
—EXA MPLE XXXII . C HART D .

[A ll c our s e s an d bea r in gs a re by com pa s s ,

un l es s other wis e

,
sta ted . In d ex error f or a ll obs er va tio n s, height
f 4 5 feet ]
‘

o ey e, .

February 1 s t 1 91 2 at C M Noon the chronometer was , , . .

,

2 °
47 fast losing 4 2 seco n ds daily
8 ‘

.
, ,

S hip s clock is keepin g N ew Z eala n d Standard Tim e

’
.

Fe br uary l 0 th at 7 P M the position by account w a s lat 40 S

,
. .
,
.
°
.
,

lo n g 1 7 3 E Course S 7 6 E Deviation 1 4 E Spee d

.
°
.
,
.
‘ °
.
,
°
.
,

1 8 knots
’

P M Comparison .

Chronometer 1 0 1 7
°
,
m

Deck Watch 7 5 6 2 3
°
,
In °

PM Obs alt Ma rs 25 2 8 . Deck Wa tch . .

° ’

°
8 11 m

Obs alt P rocyon

. . 33
°
5
’
30 Deck Watch ,
°
8 12 1°

Tr ue bearing o f Ma s N 1 5 \V ; of P cy r ,
.
°
. ro on ,

N 47 E .
°
.

PM . Stephen s Island Light bore S 1 9 E ’

.
°
.

PM S 34 W °

"
. .

Midnight A ltered c
o urse to S 1 0 E Deviatio n 1 W °
. . . .
,

February 1 1 th
AM Cape Campbell Light . 4 points 0 11 the b ow .

3 A M . a b eam .

A l tered
co u rse to S 7 .
°
W Deviation 1 4 W
.
,
°
.

A M . Comparison
Chronometer 9 1 6°
,
m

Deck Watch 6 55 °
,
m

A M . Obs alt Moon s UL 69

. .
’
.
°
33 2 0
’
Deck Watch ,

°
7 12 m
37
Obs alt S u n s
.
,
’
LL . 16
°
50
’
0 Deck Watch
°
7 14 m

Moon s true bearing N ’

, . 16
°
W .

10 A M . Obs alt Sun s L L 4 9

. .
’
.
°
45
’
50 Deck Watch
°
10 28 m

Head bore S 54 W East .

°
.

Lay down the vario u s co u rses and bearings and obtain the ,

observed positions at PM and PM on Febr u ary l 0 th . .

,

and at 3 A M A M and 1 0 A M 0 1 Fe b r u ary 1 l th

. .
, Comp u te . .
, . 1 .
,

th e D R position at Noon o n Febr uary 1 1 th

. .

' ° '
11 E
°
PM . 40 9 S . 1 73 .

° ' ° ’
PM . 40 364 S . 1 74 8 E .

' ° '
30 E
°
M 3 A . 41 44 S . 1 74 .

° ’
53 E
° '
A M . 42 48 S . 1 73 .

' ° '
22 E
°
10 A M . 43 42 S . 1 73 .

DR . . N oo n . 44
° '
154 8 . 1 73
° '
4 E .
]
 2 63

O b tain positions from the following fixes explaining f ul ly ,

1 . Lundy Island L ight . 37

°
B ull PoI n t . 32 4
°
Hartland
[5 1
°
N 4
°
4 74
“ W ]
Bull Point Hartland Point
° °
. 59 . 38

3 . Tintagel Head . 62
°
Pentire Head . 2 64
°
Tre vose Head .

N W ]
° ' ° '

[ 5 0 42 . 1 58 .

4 . Wolf Light . 3
°
Longships Light . Run n e s ton e l

N W ]
' '
5 34
° °

[1 9 . 5 89 .

Wolf Light . 84
°
Longships Light . 33
°
Run n el s ton e

d t mi t ] [ I n e er n a e

6 . North Manacle Rock . 48

°
St A nthony Point 934
. .
’
°

[ 5 0
°
7
'
N . 4
°
524
'
W ] .

7 . Eddystone . 94 4 R ame
°
Head . 43
°
Mew s ton e .

W ]
° ' ° '

[ 50 11 N .
; 4 9 .

”8 . Eddystone . 5 9 4 R ame
° ‘

Head . 25
°
Mew s ton e .

[ I n d eterm in a te ] .

9 . Bolt Tail . 20
°
Bolt Head . 26
°
Start Point .

[ 50
°
4
'
N . 3
°
19
'
W .
]
10 . Prawle Point . 11
°
Start Point . 38 4
°
Mew s ton e .

[ 50
°
8
'
N . 3
°
W ] .

C H AR T C .

1 1 S heep Head Mizen Head

°
40 F a s tn
°
. . 15 . et

[5 1
°
1 84
'
N 0
9
°
5 7 4! W ] .

G a lley Head Seven Heads insale Head

° °
12 . . 45 . 44 K .

W ]
' ° ’
38 4
°

[ 5 1 27 N ; 8 . .

13 . Da un t Roc k Lightship . 3
°
R oche Point . 88
°
Bally
c ottin Island Light .

[ 5 1
°
43
'
N . 8
°
64
'
W ] .

53
14 . Dau nt Rock Lightship . 22
°
R oche Point . 44
°
Bally
cottin Island Light .

[ I n d eterm i n a te ]
North extreme Capel Islan d
1 5 .
, . 35 R a m
°
Head . 41
°
Mine
Head Li ght .

W
' ° '
5 14 N ; 7 34 4 ]
°

[51 . .
 2 64

So u th Bishop Light .

[5 1
°
49 4
'
N 5
°
!
39 4 W ] .

17 St G ovan e Head
. .
’
. 67 4
°
Caldy Island
Worm s Head Lightship .

[ 5 1
°
30
'
N . 4
°
444
'
W ] .

18 . Brown Willey . 51
°
Pentire Head . 31
°
Trevose Head
[ 50
°
41
'
N . 4
°
58
'
W ] .

19 . Longships Light . 62 4
°
W olf L ight . 95
°
Seven Sto n es
[ 5 0
°
54
'
N . 5
°
52
'
W ]
.

Longships Light . 1 07
°
Lizard Light .

[ 49
°
55
'
N . 5
°
36 4
'
W .
 2 66

5 . air ch amber of capacity 1 0 c ubic feet is filled with air

An -

at a press ure l b s /in ( ga u ge ) and at .

2

G iven that 1 lb of a ir occ upies cubic feet at at m o

.

spheric press ure and at 32 F estimate the weight of air in the °

.
,

d ] [ 10 1 po un s .

6 S tate Charles s Law on the behavio ur of a gas when heat

’
.

is app l ied to it .

A qu antity o f gas which occ u pies 1 0 0 c ubic feet at 2 5 l b i

2
s . n .

pressu re ( gau ge ) and temperatu re 60 F is fo und to occu py °

.

c ub ic feet at 1 05 lb s /i ( gau ge ) and 1 50 F Calc ul ate n .

2 °
.

the absolute zero of temperat ure as measu red o the Fahre n heit n

scale .

°
46 1 F .
]
7 State the laws o f Boyle and Charles for the expansion of
.

gases and express them by an equation

,
.

A c ubic foot of hydrogen at at m ospheric press u re and 3 2 F

°
.

weighs p ou nd Calc u late the con tant in the above . s

equ ation .

[ 76 1 ]
8 . gas engine with cylinder 8 inches diameter and
A -

1 6 inches stroke compresses to 60 po u nds per s qu are inch by

,

ga uge Find the clearance v ol ume if the gas is compressed

.

according to the law pi) constant Take atmospheric pres “

.

sure as 1 5 po unds per squ are inch Find also the temperatur e at .

the end of compression if the initial temperatu re is 60 F °

.

[ 3 7 3 c ub . in s. 36 4 F .
]
9 State the Law connecting the pressure vol ume and
.
,

temperature of a given mass of gas .

A to rpedo has an air chamber of 1 0 c ubic feet capacity ; -

recently the air—press u" re of the charge has been increased fr om

to lb s /in f How many more po u nds of air c a be n

carried u nder the latter condition at temperat ure 60 F °

.

[ 2 6 l b s .
]
10 The ratio of compression in the Diesel engine is abo u t
.

1 5 ; ass uming the compression to be adiabatic estimate the ,

temperatur e prod uced from air originally at 60 F °

"
.

A diabatic law is pv constant 4 08

.

°
[ 1 1 12 F .
]
11 State Charles s Law for a permanent gas
.
’
.

G iven that 1 po und of air occ upies c ubic feet at 32 F °

.

d 1 5 pou nds pressure per squ are inch ab solu te ca lc ul ate the ,

weight of a ir contained in an air reservoir of 2 5 cubic feet -

capac ity at 80 F and po u nds press u re per s qu are inch

°
.

( by gau ge ) .

lb s .
]
 2 67

12 certain Hornsb y A k roy d engine has the following

. A -

dimensions —stroke 1 7 inches ; diameter inches ; clear

, ,

ance vol ume c ub ic inches Find the press ure of the

,
.

charge at the end of compression ass uming atmospheric press ure

"
at the b eginning and the operation carried out s o that PV is
,
3

a constant .

[ 7 2 15

13 A piston 1 2 inches dia m eter compresses air in a cylinder

.
, ,

from at m ospheric press ur e to 1 00 po u nds per s quare inch

absol ute press ure If the length of the cylinder barrel be
.

ini tially 1 2 inches thro ugh what distance mu st the piston move
, ,

if the air be co m pressed in s uch a man ner that PV may b e

taken as constant ; and what work will be done by the piston
d ur ing the co m pres s ion if it is O pen to the atmosphere 0 the ,
11

other side .

i f t lb ] n s . oo -
s

1 4 A ball of copper ( specific heat 0 95 ) of weight 5 po u nds

'

is heated in a fu rnace and then d ropped in to a gallon of water

at temperatu re 5 0 F the tem p e a tm e of the water rises to
°
. r

1 2 0 F Find the temperat u re of the f urnace

°
. .

[ 1 594
°

15 Define the specific heat of a body and state Regnault s

.
’

Law for the specific heat of a gas .

If 1 po u nd of coal gives out B T U s in b urning and . . .

,

it re q u ires 24 po u nds of air for complete comb ustion estimate ,

the mean rise in temperat ure of prod u cts of combu stion if there
were no losses of any kind S pecific heat of air ( h ) 24 .

p
“

[ 241 6 F ]
16 Define the terms Specific Heat and Latent Heat
. .

Boiler steam at a temperat ure of 372 F is led into an iron °

.

tank containing po unds of water .

If the amou nt of steam conden sed is 1 1 5 po unds and the

initial and final temperat u res of water and tank 49 6 and
F respectively find the dryness fraction of the steam
.
, ,

the weight of tank being 8 7 6 po u nds and the specific heat of

iron 4 .

17 What is meant b y s pecific he t 2

. a

If at h igh temperatures the specific heat of iron may be

taken as 1 053 0000 7 1 t ( Cen t ) what is the temperatu re
’ “ °
,

-
—
of a red hot iron ball w eighin g a kilogramme which when - m

plu nged into 1 0 kilogrammes of water raises its temperature ,

from 1 2 Cent to 2 4 Cent

°
.
°
.

[ 8 94 F .
]
18 State R egna ult s Law on the Specific Heat of a gas
.
’
.

I f the relative weights of air and oil in the explosive charge

of a Diesel Engine are as 80 : I estimate the rise in temperat ure ,
 2 68

on ignition a ss uming the specific heat at constant press u re for

,

air to be 2 37 5 and calorific v a l ue of oil

‘

,
BT U :
. . .

per lb .

[ 1 040 F .
]
19 Define the Specific Heat of a s ubstance
. .

Disting uish between the specific heat of a gas at co n stant

press u re and at constant volu me and ill u strate yo u r answer by ,

referen ce to a steam s u perheater a Diesel engine and petrol , ,

motor engine cycles .

20 sha ft of 6 inches in diameter rests in bearings at

. A '

its ends and is acted on by forces which cause a press ure of

,

po u nds on ea ch b ea rin g If the shaft makes 1 00 revol u

~
.

tions per minu te and the coefficient of friction is 0 1 calculate ‘

the H P lost in friction and the amo unt of heat generated per
.

ho u r .

-
0952 2 42 3 -

21 Define a British Thermal Unit and state wh a t is meant

.
,

by its mechanical eq u ivalent .

A n engine uses 2 0 po u nds of water per H P per ho u r the . .

,

feed temperat ure being maintained at 1 00 F and the boiler °

.

temperatu re at 360 F What proportion of the heat used by

°
.

the boiler is converted into u seful work the total heat of ,

evaporation of steam at 360 F being BTU

°
. . . .

p t] er c en .

2 2 A tu rbine u ses 1 2 5 po u nds of water per S H P per

. . . .

ho u r the fee d temperat ure being maintained at 1 00 F and

,
°
.

the boiler temperat ure at 360 F what percentage of the heat °

.

taken up in the boiler is converted into work the Total Heat of ,

S team at 360 F being °

.

p t] er c en .

2 3 State the First Law of Thermodynamics

. .

The collars of a thrust shaft run in an oil bath of which the ,

temperature remains constant The horse shoe collars are cooled .

-

internally by water circul ation If 1 0 tons of water are circu .

lated per ho u r and the mean rise of temperatu re be 2 0 F °

.
,

estimate the power absorbed by the bearing in friction .

[ 1 7 6

24 State the First Law of Thermodynamics and define the

.

Mechan ica l equ ivalent of h eat .

”

A n engine is s u pplied with 200 po unds weight of s team per

hour the Total Heat of the steam at admission being
,

B T U s per po und and at exha u st

. . . B T U s per po und
,
If . . . .

7 5 per cent of the heat abstracted h o m the steam is t urned into

.

u s eful work what is the ho rse power of the engin e

,
-

[ 1 1 7 9 -
 2 70

Find the dryness fractio n at the lower press ure and compare ,

the area of the theoretical diagram in the expansion from 1 0

pounds ( t 1 93 3) (v 37 8 3) to 1 po und with the diagram
for the whole expansion .

7 39
31 : Explain
the differences bet ween the expansion of steam
i( ) when it expands adiab atically ( ii ) when it remains dry and ,

saturated ( iii ) when it expands hyperbolically

,
.

If steam at 1 2 0 pou nds per sq uare inch ( ga uge ) and of dryness ,

fraction 95 expands adiabatically to a press u re of 2 5 pou nds

‘

( ga uge ) estimate the dryness fraction at the lower press u re

, ,

ass uming a su itable law of expansion .

The vol ume of one po und of dry steam at 1 2 0 po unds pressure

3 2 8 c ubic feet and at 2 5 po u nds press u re 1 0 35 c ubic feet .

32 What is meant by the dryness fraction of steam

.

The absol ute pressu re of steam b efore wire drawing is -

2 35 po unds per s qu are inch ( T 395 F and after wire drawing

°
-

is 80 po unds per s qu are inch ( T 31 1 F ) If the temperat ure °

.

after wire drawing be 320 F and the specific heat of steam at

-
°
.

constant press ure be 6 calc ulate what the dryness fraction of

’

the steam w a s before wire drawing all losses being neglected -

,
.

33 One po und of water at 32 F is placed u nder a

.
°
.

frictionless loaded piston in a vertical cylindrical vessel .

Des cribe f ully what takes place as heat is grad ually applied
u ntil the whole of the water is j ust converted into steam State .

the amount of heat that mu st be applied at each stage of the

transformation s upposing the piston loaded so as to produ ce a
,

press u re of 2 35 po unds per s quare inch in addition to that d u e to ,

the atmosphere ( T 400 F °

[s 36 8 : L
Q u ote R egna u lt
s form ula for the total heat of sat ur ated
’
34 .

steam Steam is generated in a b oiler at an a b solu te press ure

.

of 1 60 po u nds per squ are inch from feed water at 1 1 0 F and the ,
°
.
,

temperat ure of the steam is 363 F Calc ulate the heat of °

.

formation per po und from the temperat ure of the feed water .

35 Disting uish b etween the conditions of stea m descri b ed as

.

( a ) Dry and sat urated ,

( b) Wet ,

( c ) S u perheated .

How m u ch heat is re qu ired to prod u ce 1 po und weight of s uper

heated steam a t 1 80 1 b s /in pressu re and temperature 5 2 2 F. .
2 °
.

from feed water at 1 20 F the boiling point at 1 80 lb s /in °

.
, .

being 37 2 F and the specific heat of steam at constant

°
.
,

pressure 0
'

.
 271

Define the te rm Total Heat of Formation of steam at

36.
o e temperat ure from water at another temperat u re
n .

Obtain n umerical res ults for the total heat of formation of

steam from wa ter at 1 00 F at
“
°

( 1 ) 38 0 F
°
.

( )
2 1 60 F °
.

B T U
. . .

( 2) B T U
. . .

the qu antity of heat n ecessary to prod u ce a

stea m in the following conditions
Dry and s a tu ra ted j from feed at 1 00 F steam formed °
.
,

at 406 F °
.

S uperhea ted from feed at 1 2 0 F steam formed at

,
°
.
,

380 F and s uperheated to 5 2 0 F the specific heat

° °
.

o f steam being 5
'

[ (a ) ( )
b

38 D uring the cons u mption trials of an engine the dryness

.

fraction of the steam was ob tained b y condensing some steam

from th e main steam pipe in a tank of cold water Dedu ce .

from the following d ata th e dryness fraction of the stea m .

Weight of water in tank poun ds , .

Temperat u re of water in tank initially 60 F , ,

°
.

Weight of water in tank finally po u nds , , .

Temperat ure of water in tan k finally 7 0 F , ,

0
.

Steam pressu re 1 00 lb s s q in ( te m perat u re 32 7 6 F )

,
. . .
,
' °

Latent heat corresponding to 1 00 lbs s q i 883 8 B T U s . . n .

,
. . .

39 . G ive
an accou nt of the addition of heat to water and
formation of steam u nder constant pressure Define the .

V ol um
e p er po und of steam ,

Relative vol ume of steam ,

and qu ote the res ults for atmo spheric pressure .

[
2 6 36 .

40 If a triple expansion engine have the following

.

particul ars
Diameter of H P cylinder 20 inches ; clearance 2 5 per cent
.
, ,
.

of stroke volume and cut off at 6 of the stroke

,
'

Diameter of L P cylinder 5 0 inches clearance 1 5 per cent

.
, ,
.

calcul ate the total ratio of expansion of the steam and the ,

mean pressur e for the theoretical PV diagram i expansion ,

. e .
,

What proportion of this Pm is realised practically ?

[ t '
371 p 1 : a bou

4 1 Com pare the efficiencies of two boilers o e of which

. ,
n

s uppli es 9 5 po unds of dry stea m from 1 00 F and at 400 F and °

.
°
 272

the other 1 0 pou nds of wet steam dryness fracti on ,

'

95 ,
u nder the
same conditions bo th per pou nd of coal b u rn ed , .

[ L at 40 0 F
°
835 .

. 42 . Explain
what is meant by wire drawing and describe -

its ef ect on ( a ) w et steam ( b) dry and saturated steam

f , .

Steam of dryness fraction 8 and pressure 200 lb s /in '

.
2

( ga u ge ) is passed thro ugh a red u cing valve which red u ces the
pressu re to 1 50 lb s /in ( gauge ) Estimate the dryness fraction .
2
.

of the steam on the _ l ow pressu re side o f the valve given -

1 in lb s /in
2
) . .
( ga uge) .

In a boiler 1 pound of coal will evaporate 1 0 pou nds of

43 .

water at 406 F from feed water at 60 F Calculate the n umber

°
.
°
.

of pounds of water that cou ld be evaporated into steam con

taining 1 0 per cent of m oist ur e at atmospheric pressure per .

pou nd of this coal from feed water at 2 1 2 F having given that ,

°
.
,

for dr y steam the total heat of formation per po un d at t F fr om

°
.

32 F is given b v the form ul a H 305 t and the latent

° ’

heat at t F by °
.

L 966 7( t
'

44 . What is meant by adiabatic expansion of steam or

gas ?
Dry steam at a pressure of 1 85 lb s /in ( gau ge ) is ex .
2

p a n d ed adiabaticall y till the press u re is 1 0 l h s /in ( ga u ge ): .

2

calcul ate the dryness fraction at the end of the expansion ;

given that the cu rve for adiabatic expansion of steam is
770
1
c
-

onstant
1 35
and that the relation b etween the
,
press u re

and vol u me per lb of dry steam m a y be expressed as .

‘

l 06 4 6
°

v
p

In a marine install ation of

45 . H P the steam .

consum ption at full power was 1 3 2 p ounds and the coal

c ons u mption 1 7 po u nds per H P ho u r The steam pressure w a s . . .

2 30 po u nds ( gau ge ) ( t 399 F ) with a dryness fraction of 95

° ‘

and feed temperature of 1 05 F °

The average analysis of coal u sed was —carbon 88 per cent

.

, .

hy d rogen 4 per cent oxygen 4 per cent remainder ash Find

,
.
, . .

the thermal e ffi ciencies of engine and boiler .

1 p er cen t .

2 per c en t .
 2 74

of the stroke A ssuming that the steam expands according to

.

the law 17 0 constant and that the back pressure is 1 0 lb s /in , .

2

( absol u te ) estimate the effecti ve mean press ure d u ring on e

,

stroke neglecting clearance

, .

[ / ]
f
1 1 8 2 l b s in
'

If the engine in the previo us example be double acting

52 .
-

the cylinder 8 inches in diameter and the stroke 1 0 inches ,

calculate the H P developed when the speed is 30 0 revol u tions

.

per m in u te .

[ 9 0 1 H P -

. .
]
53 . Explain
cle arly what is meant by the clearance
vol ume in the cylinder of a steam engine and describe its ,

effect on the working of the engine .

In a four cylindered triple expansion engine the diameters

- -

of the cylind ers are as follows 32 inches I R 5 2 inches ; ,

each L P 60 inches and the cut off in H P takes place at 7 5

, ,
-
. .
’

of the stroke Calc ulate the total ratio of expansion

. neg
leeting clearance ( 6) assuming that the clearance vol um e
, ,

expressed in term s of the vol ume swept ou t by the piston per

stroke is 2 5 per cent in H F and 1 2 4 per cent in L P
,
. . . .

[( ) a 9 38 ; ( ) 7
11

54 compoun d engine drives a 200 kilo watt dynamo at

. A -

400 revol u tions per min u te The H P and L P cylinder . . . .

diameters are 1 5 inches and 24 inches respectively and the , ,

stroke is 8 inches .

A ss uming that each cylinder does equ al work a n d that th e ,

ratio of the Electrical HP to the I H P is 85 find the mean "

'

. . . .
,

effective pressu re in each cylinder [7 4 6 watts ft l b s .

-
.

per min u t e ]
[ H P. . lb s /in .
2
L P . lb s /111 .
2
]
55ss u ming that the expansion of steam follows the law
. A
pi1 co n stant prove that the m ean effective press u re p
,
m a , m ,

steam—engine cylinder for a ratio of expansion r is given by ,

(1 l o g, )
4
7
pl
.
7

where p is the back pressu re

,
.

Calc ulate the work performed per minu te in the cylinder of

a single acti n g steam engine 1 4 inches in di a meter and 1 2 inches
-

stroke when the initial steam press u re is 7 0 pou nds absol ute the
,
-

back pressure 3 pounds absol u te the revol u tions per m inute 200 , ,

and the ratio of expansion 3 5 [Log 3 5 1 25 3 ] .

e
’

1b [i ft lb ] s . n .
2
.
-
s.

5 6 A single cylinder do uble acting engine dri ves a centri

.
-

fugal p ump which lifts gall ons of fresh water per minute
to a total height of 2 0 feet A ss um ing that the ratio of B H P to . . . .

I H P is 9 and that the e fficiency of the p ump is 6 find the

. . .
'
‘

,
 27 5

mean effe ctive p ress ure ,theCyli nder d ia in ete

r bei n g 14
'

inches ,

stroke 1 foot ,
an d re vol utions 300 per minu te .

[ 72 2 lb s

Th ecylinders of a tri compou n d expansion engine are

57 .

1 0 inches 1 6 i n ches an d 22 4 inches 1 n dia m eter and of 1 8 inch

, ,

stroke Steam 1 s c ut off 1 11 the H P cylinder at o n e half stroke

. . .
-

the pre s s ure on admission being 1 50 pou nds p er squ ar e

absol ute .

Neglecting losses and ass u m ing hyperbolic expansion what ,

is the mean press ure referred to the l o w—press u re cyli de r ; and n

what horse po wer wou ld be de veloped b y eac h cylinder when

-

the engine w a s ru nning at 2 1 0 revol u tions per min u te and the

vac uu m w a s 24 inches
1 H P 78 1 0 6 L P 1 66 -
T t l . .
, , . . o a

3 50 H P . .
]
Define Work and Pow er an d investigat e the formul a
58 .
,
_

for the I H P of an engine . . .

IHP 2
PL AN

steam c utter ha s a 2 cylinder simple engine Diameter of

A -
. .

cylinder 6 inches Stroke 6 inch es

, ,
.

If the mea effective press ure be 50 pou nds per s quare inch
n

and the revol u tions be 400 per minu te estimate the I H P ,

. . .

developed .

[ 3 4 2 7]-

Calc ul ate the H P develope d by a six cylinder engine

59 . .
-

the di m ensions b eing as follows

Diameter of cylinders 4 inches , ,

Len gth of stroke 6 inches , ,

R ev ol u t ions p er min u te 1 ,

Mean effective press ure 50 pounds per squ are inch .

The cyli n ders are single a ct1 n g -

.

D efine E nergy Work and Power and ded u ce an

60 .
,
'

expression for the indicated horse power of an engine -

.

A modern locomotive h as two cylinders 2 0 inches diameter , ,

26 inches stroke and a t fu ll speed ru ns at 2 8 0 rev ol ution s p er

,

n ute
11 1 1 1 f the mean effective press u re u nder these condition s
.

be 40 poun d s per s qu are inch est mate the I H P of the en gm e ,

i . . . .

[ 9 94

How does the method of conversion of the heat energy

61 .

in the stea m into mechanical work differ in the case of the

t u rbine from that m the reciprocating engine .

Dry steam at 1 60 po unds gauge press ure i s expanded throu gh

.

a De Laval con ical nozzle adia b atica lly to 2 po unds per s qua re inch

11 0 7 77 '‘
1
 276

absol u te Find its issu ing velocity and kinetic energy per pou nd
.
,

having given t 3 70 degrees t 1 2 6 degrees and d ryness

1 , 2 ,

fra ction at end of expansion 75

'

[ 4 0 50 f t .
[
s ec . f t [lb s
. .

62 .G ive an acco u nt of
the broad principles on which the
action of the Parsons steam
t urbine depends ; and show that for
the same efficiency initial and final conditions of the steam the
, ,

—1
p eriphery speed is proportional to when n is the number
n

of fixed and moving vanes and hence ded u ce the necessity for
,

cruising t urbines in w a rsh rp s .

6 3 The velocity of steam at exit from the guide blades of

.
-

a t urbine is 500 feet per second in a direction making an angle

of 30 with the plane of the blades I f it impinge on blades
°
.

rotating at 2 00 draw the velocity diagram and state the

r elative velocity of steam and rotating blades .

[ 34 2 f t p ] ee er s ec .

6 4 G iven that the loss of heat d u ring the passage of steam

.

thro ugh the guide blades of a t urbine is 4 B T U s per pou nd

-
. . .
,

estimate the increase in velocity of the steam .

[ v 2 2 3 x7 B . TU . . 4 46

65 State a formula for the maximu m weight of steam

.

discharged throu gh an orifice in a given time .

Safety valves on a boiler are designed to be able to get rid

o f all the steam prod u ced when the boiler is u nder full firing ,

with the stop valve shu t .

The boiler in qu estion is capable of su pplying a 800 H P -

.

engine with 1 8 pounds of steam per H P per hou r . . .

The safety valves blow off at a pressure of 2 7 5 lb s /in .

2

( gau ge ) and the maximum lift of the valves is 1 47 th of their

diameters .

—
[N ote The contracted area of flow may be taken as 7 5 of
.

the total area of the orifice ]

Calculate ( a ) the total clear area necessa ry for the discharge
o f steam ( b) the diameter of the valves if the area is divided
, ,

b etween two valves .

q i 2 86 i h ] s . n s. n c es .

6 6 G iven that a slide valve is to have 2 inches maxim u m

o pening and 4 inch lead and that cu t—
-
.

o ff occ u rs at 7 stroke
'

fi n d the necessary travel of the valve and the angle between

th e eccentric arm and the corresponding crank arm if the valve ,

takes steam on the o utside edges

"

[ 7 44 i h n c es

6 7 G iven that the o u tside lap of a slide—

. val ve is 1 inch the ,

d ead 4 inch and the mean c u t o ff at 7 5 stroke d raw Z eun er s

’ ’
-

, , ,

d ia gram and find the travel and angle of advan ce .

 2 78
“

Wha t is meant by the te rms effec tive ho rse p ower

74 .
'
-

and indicated thru st ?

“ ”

In a good exam pl eof a t win screw ship what percentage of -

the I dica ted Horse Power sho uld b e realised a s Efi ctive

n -
e

Horse Power ? -

The I H P at 2 3 knots o f a twin scre w cr ui s er is

. . .
-

The projected blade area of each propeller is 64 5 s q ft

'

. .
,

Fi n d the thrust per sq uare inch of pro j ected b lade area .

ut
[ A b 6 '
o :

75 . Explain
the meaning of th e term moderate speed
and state the approximate relations existing between the
the speed of the vessel a n d th e 0 08 1 Consumption at moderate , ,

speeds .

A war vessel b u rns 32 tons of coal per day for main engine s
-

whe n steaming at 1 2 knots her b un kers stow 600 tons What .

is the q uickest time in which a port to port passage of

sea mi les can be made if only 500 ton s of coal are available for
-

main engines
Stat e also abou t how mu ch of the coal b u rned in each
'

case wo uld be u sed for auxiliary pu rposes .

[ 1 8 0 h ur 40 t 45 t ] o s on s on e

What is the apparent slip of a screw propeller ?

76 .

If a propeller have a pitch of 24 feet and the revolutions b e ,

’

1 0 0 per min u te calcu late th e a pp a ren t slip when the ship is

'

travelling at 20 knots .

It is generally assumed t ha t the coal cons umpt ion for a

77 . ,

ship is proportional to the I H P developed by the engines . . .

show that then the coal consumption for a certain voyage will
vary as the squ are of the speed at which it is made .

Two similar vessels A and B mak e the same voyage

78 .
-

, ,
“

ou t and home .

A makes a uniform speed of 1 0 knots B m a k es a sp eed

'

of 1 2 knots o n the o u tward jo u rney and 8 knots on the ret urn

J rney
o u .

Which v essel will have the greater total coal consumption

for the main engines and which will make the ro u nd voyage ,

in the qu icker time

[ C um t i m
p ti m on s o e,

79 . G ive
an accou nt of the resistance s to mot ion of a ship .

thro u gh the water and ions a f e made in the

,

statement that the I H

'

. .

the cube of that speed .

 2 79

Wh at is me ant b y the E conomical Speed of a ship

804 .

If given a cu rve of coal cons u m ption and speed for a ship ,

s ho w that at the speed f o which th e tangent to the c urve r .

passes thro ugh the origin the speed is the most economical .

81 Explain the meaning of

.
(a ) In dicated Thru st and
Effective Thru st Mention the cau ses of the d i fference
”
( 6) .

between ( ) and a

A t full power the total I H P developed b y the engines of a . . .

twin Screw ship whose speed is 1 8 knots is It is

.

, ,

estimated that o n l y 6 of this is u sefull y employed in driving

the shi p If the total effective ahead bearing s urfa ce of each
.

thr ust block is squ are inches calcu late the pressu re in ,

lbs /in on this surface

. .
2
.

[ 43 32
-

Sta te the approximate law connecting the Total

R esistance to a ship s motion thr o ugh the water with the
’
.

Speed From thi s ded u ce the relation between the Coal

.

Consumption per hour and the Speed of the ship .

A certain ship h as a coal capacity of

.
tons and c a n
s team sea miles at a speed of 8 knots How far ca n she
-
.

steam at a speed of 1 2 knots the consu m ption of coal for ,

a u xiliary p u rposes being 1 2 tons per day in each case ?

m il ] es .

8 3 Describe brie fly the elements of the total resistan ce to

.

a ship s motion throu gh the water a n d state the approximate

’

l aw connecting the Total Resistance with the Speed

‘

A certain battleship is deta c hed to ta ke a sister ship in tow

and mu st only develop 4 1 00 with which power she .
,

cou ld steam alone at 1 1 knots Find the speed at which she .

will tow theother vessel .

kn o ts
]
Define the terms pitch
84 . proj ected area and ,

expanded area. as applied to a screw propell er A n swer

”
.

either o e of the two following parts

.

( )
a A ship is fitted with fo u r propellers e q ual power being ,

obtained fr om each shaft The total effective horse .

power re qu ired to drive the ship at 2 1 knots is

and the projected area of each propeller
is in Estimate the press u re in lb s /in
.
2
o n the .
2

projected are a;
(b)
‘

The effective horse power referred to in case ( a ) a b ove-

is 0 6 of the horse power transmitted by the shafts -

when making 320 revol u tions per m in u te I f e ach

'

S haft is 1 0—inch diame ter estimate the maxim u m ,

stress in the material of th e shaft d ue to torsion

,

/
4
[ 1 2 6 6 lb 1 :
-
s 11 .
 2 80

85
: In relatio n define the followin g
’

. to
quant i t ies .

Pitch, diameter length angle blade area and pro j ecte d

, , ,

area .

Wit h a certain pa ttern o f s crew propeller a slip of 20 p er

cent had been fou nd to give good results what should be t he
.

pitch of s uch a screw to drive a ship at 30 knots the ,

revol utions being then 350 per minu te

[ 10 f t 1 0 } in
. s
]

8 6 .What is meant by the slip of the screw propeller

The propellers of a Torpedo Boat Destroyer have a pitch o f
9 feet and at f ull power r un at 4 00 revol u tions per min u te the
, ,

speed of boat being then 30 knots Calculate the slip p er .

cent.

[15 56
-

”
87 Define the terms slip
. pitch and speed ,
” “
, o f
screw as applied to screw propellers
”
.

The full speed of a ship is 1 9 knots when the engines a re

running at 1 2 0 revol u tions per minu te If the pitch of . th e

propellers is 1 8 feet 6 inches estimate the percentage slip ,
.

l ]
o

[ 1 3 3 o
'

88 . Exp l ain h ow
the total heat of comb ustion of a fu el is
theoretically estimated and h ow it may be e xperi m en tally ,
‘

determined pointing ou t in the latter case possible errors and

,

how y ou wo ul d allow for them .

The comp osition of a s am ple of coal is

9 1 per cent .

Hydrogen 4
Oxygen 2 5
A sh 2 5
'

Calculate its evaporative power from and at 21 2

°
F .

[ 16 0 3 lb s ]

89 The boilers of two s m 1 la r cru isers of

. I H P are 1 . . .

fitted to b urn oil fuel in conj unction with coal Each vessel has .

tons of coal and 400 tons of oil fu el available for fast

steaming They are fitted with differen t types of bo ilers b u t
.
,

the working pressu re is 2 7 5 po unds per squ are inch in each

'

case In Cru iser A the equ ivalent evaporation from and at

2 1 2 degrees F per po und of coal is 1 0 7 5 po unds and in
. ,
,

Cruiser B 1 1 2 5 pou n ds A t 70 per cent f ull power the water . .

cons umption in A is 1 9 2 5 po u nds per I H P per ho ur for all

.

. . .
,

p urposes and in B 1 8 0 pounds

, .

At I H P the speed of each vessel is

. . knots. .
 2 82

Est imate the pe rcentag es of the to ta l heat of c omb ustion

‘
'

of the oil re j ected in cooling water and in e xha u st gase s an d

‘

find the Thermal efficiency of the engine -

°
[ 3 1 7 5 j 54 39 1 5 -

o ; 2

94
’
. Define Thermal Effic ren cy and :

Mechanical Effi ci
en cy f
The following particulars refer to a steam e n gine plant used -

for ship prop ul sion

Coal b urnt per day at full power 300 to n s
Ca l orific val u e of coal per po u nd BTU . . .

F cc d water used per I H P per ho ur

-
1 8 lbs . . . .

Total I H P at full power . . .

Ful l speed of ship 1 8 knots .

R esistance of ship at full speed 60 tons .

Steam pressure at boilers 2 5 0 lb s /in .

2

Temperatu re of steam 406 F °

.

Dryness fraction of steam

Temperature of feed water
circu lation water at inlet
o utlet
( a ) Find the thermal efficiency of the boilers .

( b) If each po un d of steam loses 30 B T U s by radiation . . .

d uring its passage from the boilers to the en gines estimate the ,

thermal efficiency of the en gm e -

.

( c) If the work done is o n l y equ ivalent to 85 per cent of the .

heat abstracted from the steam du ring its passage thro u gh the .
'

engines the remainder being lost by radiation & c estimate the

, ,
.
,

weight of circulating water supplied per hour .

( d ) If the mechanical e ffi ciency of th e engi n e is 0 8 5 find th e ,

efficiency of the propeller .

( )
e What 1 8 the overall efficiency o f the propelling plant ?
72 8 ; 1 33 ; ( 5 ) 3 60 7 ,
t on s; (d) 5 82
( ) 0 79
79 ]
'
e

Define the terms Thermal Efficiency amd Mechanical

95 .

Efficiency .

A n electric gen era tin g en gin e u ses 2 0 po u nds o f s team per

kilowatt per hour , and each pou nd of steam required
'

B Th U s to prod u ce it
. . .Find the Therm al Efficiency of the .

plant ; also if the mechanic al efficiency of the engine is

,

and the electrica l efficie n cy of the dy amo is 0 9 estimate the n ,

steam consumpti on in pou n ds per 1 H P per hou r . . . .

[ 1 5 8 1 1 4 1 15 4 ]
1 -

From the trials of a m arine e n gine the followi n g data

96 .
'
'

w ere ob taine d :
IHP . . . 500
Poun ds of feed water u sed per I H P per hour’

16 -
. . .

Steam pressure a t en gin es 200 lbs /in

' '

. .
2
 2 83

c irculating water at inlet 60 F

' '
°
.

water at ou tlet 85 F
°
.

A ssumin gthat the ste am is s u pplied d ry and that the work

done is 80 per cent of the heat abstracted from the steam
d u ring its passage through the engines estimate ,
'

( a ) The weight in tons of circulating w ater s u pplied p er

'

, ,

ho ur .

( 0) The thermal efficiency of the en gine .

[(a ) ton s ; ( 6)

97 steam— engine is su pplied with steam of temperatu re

A
’

a n d ,
expa n ds the stea m down
u si n g 1 3 po u nd s of steam per
temperat ure 80 F Comp are this performan ce
.

°
.
,

heat engine working between the same lim its of temperatu re

-

fa r e s possible _
where the losses take place in
A re any of these l os ses a voidable ?
i

9 8 : D is t in gu ish between therm al and mechanical

‘

th e effi ci
'

ency of a n en gin e .

Compare the efficiency engines of th e foll ow in g

'

a ) A r ec ip rc c a ti g e grn e u sin g pou nds of coal per n

'

I H P per hou r ; m e chanical efficiency

,

1
. . .
l ,

C a l orific val u e of coal B T U s per poun d ,

. . . .

steam t rbi n e si g 1 po n d of il f el p b rake

’

b
( ) A u u n -
u o u e r .

H P per ho u r . . .

C a l o ific val u e of oil B T U s per p ou nd

r ,
. . . .

( )
c A gas engine u sing 4 5 c-
u bic feet of p rod u ce rgas per

br a k e H P per hour . . .

C a l orific val u e of gas 200 B T U s per c ub l c feet ,

. . . .

3
/ ( )
°
( 5) 1 2 7 3
°
9 87 1 ; c 28 28
-

0 ; o

99 C ompare
. the performances of th e three follow ing
engines as regards heat effici ency and cost per H P per h ou r ;
,

. .

using 1 5 p o u nds per I H P per ho ur of . . .

Welsh coal _ of calori fic val ue B T U s p er . . .

°
 284

An oil engine using -

po unds per I H P per ho ur of "7 5
. . .

o il fuel calorific val ue B T U s per po u nd at

, . . .
,

603 per ton . .

A gas engine using 20 cubic feet per I H P of gas per

-
. . .

hour calorific value 600 B T U s per c ubic foot at 23

, . . .
,
.

p e r c ubic feet .

[ E f
fi c ien
(a) l l 7 ; ( b) 17l ; ( ) 213 C os t
° ° °
cy
°

c .

( )
a
°
1 2 ; ( b) °
2 4 ; ( c) 4 8 of
°
a
p en n y p er H P s .

h ur ] o .

1 0 0 Determine the
. Total Heat of Formation of 1 pou nd
of s u perheated steam of temperat ure 5 00 Fah u nder following
°
.

conditions
Temperat ure of feed water ente ring b oiler
evaporation i n boiler
Spec ific heat of steam
If 1 1 pou nds of this steam are u sed by a T urbine per B H P . . .

per hour what is the efficiency of the T urbine ?

,

20 1 ]
101 engine u ses 1 4 4 pou nds of steam per ho ur per
. An
I H P The steam u sed is at an absolu te pres s ure of 1 50
. . .

pou nds and is superheated 1 5 0 F the temperat ure of the feed °

.
,

water being 95 F °
.

Determine the amo u nt of heat given to the steam per horse ;

power hou r by the boiler and superheater the amou nt turned ,

into work and the thermal efficiency of the engine

,
.

The satu ration temperat u re at 1 50 pou nds absol ute pressure

35 8 F a n d the specific heat of steam
°
.
,

1 4 64 -

102 A modern boiler u nder trial conditions was fou nd to

.

evaporate 1 2 pou nds of water from and at 2 1 2 F per pound of

°
.

coal E xplain the meaning of the statement and calcu late the
.

efficiency .

[Ca l orific val u e of f uel ,

BTUs . . . per pou nd ] .

/] o
'

State and explain the Second Law of Thermodynamics

103 . .

What form does the indicator diagram of a perfect heat

engine take and u nder these circu mstances what would be the
,

efficiency of the engine working between the temperat ures 3 90 °

and 1 00 F °
.

The consumption of steam for a ll p u rposes in a Ship is

1 04 .

2 1 0 po u nds per I H P per ho u r and the corresponding coal . . .

cons umpt ion is 2 0 5 po unds per I H P p er hou r G iven that . . . .

the temperature of the feed water is 7 2 F and that the boilers °

.

deliver steam having 3 4 per cent of moisture at a pressure of .

 286

R eferrin g to the previo us example if

1 11 .
, the temp erature
o f the water in the evap orator is 22 0 F and of
°
.
.

the sea water is 60 F what proportion of th

-
°
.

th e ev aporator is wasted by blowing down

[ 8 7 p er c en t
°
.

Steam at and havm g a d ness fraction of

2 0 lbs /in . .
2
ry
'

0 8 is a dmi tted to the coils of an evaporator fro m the closed

exhau st s ystem ; the coil drains are adj usted s o that the drainage
water is at 2 00 Fah Calc ul ate the n umber of po un ds of
°

secon dary steam p rod u ced p er poun d of primary steam if the ,

feed water temperat ur e is 80 Fah and the secondary stea m at

-
°
.
,

1 lb /in and d y G iven for dr y s team that

2
. . r .

7 3 2 lb s .
]
D escrib e brie fly the constru ction and mod eof action
1 13 .

of an evaporator What is generally considered to be a s u itabl e

.

working density for su ch and w hy ? ‘

A n evaporator prod u ces 30 tons of m ake u p feed p day

er -
.

How mu ch brine mu st be p u mped o verboard every ho u r i n

order that a dens ity of 40 m ay be m a in ta in ed in the evaporator ?
,
°

[ 8 6 6 lb s .
]
1 14 . G ive
an accou nt of the ob j ection s practicall y to the
u s e of s ea w a ter a s feed for the boilers in a ship
'

i .
.
,

Wh at is the approx i mate amou nt and composition of the

resid u e after evaporating sea water to dryness ? -

If a boiler contain 4 tons of salt water and is suppl y i n g

s tearn for 1 000 H P with a salt feed how m u ch imp u ri ty wi ll
‘ ‘

,
. .
,

be left l n the b oiler at the end of a 1 2 hou rs ru n if no b rini n g ’

were al lowed ?
'

Will all this imp urity be solid matter ?

[ 6 00 0 2 8 0 1b if gi u e 1 6 l,
b f t e m p s. en n e s s s . o s a er

H P h ur ] . . o .
 28 7

PA RT V —4EL ECTR I CiTY

-

.
‘

.
‘

incandescent lamp takes amper e at

i

. 1 . A 11 25 1 00 v ol ts .

2 . F our c ells ar e joined upto an external res istance of

4 ohms The resistanc e of
. each Cell 1 8 2 oh m and the E M F . . .

of each cell is 1 5 volts ’

What will be the fall of vol ta ge 11 the external 1 e is ta c e 1 s n

( a ) “T h e n all the 0 series ?

( )
b Vt’ h e n all the ce ll sa
( 0 ) When the cells a e p l a c ed t w o 1 seri es and tw o in r '
. 1 1

[ 5 vo l ts v l ts 28 v lt
' -

; 1 4 8 o o s .
]
3; Three wires ,
w h os e
‘

'
r em s ta n
’

ces and 1 2, a re joined

~

If each cell h a s a n E M F of . . .

2 ohm fi d the c u1 en t pa
,
n 1

l es is ta n c e is 4 ohms .

[ ]
9
am ere
1 1 p

resistance of 2 ohm find the cu rrent passing through the wire

,

5 3A ga l v a 11 om eter
. of ohms i
r es s ta n Ce 1s re quired to
by ohm s
400 .

What is the resistanc e of the sh unt requ ired

o hm s .
]
 2 88

Sketch the accu mula tor battery and the precise arrangement
y o u wo u ld adopt if the charging c u rrent is to be 1 5 ampere s .

When so arranged what are the watts per can dle consumed
,

p e r lamp if the cand l e power o f a 1

-
6 c p lamp varies 1 candle -
. .

per volt when near 1 00 volts

[ 3 i p ll l ] n a ra e .

7 How do y ou proceed iri the laboratory to meas ure a low

.
, ,

resistance su ch as an armat ure ? Th e winding of a two pole

,
-

a rmat u re
— —
with the brushes lifted is disconnected at some
p oint and the resistance between the disconnected ends 1 s
meas ured and found to be 0 2 oh m .

If the winding is connected up again and the b rushe s

lowered and the machine set run n ing what will now be the
, ,

resistance between the brushes

o hm .
]
8 A battery has the D P at its terminals lowered from
. .

1 0 to 6 volts when the te minals are connected by a wire of r

1 0 ohms resistance .

What is the resistance of the battery ?

What assumption m u st y ou make
[ %
6 o hm s ] .

9 . cell of E MF 1 5 volts and having some internal

A . . .
’

r esistan ce is connected to a W ire of resistance 2 ohms and the

,

c u rrent flowing is m eas ur ed On doubling the resistan ce of .

th e w ire the c u rrent is fo u nd to be two thirds of its for m er

“

val ue What is the resistance of the battery ? What a s s um p

.

t ion do y ou make as to the electromotive force o f the battery in

this calc ulation
[ 2 oh m s ] .

10 Sketch a circu it sh owing 2 cells each of E MF

.
, . . .

volts and internal resistance 0 2 ohm cou pled in series °

, ,

supplying cu rrent to a cylind rical coil of resistance 2 ohms

'

Find the amo unt of cu rrent flowing and its direction Indicate . .

the parts of the circu it where heat is prod u ced and where
magnetic e ffect is prod u ced Find also the D P between the . .

e nds of the coil .

[ l 25 m p r v lt ] e es
°
a o s .

11 . A b a ttery of E . MF
4 volts and resistance 1
. . ohm is
connected by copper wires of resista n ce 2 ohm to apiece of '

platinu m wire of resistance 2 ohms Find .

( )
a The c u rrent in the copper wire
( b) The c u rrent in the platinu m wire
( )
e The d ifl er en ce o f potential between the battery terminals .

In which portion of th e circu it is the greatest amo unt of heat

d eveloped
[( ) a m p r ; ( )
6 a m p r s ; ( )
e es v l t ] a e e c o s .
 2 90

[A mpere elec tro chemic al of copper 0 000 33 gm

°
-
equ1 v .

and 1 po u nd 45 4
“

: gms ]
lls . 4d .
, n ea r ly ].

19 . An E
‘

. MF
volts is requ ired to force a c urrent of
. . of 3
’

l ampere thr o ugh a voltame ter cont ai n ing acid ula ted water .

If the work requ ired to separate one gramme of hydr ogen is

watt seconds and the electro chemical e q uivalent of -

hydrogen is 1 0000 1 035 fin d the resistance of the voltameter, .

hm ] o s .

20 . What must be considere d when choosing the size of a

cable for s u pplying electric light at a distance ? A pply yo ur .

reasons to finding th esections in the following cases :

( a ) 2 00 electrical horse power at a pressure of 2 00 volts is -

to be delivered at a point 300 yards away from

a d ynamo which is only capable of prod u cing a
terminal D P of 2 05 volts . . .

( b) The same power is to be sent the sam e dis tance at the

sam e delivered press ure b u t the dynamo n ot bein g , ,

provided one may be p u rchased prod u cing any

,

press ure desired .

[Sp res of copper 0 66 microhm per inch c ub e ]

°

. .
,

i h u r i h
'

[ ( ) u ( b ) 7 46 ]
°
a
q s a re n c es s a e n c
q ‘
.

21 . arc lamp needing 1 0 amperes and 60 volts

A n , ,

200 yards fr om a dynamo which prod u ces a terminal D P

‘

1 00 volts The cable s upplied is inch diameter; “

Find the valu e of the regulati n g resistance to be placed

series with the lamp to fu lfil the conditions
How 1 s the candle power of su ch an arc lamp measu red ?
-

[N B p— .66 m i crohm per inch c ub e ]

. h

ohm s l]

22 If the distance between feeding centres be 400 yards

.

and one lamp u sing 0 3 am pere is connected per foot run of

the cable fin d the resistance of the cable per foot if the
,

maximu m di fference of the D P across the term inals of any two .

lamps is not to exceed 2 volts .

[0 0 00 1 8 5

23 .What two important considerations g uide on e1 n select

ing a s uitable cable for electric ligh tin g or power p urposes
, ,

fr om the dynamo to a distant b uilding

“That size o f cab le wo ul d in the fol lowing c irc u mstances
g ive the req u isite voltage

A dynamo prod u cing a te rmin al D P of 1 2 0 volts s upplies

,
. . ,
,

a b u ilding 300 yards away in which are fixed 2 00 1 00 volt -

 2 91

60watt incandescent lamps and two 4 horse power electric

- - -

motors also s upplied at 1 00 volts

,
.

[ Resistivity of copper 66 microhm per inch c ub e ]

Find also the c urrent density in this cable .

qu i h] s a re n c .

24 arc lamp taking 1 0 amperes at 5 0 vol ts is connected

. A 11
mains at 1 1 0 volts with a resistance in series
\V ha t mu st be the val ue of this resistance
How many Board o f Trade u nits are cons u med if the lamp
b urn s f or three ho urs
If the price of energy is 6d per u nit how much will be .
,

paid for the energy wasted in the resistance at the same ti me

[ 6 h m ; 1 0 8 d ] o s
‘
.

25 . Exp lain ,
with a sketch the constr uction and workin g
,

of a Nernst lamp .

State the reason for any appliances y ou incl u de and ca lc u ,

late the approximate cost of r unning 1 0 s uch lamps each of ,

5 0 c p when energy is sold at 601 per u nit

. .
, . .

[ ffi i y w t t p p 3 6ed p h u ]
c en c a s er c . .
,
°

. er o r .

26 . Explain
the construction and working of an a ccum u
lator battery fitted for s upplying one h ndred
u 1 0 0 —
volt 1 6
lamps If the efficiency of the lamps is
. watts per c p . .
,

what would be the maximum discharge c urrent taken

[ 5 6 m p r ] a e es .

Sketch the circ uits of a shunt dynamo supplying

27 .

incandescent lamps If there are forty 1 00 volt lamps each

.
-

having a resistance of 1 66 ohms how many amperes must the ,

d 3m amo s uPP1y
am
peres .
]
A lighting circ uit is run at a pressure of 1 00 volts the
28 . ,

lam ps available are marked for 50 volts Show how they .

should be arranged and calc ulate the total c u rent equ ed

,
r r 1r

to b e su pplied to ru ten lamps if the resistance of each b e

'

n ,

84 ohms when incandescent .

[3 a m peres .
]

A searchlight 300 yards from a dynamo is s upplied

29 .

with a c urrent of 1 50 amperes ; allowing a c urrent dens ty of i

amperes per squ are inch what diameter of cable would

.

y o u employ ? If the D P at the lamp term nals s 80 volts

.
’
i
-
1 ,
1

what will be the DP at the dynamo ter minals What are the
.

watts consumed in the arc and what is the electric horse power -

given out by the dynamo

[Specific resistanc e of copper is 7 microhm per inch c ub e ] °

v lt w tt HP] o s, a s . .

u 5 7 77 .
 2 92

30 What are the laws of the m a gn etic circuit and what is

. .

the p ractical u s e o f the conception

A n iron ring having a mean diame ter of 40 cms and of
“

, .

cross s ec t1 on 1 0 sq cm s partially Wo und with wire is mag

-

. .
, ,

n et1 sed by a c u rrent of 2 amperes so that the total flux ro und

the ring is 1 0 lines 5

.

If the ring is now ou t through in on e place and a slice of

iron 1 cm t h ick removed what m u st be the val ue of the c u rrent
,
. .
, ,

now sent throu gh the coil if the flux is to remain as before

[pt
[ 3 8 a m peres n ea r ly ]
.

31 . “T hat do y ou u nderstand by the la w of the m a gn etic

c ir cuit ?

What is the least n u mber of t urns of wire required to

pro duce a magnetic flux of 6 X 1 0 lines in an iro n ring if made 5

o f ro und bar of 40 sq cm cross section and of mean diameter . .

-

1 00 cm .

A battery capable of giving 1 0 amperes is available and

p. 525 .

When is hys teres is of importance in c om 1 ec tion with th e

m agnetisatio n of iron ?

32 . What do
y ou u nderstand by flux flux ,
d en s ity , and
m a gn etic s a tu r a tion 2
Write down the law of the magnetic circu it w hich is
analogo us to Ohm s law ’
.

Find the ampere tu rns necessary to prod uce a flux density

of in an air gap 5 cm long . .

33 The case of a dru m armat ure for a two pole machine is

.
-

1 8 inches in diameter with a 3 inch hole thro u gh it and is ,

-

2 0 inches lo n g parallel to the shaft It r uns at 600 revol utions .

p er min u te and is worked at s u ch a density that the hys teresis

,

loss is ergs per c c per cycle Find the hy s teresis loss in . . .

watts .

[ 4 0 5

34 A closed soft iron ring of 30 cms mean diame ter and

.
,
.

6 sq cm s cross section is wo und u niform l y with 300 tu rns of

. .
-

insul ated wire Supposing the following relations to exist in iron

.

of this qu ality

B
0.

calcul ate the current in amperes at which the total flux is

lines .
 294

Sketch t he characteristics y ou wo uld expect

( a ) With pl ug in ,

( 0) With pl ug ou t
Q
.

S uch a m a chin e gen era tin g 20 kilowatts with the pl ug i n ,

.

, ,

has a terminal D P of 1 20 volts and an electrical effi ciency of

. .

90 per cent If the arm at ure and field coil losses are equal
.
,

determine ( a ) the resistance of th e field winding and ( b) the ,

c urrent in the armat ure

[ ( ) h m ( b) m p r ] a o s a e es .

A dynamo has to cl a ge 50 a ccu ul a t0 1 s in series

40 . i i 1n

What type of dynamo wo uld y ou employ and what E M F ,

. . .

o ught it to supply P State y ou 1 ea s on s ‘

. 1 .

W hen the battery has been discharged w hat will be the ,

D P at its terminals ? If this battery delivers 400 ampere

.

ho urs at an E M F of 1 00 volts what is the energy of discharge

. . .
,

in ft lbs ? . .

[ 1 2 5 v l t 9 0 v l t 1 0 6 x o s o s
°

A shunt dynamo prod ucing a ten n i a l D P of 1 50 volts

41 . n . .

i s u sed to charge 60 storage cells each having an E M F of ,

. . .

2 1 volts and a resistance of 00 1 ohm I f the leads have a

° ’

resistance of 2 ohm what will be the c urrent generated ? ,

mp r ] a e es .

42 . G iven
a ring armature 1 0 inches long 1 0 inches ,

diameter 1 inch radial thickness of iron what n umber of t urns

, ,

wo uld y ou u s e to give 1 1 0 volts ? The speed is 1 000 revol u

tions per min ute and the flux density equ als lines per
,

s q . cm .

t [ A b ou

4 3 If a dynamo gives 1 00 volts at

. revol utions per
m in u te at what speed m ust it run to charge 5 4 cells at 5 0
,

amperes each cell having a back E M F of 2 2 volts and 00 5

, . . .
‘

ohm internal resistance the leads having resistance o f 0 1 oh m ? ,

v l uti p m i ut ] re o on s er n e

What is the fun damental formula of the dynamo ? An

44 .

armat ure r unning at 1 8 revol u tions per second h a s 288 external

cond u ctors and a resistance of 0 2 5 ohm Find the total flux '

so as to give 7 0 amperes at 1 00 volts at the terminals .

8 0—
volt d ynamo
a m otor taking 200 is d i iv in g
ampe1 es th1 ou gh leads whose 1 es is ta n ce is 0 5 ohm What will
. .

be the voltage at the motor terminals ?

[ 7 0 v l t ] o s,

4 6 .A s hu n t motor w ith an armat u re resistance of 01 ohm

,
‘

d s upph ed ivi th a constant p res sure of 1 00 volts creates a back

‘

an ,
 2 95

E M F of 1 0 volts at 1 0 0
. . .
'

revol ution s a m in ute and is running at ,

9 7 0 revol u tions a min u te .

I f the load
increases u ntil the c u rrent through the armat ure
0 0 a m peres
greater than before what will be the new speed
0 '

1s
,

[ 9 6 5 v l uti p m i ut
] re o on s er n e

4 7 The res stance of a series motor is 1 5 ohms and the

i
°

D P at the term inals i s 1 0 5 volts

. 1V ha t will be the c urrent and .

electrical eflicien c y when the back E MF is 7 5 volts ? . . .

[ 2 0 am
p eres 7 1 4 per
°

c en t.
]
A shunt mo tor with an armat ure resistance of 02 olu n
48 .
°

creates a back E M F of 1 0 volts per 1 00 revol u tions and with

. . .
,

a voltage of s upply of 80 volts requ ires 1 00 amperes to p ull a

certain load .

The load is doubled what is the relation between the new ,

and the ol d speeds

[N w p d 20 v l uti p m i ut l th old p d ]
e s ee re o on s er n e es s an s ee .

A capstan motor is s upplied at 80 v olts and takes a

49 .
,

c urrent of 400 am peres when working at 40 H P What is the . .

efficiency of the motor

p t] er c en .

Describe the apparatus y ou would employ to measure the

50 .

B H P o f a motor in the laboratory

. . . .

If in a sh u nt m otor the armature resistance is

, ,
ohm ,

th e field resistance is 4 0 ohms and the c u rrent su pplied is 2 0 ,

amperes at a terminal D P of 1 00 volts calc ulate the electrical . .

,

e fficiency .

p t] er c en .

State a pro b able val u e of the mechanical e fficiency of the

above motor .

11 g this probab le val u e of the mechanical ef ciency find fi ,

roughly what will be the B H P of the motor in question . . . .

[1
°
8 HP ] . .

A series motor under a given load takes 50 amperes at

51 .

400 volts and has a speed of 800 revol u tions per min ute the
"

resistance of the motor being 0 8 0 1 It is re qu ired to have a 111 1 .

Starting and reg ulating resistance s u ch that the starting c urrent

ca n not exceed 30 amperes and the speed may range from 800 ,

to 200 revol u tions per min ute .

Find the values of the resistances required .

[ A t p d 200 r i t n s 1 0
ee h m A t es s a ce
3
o s .

p d 4 0 0 i t s ee h m A t p d res s a n c e o s . s ee

it 4 hm ] res s a n ce o s .

A shunt motor which has been wo und for 1 1 0 volts is

52 .

us ed at 220 volts What changes would y ou expect to find in the

.
speed armat ure c urrent for a given load the field c urrent
, , ,

and the losses in the a n n a ture and field ?

53 el ectrically driven train we1 ghin g 200 tons travels
. An , ,

2 0 miles along a line which rises 5 00 feet in the distance the ,

frictional resistance being 1 5 pounds per ton .

Find the kilowatt ho u rs required to do the work the effi ,

c ien c y o f the motor and gearing being taken to be 7 5 per cent .

k i l w tt h u ] o a o rs

5 4 How wo uld y ou test a sh u nt motor that gives by brake

'

1 0 H P to determine its condition as regards ins u lation and its

. .

electrical and commercial efficiencies at full load

A ss u ming a probable val u e of the latter effi ciency how ,

many amperes at 2 00 volts wo ul d s u ch a motor probably need ?

mp r rl y ( um ffi i y f 80 p
a e es , n ea a ss e e c en c o er

55 A motor wo und for 1 00 volts act uates a lift If a mass

.
, ,
.

of 900 po unds is being raised u niformly at the rate of 5

w hat is the c urrent of the motor If o starting the accelera n

tion is u niform and the motor a cquires its final speed in two
seconds w hat is the extra c u rrent needed d uring acceleration
,

The combined efficiency of motor and geari n g may be taken

as 70 per cent .

an d 6 7 °
am
peres .
]
56 . Explain
the fu nction of a m otor starting resistance A .

series motor prod uces a back E M F of 94 volts and is s upplied . . .

with 1 00 amperes at a D P of 1 00 volts I f horse power is . . .

-

lost in variou s frictions what will be the brake horse power and
,
-

the electrical and mechanical efficiencies

[ 1 2 l H P ; 9 4 p t p t ]
°

. . er c en . er c en .

57 electrically driven train w eighing 1 00 tons travels

A n -

, ,

1 0 miles along a line which rises 60 0 feet in the distance the ,

tractive force ou the level being 1 2 pounds per ton Find the
'

n umber of kilowatt hou rs re quired to do the work efficiency of ,

motor and gearing being taken at 82 per cent .

[ 9 1 ly ] n ea r .

58 C ur re nt is s upplied to a sh nt motor at 1 00 volts

.
u -

R esistance of the armatu re is 5 ohm What is the back '

E M F when the rate of to tal external work done by the motor

. . .

is equiva lent to watts

[ 60 40 v lt ] or o s .

5 9 G iven a 1 00 volt motor with a separately excited and

.
-

constant field and an armat u re resistance of 02 ohm which

,
'

takes 80 amperes with a certain load If the load be dou bled .

,

what will b e the rel ation be tw ee n the new and the old spe eds
[ V I : V 2